



L 


A? V l 
3 *X t Z 


\ 



t 


SMITH’S GEOGRAPHY. 


GEOGRAPHY 


ON TIIE 


PRODUCTI V E SYS T E M 

FOR 


SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES,. AND FAMILIES} 
REVISED AND IMPROVED. 


ACCOMPANIED BY A LARGE AND VALUABLE 



BY ROSWELL C, SMITH, 

* % 

AUTHOR OF “INTRODUCTORY ARITHMETIC,” “PRACTICAL AND MENTAL ARITH- 
METIC,” “ THE PRODUCTIVE GRAMMAR,” &C. 


F O U R T H' EDITION. 

PHILADELPHIA. W. MARSHALL & CO 

HARTFORD. D. BURGESS & CO. 

Sold by Booksellers throughout the United States, 

1830 . 


6 INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 

Q. Into what does the River, in the picture on the first page, appeir to 
How ? 

10. Into the Lake below. 

Q. What is a Lake ? 

11. A Lake is a large body of 

r i & 

iresh water, m 
land. 

Q. What are small Lakes called ? 

12. Ponds. 

Q. When standing water is mixed wfith earth 
and mud, what is it called ? 

13. A Marsh, Bog, Fen, 
or tract of low, moist groui 

A CASCADE. 

Q. When small streams of water flow down steep places, what are they 
called ? 

14. Cascades, or waterfalls. 

Q. What are these steep places called ? 

15. Precipices. 

Q. When large streams of water flow down precipices, what are they 
called ? 

16. Cataracts. 

Q. When the water of a Lake is salt, what is it called ? 

17. A Sea. 


Swamp" 

d 


ostly surrounded by 




Q. What does a Sea appear to be ? 

18. A large body of water mostly surrounded by 
land. The water is salt, which makes the difference 
between it and a Lake. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


7 


Q. What do those little black spots which you see in the picture of the 
sea represent ? 1 * 

TJ. islands. 

Q. What are Islands ? 

20. They are small bodies of land entirely surround- 
eel bv water. 

Q. What is that part of the Sea called which has a number of islands in 
it ? [See the name m the picture.] 

21. A-o. [These are the first and last letters of the 
word Archipelago , 3 which is the answer to tiie last 
question.] 

Q. What then is an Archipelago ? 

22. An Archipelago is a Sea interspersed 3 with 
many islands. 

Q. What is that large body of water on the left of the S3a called ? [See 
the picture.] G-f. What then is a Gulf? 

23. A gulf is a part of the Sea extending far into the. 
land. 

Q,. What is that body of water on the right of the Sea called? B-y.. 
W hat then is a Bay ? 

24. A Bay is a part of the Sea extending into the 
land, the entrance 4 being generally the widest part. 

Q. What are small Bays called ? 

25. Creeks, Coves, Torts and Armlets. 

Q. What prevents the Sea in the picture from being entirely surrounded 
By land l The S-t. What then is a Strait ? 

26. It is a narrow passage of water leading from 
one Sea or Bay into another. 

Q. A Channel resembles a Strait ; will you describe a Channel l 

27. A Channel is a passage of water wider than a 
Strait. 

Q, When a Strait is shallow, or not deep, what is it called ? 

28. A Sound. 

Q,. What then is a Sound ? 

29. A Strait so shallow that it may be sounded. 

Q. What do you mean by sounded ? 

cQ. Measured in its depth , which is done by a line 
that has a plummet or lead fastened to the end of it. 

Q. How is the depth of water commonly expressed ? 

31. In fathoms. 

Q, What is a fathom ? 

32. The measure or distance of six feet 


l Re pits sent, to show ; describe, appear 

l'( r another. 

« Anemia: la go, (Ar-ke-pel -a-go.) 


TIniTK'E. s p k r s e d , scattered, or set here 
and there among other things. 

4 Entrance, a.passage or place to £0 

in at. 


8 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE 


33. Remark. To illustrate more fully the meaning of lathom, I have introduced 
the following line r— i . , B« W M rrT, rr r Trr « , which is exactly one inch in length. 

Twelve of these, of course, would make a foot, 24, two feet, and so on. Then six 
times twelve inches make 72 inches, or six feet, which is the exact measure of one 
fathom. Or, more familiarly, tall men are about G feet high, but the tallest nearly 
7 feet. 


Q. What is that called which is near the month of the River in the pic- 
ture ? F-h. What then is a Frith ? 

34. A Frith is the widening of a River, near its 
mouth, into an arm of the sea. 



AN ANCHOR. 


Q. A Haven or Harbor resembles a Bay ; can 
you describe one ? 

35. A Haven or Harbor is a small 
part of the sea, nearly surrounded 
by land, where ships may lie in 
safety. 

Q,. Roads resemble Harbors ; what are they ? 

36. Roads are places at a little 
distance from the land where ships 
may anchor in safety. 

Q. What is an Anchor ? 


37. An Anchor is an instrument made of iron to 
hold a vessel in any place in the water. 

Q,. A Canal resembles a Channel ; will you describe a Canal ? 



A CANAL. 

38. A Canal is a Channel or ditch duo- through a 
part of a country, and nearly filled with water. 

Q. What advantages do they produce 1 

39. All heavy goods can be carried through Canals 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE 


9 


in boats, from one place to another, much easier and 
cheaper than if transported by land. 

Q, Bays and Gulfs we find lead into the Sea, but into what does the 
Sea lead ? 



40. The Sea leads into the Ocean. 

Q. What is an Ocean ? 

41. An Ocean is the largest body of water in the 
world. 

Q. What is each of those small bodies of land near the vessel in the pic- 
ture called ? Ans. An Island. What does a number of them near together 
form ? 

42. A cluster of islands. 

Q. With what animals do Oceans, Seas, Rivers, &c. abound ? 

43. Fish of various kinds, and nu- 
merous animals which live in the wa- 
ter. 

|p Q. Will you mention one of the largest? [£ee 
I \the picture on the left.] 

Q. Are the waters of the Ocean continually 
jmoving ? 

44. Yes ; in tides and currents. 

Q. What are tides ? 

45. The regular ebbing and flow- 
ing of the sea or ocean. 

1 * 



A WHALE. 



10 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What do you mean by ebbing ? 

46. Flowing or running back . The tide is said to 
he at ebb , at any place, when the water is lowest, and 
at flood , when the water is highest. 

<T What effect has this movement of the water on the air ? 

47. It purifies it. 

Q. What becomes of the vapors, or fog, which rise from the Ocean ? 

48. They fall again in rain and snow. 

Q. What do they produce ? 

49. Springs, Rills, Brooks, &c. 

50. Remark. The water flows from them to the Ocean, it then rises into the air 
in the form of fog and vapors, which is called evaporation ; Clouds are thus pro* 
duced from which descend rain, &c. which again supply Springs and Brooks. 

Q. What does temperature mean ? 

5 1 . Degree of heat or cold . 

Q. What is the temperature of the ocean at different places ? 

52. Nearly the same. 

Q. What is the cause of it ? 

53. The waters of the Ocean all lie in one body, and 
by constant motion, the water from warm climates is 
mixed with the water from cold climates, and that from 
cold climates with that from warm climates. 

Q. How does the equal temperature of the Ocean affect the land ? 

54. It cools it in summer and warms it in winter. 

Q. By what means are these effects produced ? 

55. By the winds which blow from the sea and 
ocean to the land. 

Q. What advantage over land carriage do vessels afford us ? 

56. They enable us to go the same distance quicker 
and with greater loads. 

Q. What is the loading of a vessel called ? 

57. Cargo. 

Q. What is the act of sailing in vessels across oceans, &c. called ? 

58. Navigation. 

'Q. What other advantages does Navigation afford us ? 

59. It makes it easy for us to obtain, from any coun- 
try, those productions of which we are destitute in our 
own. 

Q. What are productions called in trade ? 

60 . Commodities. 

Q. When are productions or commodities called exports ? 

61 . When they are carried from one country or 
place to another. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE 


11 


Q. When are they called imports ? 

62. When they are brought into a country or place 
from another. 

Q. Will you mention some of the imports into our own country ? 

63. Tea, Coffee, Silks, &c. 

Q. Will you mention some of our exports ? 

64. Cotton, Tobacco, Flour, &c. 

Q. This trade is called Commerce ; what then is Commerce ? 

65. It is the exchanging of commodities with foreign 
countries. 

Q. What names are given to the different bodies of water to which you 
have attended ? 

66. Oceans, Seas, Archipelagos, Bays, Gulfs, Lakes, 
Straits, Channels, Sounds, Roads, Havens, Harbors, 
Friths, Rivers, Rivulets, Brooks, and Springs. 

Q. What are these divisions called ? 

67. Natural divisions. 

Q. Why are they so called ? 

68. Because they are not made by man but exist in 
nature. 

Q. What does a view of these divisions, especially the Ocean and its 
wonderful properties teach us \ 

69. The wisdom and goodness of the Great Author 
of all things. 


LAND. 



A RAIL-ROAD. 

Q. What improved mode of travelling has been adopted within a few 
years past ? 


12 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


70. Travelling in Steam-boats and on Rail-roads. 

Q. How ars Rail-roads made ? 

71. A common road is first made as nearly level as it 
conveniently can be, then bars of iron are laid down, 
sometimes on timbers and sometimes on large stones 
fixed in the ground, for the wheels of carriages to run 
on. The carriages are called Cars. 

Q. How do they appear in the picture to be moved ? How fast do some 
go by steam ? 

72. Forty miles an hour, and even more sometimes, 
but usually not more than twenty miles an hour, 
which is a mile in three minutes. 

Q. How far in extent is a mile ? 

73. Three hundred and twenty rods or five thousand 
two hundred and eighty feet. 

Q. How much is a rod ? 

74. Sixteen feet and a half. 


75. Remark. Roads to travel on are usually about, four rods wide, and a common 
man can travel with a quick step about a mile in fifteen minutes. 



Q. What appears by the picture to be the least elevation 1 of land ? H-k. 
What is the next greatest ? H-l. What is the highest? M-n. What then 
is a Mountain ? 

76. A mountain is a vast elevation of land. 

Q. Are there any mountains near where you live ? When several moun- 
tains arc connected together, what do they form ? 

77. A Chain of Mountains. 


1 Elevation, raising up ; exaltation ; height. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE 


13 


Q. What is the other mountain in the picture called ? V~o. 

Q. What is the top of it called ? C-r. 

Q. What besides smoke often issues from the Crater? 

78. Lava or melted matter. 

Q. Will you describe it particularly ? 

79. Lava is of a greyish color, moderately hard and 
brittle when cold. It somewhat resembles brimstone 
in the roll, and contains sulphur, &c. 

Q. What does a Volcano appear to be ? 

80. A Volcano is a burning mountain which fre- 

O 

quently sends forth from its crater, dames, lava, ashes, 
stones and smoke. 

Q. To what is the greatest height of mountains supposed to be equal ? 

81. To the greatest depth of the Ocean. 

Q. How high are the highest mountains ? 

82. About five miles. 

Q. W 7 ere it not for these elevations, how would the earth appear ? 

83. Like a vast plain. 

Q. What is a Plain ? 

84. A Plain is a level portion of land. 

Q. What are Deserts ? 

85. Deserts are vast sandy plains, destitute of water 
and vegetation. 

86. Remark. Some Deserts, as the Sahara, of Africa, for instance, have a few 
springs and green fertile spots. Each of these spots is called an oasis ; they resem- 
ble Islands in the ocean. When a large tract of country is exceedingly unproductive, 
yielding only a few shrubs or small trees, it is called a Desert ; although it has 
streams of water, and an uneven surface, as the great Uesert of America. 



Q. When are Plains called valleys, vales, dale ;, &c. 

87. When they occur between mountains and hills. 


14 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What is that part of the mountain which extends out into the sea cal- 
led in the picture ? P-y. What then is a Promontory ? 

88. A Promontory is a high point of land extending 
out into the sea or ocean. 

Q. What is the point of land below the Promontory called ? C-e. What 
then is a Cape ? 

89. A Cape is a low point of land extending out in- 
to the sea or ocean. 

Q. What is that portion of land in the picture called, which has the ocean 
on one side and a gulf on the other ? P-a. What then is a Peninsula ? 

90. A Peninsula is a portion of land almost sur- 
rounded by water. 

Q. What prevents the Peninsula from becoming an island ? I-s. What 
then is an Isthmus ? 

91. An Isthmus is a narrow strip of land, which 
connects a Peninsula to the main land, or connects two 
parts of a Continent together. 

Q. What do you mean by a Continent ? 

92. A Continent is a vast extent of land surrounded 
by water, but not entirely separated by it. 

Q. What then is the difference between an Island and a Continent? 

93. A Continent is the largest. 

Q. To what is the Peninsula in the foregoing picture connected, a Con- 
tinent or an Island ? 

Q. Do you recollect what an island is ? 20.* What is the land on the 
border of the Continent called ? S-e. or C-t. What is that ? 

94. A Shore or Coast is the edge of land next to the 
ocean, sea, lake, or river. 

Q. What are these divisions called? G7.* Why? G8.* Will you repeat 
the principal ones ? 

95. Continents, Islands, Peninsulas, Capes, Isth- 
muses, Promontories, Mountains, Shores, Coasts, &c. 


QUESTIONS FROM THE PICTURE ON THE OPPOSITE PAGE. 

Q,. What Continent is there in it? A-a. 

Q,. What is a Continent? 92. 

Q,. What four Oceans are there ? N-n. S-n. A-c. P-c. 

Q,. What is an Ocean? 41. 

Q,. What Sea is there? C-n. 

Q,. What is a Sea? 18. 

Q. What Gulf is there ? M-o. 

Q. What is a Gulf ? 23. 


*This number refers back to the answer to this question. It will sometimes be ne- 
cessary to consult both tile question and answer. 






INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


LAND AND WATER. 




16 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q.. What two Bays ? B-s. H-s. 

Q,. What is a Bay ? 24. 

Q,. What three Straits ? M-n. D-s. H-s. 

Q. What is a Strait? 26. 

Q,. What Cape is there ? Il-n. 

Q. What is a Cape'. 1 89. 

Q,. What Mountains ? R-M-s. 

Q,. What is a Mountain? 76. 

Q,. What large island in the Atlantic Ocean? N-d. 

&CpTo the learner. You can now doubtless distinguish all the Natural Divi- 
sions both of land and water, wherever they occur, but when asked which way any 
one is from another, or from the place where you are, you -would most likely fail ot 
giving a correct answer. The information is, nevertheless exceedingly important, 
and may be easily acquired by attending to the following questions. 


OF THE POINTS OF COMPASS. 

Q. Where does the Sun rise and where does it set ? 

98. It rises in the East and sets in the West. 

Q. When you sit with your right hand towards the East and your left 
hand towards the west, in what direction will your face and back be turned ? 

97. The face will be turned towards the North, and 
the back towards the South. 



mariner’s compass. 

Q. Will you point towards the North ? Towards the South ? When we 
cannot see the Sun, as in dark days and nights, for instance, how can any 
one, especially at sea, tell which way he is going ? 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


17 


98. By an instrument called the Mariners Compass. 

Q. Why is it called the Mariner’s ? 

99. Because it is principally used by them, that is, 
by seamen or sailors. 

Q. For what purpose do they use it ? 

100. To point out their course at sea. 

Q. How does the Compass do this? 

101. By its needle or steel bar which always points 
towards the North or North star. 

Q. What is this Needle frequently called ? 

102. The Magnetic Needle. 

Q. Why is it so called ? 

103. Because magnetic means drawing or attractive , 
and the needle is always attracted towards the North. 

Q. What are the different directions pointed out by the Compass called? 

104. Points of the Compass. 

Q. What does Cardinal mean ? 

105. Chief or principal . 

Q. What then are the Cardinal points of the Compass ? 

106. The four principal points; East, West, North, 
South. 

Q. What letters usually stand for these points of the Compass? 

107. N. stands for North, S. for South, E. East, and 
W. for West. 

Q,. Which parts of such pictures as the foregoing will always be North t 
South, East and West ? 

108. The top will be North, the bottom South, the 
right hand East, and the left hand West. 

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS 

On the foregoing picture of “ Land and Water .” 

Q. What ocean is North of America? Nn. 

Q. What ocean is South of America? Sn. 

Q. What ocean is East of America? Ac. 

Q. What ocean is West of America? Pc. 

Q. What cape in the southern part of America ? Hn. 

Q. What sea lies North of Cape Horn? Cn. 

Q. What islands West of the Caribbean Sea? Sh. 

Q. What large gulf East of the Sandwich Isles ? Mo. 

Q. What two bays North of this gulf ? Bs. Hs. 

Q. What cluster of islands East of the same gulf? W-Is. 

Q. What islands East of the West Indies? C-Yd. 


18 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 




Q,. What two islands a little north of Cape Horn, and West of 
the southern part of America? Ce. J-Fz. 

Q. In each corner of the same picture are other capital letters, 
what do these stand for ? 

109. NE stands for North East, SE for South East, NW for I 
North West, and SW for South West. 

Q,. What cluster of islands then on the picture of “ Land and 
Water,” is near the Caribbean Sea, and North East of New 
Zealand ? W -Is. 

Q. What mountains North West of the Caribbean Sea ? Ry. 

Q,. What gull South East of these mountains ? Mo. 

Q,. What islands South West of this gulf ? N-Zd. 

Q. What straits North East of the Sandwich Isles ? J)s. Hs. 

Q. What isthmus is North East of New Zealand ? Dn. 

Q,. What strait South East of the Sandwich Isles ? Mn. 

MAP OF 


WESTERN HEMISPHERE. 



1 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 19 

Q,. What two rivers on the continent of America'? Mi. An. 

Q. What is the course of a River ? 8. 

Q. What is the course of the Mississippi, South or S. East ? 

•Q. What is the mouth of a River ? 9. 

Q. Into what does the Mississippi flow? 

Q,. What is the course of the Amazon ? 

Q. Into what does the Amazon flow ? 

Q. What Islands in the Pacific Ocean? J-Fz. Ce. Sh. N-Zd. 

Q,. What Islands in the Atlantic Ocean? Nd. Bs. W-Is. 
As. C-vd. 

JJCrTo the Learner. Having been made acquainted with the shape of every 
Natural Division from the smallest to the largest, also with the relative situation of 
many of them, you are prepared and doubtless desirous of knowing what the whole 
'will make when put together. The following pictuie represents in a single view r 
Oceans, Continents, Seas, Islands, Rivers, &c. as forming one great mass of matter 
called the Earth or the World on which we live. 

THE WORLD. 


EASTERN HEMISPHERE. 



\ 


20 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What do Oceans, Continents, Seas, &c. appear, by the foregoing pic- 
ture, to form ? 

110. The surface 1 of the Earth. 

Q. How much of the Earth’s surface appears to be land ? 

111. About one third ; the remaining two thirds are 
water. 

Q. W T hat is the shape of the Earth? 

112. The Earth is round like an orange or a ball. 

Q. How do we know that it is round ? 

113. From its being circumnavigated or sailed round. 

Q. Who has ever performed this voyage ? 

114. Capt. Cook and many others. 

Q. How could Capt. Cook or any one know that he had been round the 
Earth ? 

115. By continuing to sail in one direction and arri- 
ving at the same spot from which he started. 

Q,. What does Circumference mean ; as the circumference of the Earth, 
or any round body ? 

116 . The distance round on the outside of it. 

Q. How long was Captain Cook in performing his first voyage round the 
World? 

117. A little more than three years. 

Q. Its circumference then is great. — Can you tell how great, that is, how 
many miles it is round the Earth ? 

118. About twenty five thousand miles. 

Q,. How much is a mile ? 73. 75. 

Q. What does Diameter mean ; as for instance, the diameter of the Earth ? 

119. The greatest distance through it from one side 
to the other , being about one third of the circumference . 

Q. What is the diameter of the Earth ? 

120. About eight thousand miles. 

Q. How far has man explored or dug into the bowels of the Earth ? 

121. Not quite a mile. The deepest mines extend 
to about that depth. 

Q. If the Earth is round why have we such a flat picture of it ? 

122. Because we cannot better represent a round 
body on the flat surface of paper in any other way. 

Q. What are such imperfect pictures of the Earth, and certain portions of 
its surface, called? 

123. Maps. 

Q. What then is a Map ? 

124. A Map is a picture of the surface of the Earth, 
or any part of its surface, drawn on any plain or level 
substance, as for instance, paper. 


1 Surface the top or outside. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


21 


Q. What is an Atlas ? 

125. A Collection 1 of Maps. 

Q. Why is an Atlas so called ? 

126. From Atlas who is fabled 2 to have supported 
the world on his shoulders. 

Q. How are the points of compass on all 
Maps determined ? 106 . Which way then 

should the Map be held when you examine it ? 

127. The top of it should be 
turned towards the North. 

Q. Is the Continent of America, in the 
foregoing map or picture, in the Eastern or 
Western half of it? Wn. What then may 
it be called ? 

128. The Western Continent. 

Q. How is it divided ? 

129. Into two grand divisions 
or quarters, called North and 
South America. 

Q. What may the large Continent on the Eastern half of the Map be 
called ? 

130. The Eastern Continent. 

Q. How is this Continent divided ? 

131. Into three grand divisions, or quarters, called 
Europe, Asia, and Africa. 

QUESTIONS 

On the foregoing Map of the World. 

Q. What continent W. of the Atlantic Ocean ? 128. 

Q. What grand division in the N. ? N-Aa. 

Q. What grand division in the S. ? S-Aa. 

Q. What continent E. of the Atlantic? 130. 

Q. What grand division in the N. W. ? Ee. 

Q. What grand division E. of Europe ? Aa. 

Q. What grand division S. W. of Asia ? Aa. 

Q. What grand division W. of Europe ? N-Aa. 

Q. What grand division S. of Europe ? Aa. 

Q. What grand division W. of Africa ? S-Aa. 

Q. What grand division N. E. of Africa? Aa. 

Q. W^hat ocean W. of Europe ? 

Q. What ocean E. of Asia ? . 

Q. What ocean W. of America? 

Q. What ocean E. of Africa ? 

1 Collection, several things put to- 1 2 Fabled, feigned or told in stories 

gether. I which are not true. 



22 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. Ilowmnany Continents are there, and what are they called ? 

132. Two, one called the Eastern, the other the 
Western Continent. 

Q. What does Hemi mean ? 

133. Hemi 1 means half. 

Q. W hat does Sphere mean ? 

134. A Globe or ball . 

Q. What then is a Hemisphere ? 2 

135. Half a Globe or half a ball : when applied to 
the Earth, it means half the Earth. 

Q. W hat then may the Eastern half of the map, including the water as 
well as the land, be called ? 

130. The Eastern Hemisphere. 

Q. What may the Western half be called ? 

137. The Western Hemisphere. 

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS 

On the foregoing Map of the World. 

Q,. What two grand divisions in the YV estern Hemisphere ] N„ 
& S. Aa. 

Q. What ocean on the E. and what on the W. of them 1 
Q. What sea and gulf between them 1 Cn. Mo. 

Q. What three grand divisions in the Eastern Hemisphere ] 
Ee. Aa. Aa. 

Q. What large sea in this hemisphere between Europe and 
Africa I Mn. 1 

Q. What ocean has it E. of Africa] In. 

Q. What large island has it E. of this ocean I N-Hd. 

Q. What ocean has it E. of this island 1 Pc. 

Q. What cape has it S. of Africa I G-IIe. 

Q. What island E. of Africa V Mr. 

Q. What island N. of New Holland ] N-Ga. 

Q. What large island W. of New Guinea I Bo. 

Q. What bay N. W. of Borneo] Bl. 

Q. What ocean in the northern part of this hemisnhere I 
Q. What ocean in the southern part ] 

Q. What four seas has this hemisphere in Asia ] Rd. Cn 0 ' 
Al. Yw. 

Q. What three seas has it in Europe ] Mn. Bk. Be. 

Q. What islands has it N. E. of the Yellow Sea ] Li. 

Q. What isles has it on the W. of Europe 1 Bh. 

Q. What cape on the western hemisphere is in the southern 
part of South America ] Hn. 


1 Hemi (liem'-e.) 


1 2 Hemisphere (hem'-e-sfere.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 23 

Q. If wc divide the earth into two equal parts by a line run- 
ning* from East to West, what will the halves form ! 

138. Two other hemispheres. 

Q.. How may they be distinguished 1 

130. The northern half may be called the Northern Hemis- 
phere, and the southern half the Southern Hemisphere. 

Q,. What three grand divisions are wholly in the Northern 
Hemisphere! Ec. Aa. N-Aa. 

(A. What two grand divisions are partly in the Northern and 
partly in the Southern Hemisphere! Aa. S. Aa. 

Cl. What very large island is wholly in the Southern Hemis- 
phere ! N-Hd. 

Q,. What large Island is partly in both ! Bo. 

Q,. What eight seas do you find in the Northern Hemisphere ! 
Cn. Mn. Rd. Cn. Ah Yw. Rk. Be. 


Q, What do those lines on the maps show which run from right to left ? 

140. An exact Easterly or Westerly direction. 

Q. What do those lines show which run from the top to the bottom of 
the maps ? 

141. An exact Northerly or Southerly direction. 

Q. Why then are they made so crooked ? 

142. To represent lines passing round the Earth. 

Q. What appears to be the best method of finding, the exact direction of 
one place from another? 

143. By tracing the direction of the line. 

Q. What country is in the N. E. of South America? Bl. What|lsland 
near the top of the map will the lines which run through Brazil , 1 in a 
Northerly direction, cross ? [See the last map or picture,] Gd. What 
course then is Greenland from Brazil, exactly N. or N. W. as it at first view 
seems to be ? 

Q. Through what cluster of Islands do the lines which run Northerly 
from New Zealand pass ? Me. 

Q. Are then the Mulgrave Islands N. W. or more correctly N. of New 
Zealand ? 

Q. In which Hemisphere do you live ? 

144. Ill the Northern or Western Hemisphere. 

Q. On what Continent do you live ? 

145. On the American or Western Continent. 

Q. In what Grand Division of it ? 

146. In North America. 

Q. How do you know that ? 

147. Because the United States, in which I live, are 
in North America. 


1 Brazil (bra-zeel.) 


24 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


QUESTIONS 

On the foregoing map continued. 

Q. What large grand division S. of the United States I S-A; 

Q. What direction then would you take to visit South Amer 
ca ? 

Q. What large grand division on the eastern hemisphere, cS 
continent, is N. E. of you 1 ? Ee. 

Q. Can you get there either by land or water I 

Q. Why not by land ? 

Q. What grand division lies S. E. of you I Aa. 

Q. How would you visit Africa, by land or water 1 

Q. Can you get to Africa by land I 

Q. When in Asia, what course would you take to get to Afri 1 
cal 

Q. Were you to sail from home in an easterly direction fo 
New Holland, what ocean would you first cross % Ac. 

Q. What cape must you double or sail round 1 G-He. 

Q. What ocean would you cross next 1 In. 

Q. If you should continue your voyage E. from New Holland 
what ocean would you cross next I Pc. 

Q. Ho you find this ocean on the eastern or western hemi j 
sphere I 

Q. Were it not for a certain Isthmus you might now read 
home from the Pacific in a short time ; what is the name of thh 
~ isthmus I Hn. 

Q. What sea would you enter after crossing the isthmus' 
Cn. 

Q. As you cannot sail across this isthmus, what cape must yoi 
sail round in order to get home, without sailing back 1 Hn. 

Q. What ocean do you then enter 1 Ac. 

Q. What course do you next take for the United States I 

Q. When you get there will you have sailed round the world 1 
How do you know that 1 115. 


POLITICAL DIVISIONS. 


Q. What is a small collection of houses called ? 

148. A Village. 

Q. What do the houses, whether they are near together as in a village or 
not, if they extend over several miles, form ? 

149. A Town. 

Q. What is the land of a town called ? 

150. A Township. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


25 


Q. What then is a Town ? 

151. A town is a larger collection of houses than a 
village, and the houses are usually at a greater distance 
from each other than in a village. 

Remark. A town often includes one or more villages. 

Q. Of what does a town consist ? 

152. Of inhabitants, houses, land, roads, streams of 
water, &c. 

Q. How are the inhabitants of most towns employed ? 

153. Generally in Agriculture, 1 but frequently in 
Manufactures, 2 Merchandize, 3 Commerce, &c. 

Q. What is the chief employment of the inhabitants of your town ? 

Q. What Meetings besides religious ones are often held in a town ? 

154. Political Meetings. 

Q. What are they ? 

155. Meetings relating to public business. 

Q. Who compose these meetings and what business is done at them ? 

156. They are composed of all men who have a 
right to vote, and when assembled they elect 4 public 
officers, representatives, governor, &c. 

Q. When a town becomes large and thickly settled, what is it generally 
called ? 

157. A City. 

Q. What then is a city ? 

158. A collection of houses and other buildings 
larger than a town. 

Q,. What is a city properly speaking ? 

159. An incorporated town having peculiar 5 privile- 
ges of electing officers to govern it, such as Mayor, 
Aldermen, &c. 

Q. What does incorporated mean ? 

160. Mixed or united in one body , formed into one 
body by law. 

Q~ Do you live in a city, and if so, who is the Mayor ? 

Q. What do towns and cities form ? 

161. Counties or Districts. 

Q. What public buildings are peculiar to a county ? 

162. A Court-House and Jail. 


1 Agriculture, cultivating the land, as 
ploughing, hoeing ; sometimes called farm- 
ing. 

2 Manufactures, making any kind of 

articles, such as Cloth, Hats, Shoes, &c. 

2 


3 Merchandize, articles that are 
bought and sold, Tea, Coffee, Sugar, 
Cloth, &c. 

4 Elect, choose, select. 

5 Peculiar, appropriate, belonging to 
one person or thing and to that only. 


26 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE, 


Q. What is the town called in which the Courts for the county are held ? 

163. The Shire 1 Town or County Town. 

Q. Where are the Courts held in your county ? 

Q,. When the courts are held in two towns of a county, what is each 
called ? 

1 64. A half-shire town . 

Q. What should you now say that a County is ? 

165. A County is several towns united for political 
purposes. 

Q. In what county do you live ? Do you live in the Shire-town ? Will 
you name some of the towns in your county ? What do several counties 
form ? 

166. A State. 

Q. What i3 the name of your own State ? 

Q. What public buildings are peculiar to a State ? 

167. State-House, State Prison, &c. 

Q. What is the State-House ? 

168. The building in which the Representatives 
from all the towns meet to make laws and transact 
business for the State. 

Q. What is this body of persons called when assembled ? 

169. The State Legislature. 

Q,. Why is it called by that name ? 

170. Because Legislature signifies the body of men 
who have power to make laws . 

Q. Of how many branches is the Legislature composed, and what are 
they called ? 

171. Two; usually called a Senate and House of 
Representatives. 

Q. What is the' first officer in a State called ? 

172. Governor. 

Q. What is the power which is vested in the Legislature and Governor 
of a State called ? 

173. The Government of the State. 

Q. What do you understand by Government ? 

174. The power vested in those persons who make 
and administer the laws of a State. 

Q. What is the town called in which the Legislature meets? 

175. The Capital of the State. 

Q,. What is the Capital of your own State ? 

Q. What now does a State appear to be ? 

176. A State is composed of several counties united 
under one Government. 


Shire (shere.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


27 


Q. What do several states form ? 

177. The United States. 

Q. By what other name are the United States sometimes called ? 

178. Federal or Confederate States. 

Q. What do the words Federal and Confederate signify ? 

179. Combined or united together . 

Q. What is the object of this Confederacy or Union of the States. 

180. To make them more powerful in time of war. 
and more prosperous in time of peace. 

Q. What is the first officer styled ? 

181. The President of the United States. 

Q. In what is the government vested ? 

182. In the President or Congress of the United 
States. 

Q. Of what is Congress composed ? 

183. Of the Senate and House of Representatives. 

Q. What are the members of Senates styled ? 

184. Senators. 

Q. How are Senators and all other officers in the United States chosen ? 

185. By the people or their representatives. 

Q. What now do you understand by the United States ? 

186. The several States united under one general 
government. 

Q. What is the government styled ? 

187. A Republic or Commonwealth. 

Q. W'hat then is a Republic ? 

188. A Government in which the people choose 
their own Rulers. 

Q. What does the whole body of the people of the United States form ? 

189. A Nation. 

Q. What is a Nation ? 

190. A Nation is a large body of people, inhabiting 
the same country, and united under one Government. 

Q. What public buildings are peculiar to us, as a Nation ? 

191. The Capitol, President’s House, &c. 

Q. What is the place called which contains the Capitol ? 

192. The Capital of the Nation. 

Q. What is the capital of the United States called ? 

193. Washington. 

Q. Why was it so named ? 

194. In honor of George Washington; “The 
father of his country ” 


28 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


FROM THE ATLAS. 

MAP OF THE UNITED STATES BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

d- What is a Map ? 124. 

d- Which part of this Map is N. ? S. ? E. 1 W. ? 108. 
d* What ocean E. of the United States? Ac. 
d. What large gulf on the S. ? Mo. 

Q,. What large river flows into this gulf ? Mi. 

Q,. Is your own State farther from this gulf than from the 
Ocean ? 

d* Will you point to the State in which you live ? 


MAP OF THE LEARNER’S OWN STATE, AND ITS COUNTIES. 

This Map may be found either on the County Maps of the Eastern, Middle, 

Southern or Western States. 

d. Will you point to your own State on this map ? 

Q,. 1 s the town in which you live put down ? 

Q,. What stands for towns on the map ? 

195. The name of the town with a small circle (o) near it. 
d- What town is North of your town ? [This question and 
the next three are so simple, that the pupil can answer them even 
when they are not found on the map.] 

Q. What town is E. of yours ? 
d* What town is S. of yours ? 
d. What town is W. of yours ? 
d. What is a Town? 151. 
d- What is a shire-town? 163. 
d- What is the shire-town of your county ? 
d* Will you point to it on the Map ? 
d- What is a county ? 165. 

d- Will you point to your county on the map? 

d. What river or rivers in your county ? 

d- What is the course of the largest one ? 

d» Into what does it flow ? 

d. What towns are on it or near it ? 

d* Has your county any mountains ? 

d. What do several counties form? 166. 

d* What rivers do you find on the map of your own State ? 

d* Where does each rise or begin? 

d. What is the course of each? 

d- Into what waters does each flow? 

d- What, if any mountains, in your state ? 

d- Will you mention several towns of your state ? 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


29 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

Q. Will you point to your own State I 
Q. What is a State ] 176. 

Q. What is meant by bounding a State ] 

196. Telling what state, ocean, river, or other waters, lie next 
it on the different sides. 

Q. What hounds your State on the N. ] 

Q. What bounds it on the E. 1 
Q. What bounds it on the S. I 
Q. What bounds it on the W. ] 

Q. What is a capital town] 175. 

Q. How are the names of capital towns expressed] 

197. In small capital letters. 

Q. Is the capital of your State in the N. E. S. W. or middle 
part of the State ] 

Q. Is it on a river, bay, or any body of water ] 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

MAINE. 

Q. In what part of the Union is Maine] N. E. 

Q. What bounds it on the E.] Ans. New Brunswick. 

Q. What bounds it on the N. and W. ] Ans. Lower Canada. 
Q. Will you point to Lower Canada and New Brunswick on 
the Map] Do they belong to the United States] 

198. No; they belong to the British Government and consti- 
tute Provinces or parts of the British Empire. 

Q. Where is the seat of the British Government ] 

199. In the British Isles, N. W. of the Continent of Europe. 

Q,. What bounds Maine on the S. 1 c. [The letter c here is 

the last letter of the word Atlantic , which is the answer to the 
question.] 

Q. What state bounds Maine on S. W. 1 e. 

Q. How can you tell a larger liver from a smaller one on the 
Map. 

200. By the figures annexed to their names, the highest fig- 
ures denoting the largest or longest river. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in Maine ! s. 

Q. What is its course and into what bay does it flow] y. 

Q,. What is the second river in length ] t. 

Q. What is its course and into what bay does it flow ] t. 

Q. What is the capital of Maine ] a. 

Q. On what river is it ] c. 

Q. How is the largest town in any state cr nation distinguished 
from the others ] 


30 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


201. By figures in the rings or circles that are annexed 1 to the 
names of towns ; the highest figure denoting the largest town. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in Maine 7 Pd. 

NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

Q. What province bounds this State on the N. 7 a. 

Q. What state and ocean on the E. 7 e. c. 

Q. What state bounds it on the S.7 s. 

Q,. What river on the W. 7 t. 

Q,. From what other state does that river separate it 7 t. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in New Hampshire 7 t. 

Q,. What is its course and into what sound does it flow 7 d. 

Q. What is the capital of New Hampshire 7 d. 

Q,. What river is it on 7 c. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in the State 7 Ph. 

Q. What coast is it on 7 c. 

VERMONT. 

Q. What bounds this State on the N. 7 a. 

Q. What river bounds it on the E.and S. 7 t. s. 

Q. From what state does the river separate it 7 e. 

Q,. What bounds it on the W. 7 k. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in this State 7 t. 

Q. What is the capital town 7 r. 

Q. Near what mountain is it 7 n. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in the State 7 Bn. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Q. What bounds this State on the N. and E. 7 t. e. c. 

Q,. What bounds it on the S. and W.7 t. d. c. 

Q. Which is the largest river 7 t. 

Q. What is the capital town 7 n. 

Q. On what bay is it situated 7 s. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in the State 7 Bn. 

Q,. Which is the next largest 7 Sm. 

RHODE ISLAND. 

Q. What bounds this State on the N. and E.7 s. 

Q,. What on the S. and W. 7 

Q,. What are the capital towns 7 e. and Newport. 

Q. Which is the largest town 7 Pe. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Q. What bounds this State on the N. and E.7 s. d. 

1 Annexed, to place after, to unite, to join 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


31 


Q. What sound on the S. and what state on the W. d. k. 

Q. Which is the largest river 1 t. 

Q,. What are the capital and largest towns of this State ! n. d. 
Q. On what river is Hartford] t. 

Q,. Near what sound is New Haven] d. 


NEW ENGLAND OR EASTERN STATES. 

Map of the United States [continued.] 

Q,. Why were these States first called New-England! l : 

202. From their fancied resemblance to Old England. 

Q. What and where is Old England, or more properly, Eng- 
land] 

203. It is a division in the southern part of the Island of Great 
Britain. 

Q. Where is this Island ! 199. 

Q. Why are these called the Eastern States] 

204. From their situation in that part of the Union. 

Q,. How many of the New England States are there, and which 
are they] 

205. Six; Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, 
Rhode Island, and Connecticut. 

Q,. What province bounds New England on the N. I a. 

Q. What province and ocean on the E. ! k. c. 

Q. What bounds it on the S. and W. ! c. k. 

Q. What is the largest river in New England ! Ct. 

Q,. What is its course ! 

Q,. What States does it separate I e. t. 

Q. What States does it pass through ] s. t. 

Q,. Where does it rise ! 

206. In the Highlands which separate New Hampshire from 
Canada. 

Q. Through what section of country then does it pass ] 

207. New England. 

Q,. How long is this river! 

208. About four hundred miles, 

Q. How far is it navigable ! 

209. To Hartford, fifty miles. 

Q,. What is meant by a navigable river 7 

200. A river in which vessels can sail. 

ftOTTo tub; learner. The first attempt to navigate this stream above Hartford 
of which we have any account, was made by the celebrated John Ledyard, a native 
of Connecticut, in the following extraordinary manner. When a student at Dart - 
»iouth ColIegeinNew Hampshire, near which the river runs, he with the help of hi? 
fellow students, hollowed out the trunk or a large tree, and fashioned it into a boat. 
In this he sailed down the river to Hartford, a distance of 140 miles; much of his 
course lying through a wilderness, and in several places obstructed by dangerous falls 

• 


INevv England, (new-ing'-land.) 


32 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. How far is Connecticut river boatable ? 

211. About three hundred miles. 

Q,. Which is the second river in New England] Pt. 

Q. What capital is E. of Hartford] e. 

Q. What capital is N. E. of Providence ] n. 

Q. What capital is N. W. of Boston] d. 

Q,. What capital is N. W. of Concord ] r. 

Q,. What capital nearly E. of Montpelier] a. 

Q. Which and where* is the largest town in New England? 
Ans. Bn. in Ms. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES, [continued.] 

NEW YORK. 

Q. What bounds New York on the N. and WI a. 

Q. By what is it separated from the province I 
Ans. S-Le. o. e. and Niagara river. 

Q,. What states on theE. and S. ] t. s. t. y. a. 

Q. Which is the largest river in New York] S-Le. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow ] e. 

Q. Which is the next river in size ] n. 

Q. What is the capital of New York I y . 

Q,. On what river is it I n. 

Q. Which is the largest town ] N-Yk. 

Q. At the mouth of what river is it ] n. 

Q. On what island is it I 

Ans. On New York island, formerly called Manhattan. 

NEW-JERSEY. 

Q. What State bounds New Jersey on the N.] k. 

%> 

Q. What waters it on the E. S. and W. ] c. e. e, 

Q,. What states on the W I a. e. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in New Jersey ] e. 

Q. What is the capital of the State I n. 

Q. What river is it on ] e. 

Q. Which is the largest town ] Nk. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Q. What bounds Pennsylvania on the N. I e. k. 

Q. What bounds it on the E. ] k. y. 

Q. What on the S. and W. I e. d. a. ; o. a. j 
Q. Which is the largest river] Sa. 

Q. What is its course and into what bay does it flow ] k. 

* To answer the question, Where a town or river is, the learner in Part I. need 
mention only the state or country in which it is situated. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


33 


, Q. What two rivers unite and form the Ohio ? y. a. 
Q,. What river bounds Pennsylvania on the East 1 e. 
Q. What is the capital of this State ? g. 

Q,. On what river is it ? a. 

Q,. Which is the largest town? Pa. 

Q. On what river is it ? e. 

DELAWARE. 

Q,. What bounds Delaware on the N. and E. ? 

Q. What on the S. and W. ? 

Q,. Which is the largest river ? e. 

Q,. What is the seat of government? r. 

Q. Which is the largest town ? Wn. 


MIDDLE STATES. 

Map of the United States , [continued 1 .] 

Q,. Why are the Middle States so called ? 204. 

Q,. What are their names ? N-Yk. N-Jy. Pa. De. 

Q. What bounds these States on the N. ? a. 

Q,. What bounds them on the E. ? c. t. s. t. 

Q,. What states and ocean on the S. ? d. a. c. 

Q,. What province and state on the W. ? , o. a. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in the Middle States ? Sa. 

Q. What is its course and into what bay does it flow? k. 

Q. Which capital is most southerly ? r. 

Q,. What capital N. W. of that? g. 

Q. What capital E. of Harrisburg? n. 

Q. What capital nearly N. of Trenton ? y. 

Q. Which and where is the largest town in the Middle States?! 
Ans. N-Yk. in N-Yk. 

Q. Which and where is the second? Pa. in Pa. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES, [continued.] 

MARYLAND. 

Q. What bounds Maryland on the N. and E. ? 

Q. What on the S. and W. ? 

Q. Which river separates it from Virginia ? c. 

Q. Which is the largest river in Maryland ? c. 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow ? k. 

Q,. What is the capital of Maryland ? s. 

Q. Which is the largest town ? Be. 

VIRGINIA. 

Q. What bounds Virginia on the N. and N. E. ? 

6 * 


I 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What river forms the dividing line ? c. 

Q,. What bounds it on the E. and S. ? 

Q,. What on the W. and NW. ? 

Q,. What is the largest river in Virginia ? Oo. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow ? i. 

Q,. Which is the second river in size ? Pc. 

Q. Where does the Legislature of Virginia meet ? d. 

Q,. On what river is that town ? s. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in the State ? Rd. 

Q,. Which is the second town in size?- Nk. 

NORTH CAROLINA. 

Q,. What bounds this State on the N. and E.? 

Q,. What on the S. and W. ? 

Q,. Which is the largest river in North Carolina? Ne. 

Q,. What is its course and into what sound does it flow ? o, 
Q,. Where are the laws for this State made ? h. 

Q. Near What river is it? e. 

Q. Which is the largest town ? Nn. 

SOUTH CAROLINA. 

Q. What river bounds South Carolina on the N. and N. E. ? 
Q,. What bounds it on the E., S. and W. ? 

Q. What river forms its western boundary ? h. 

Q,. Which is its largest river ? h. 

Q. What is the capital of South Carolina ? a. 

Q,. Which is the largest town ? Cn. 

GEORGIA. 

Q. What bounds Georgia on the N. and E. 1 
Q. From what does the river separate it ? 

Q,. What bounds this State on the S. and W. ? 

Q,. Which is the largest river in Georgia ? h. 
a. Where is the seat of government in Georgia ? e. 

Q. What river is it on ? e. 

Q. Which is the largest town ? Sh. 

Q. On what river is it ? h. 

ALABAMA. 

Q.What bounds Alabama on the N. and E. ? 

Q. What bounds it on the S. and W. ? 

Q. What river forms a part of its eastern boundary ? e. 

Q,. Wliich is the largest river in Alabama? Te. 

Q. What course does it run, and where does it flow ? o. 

Q. Where does the Legislature of Alabama meet ? a. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 35 

Q. What river is it on ? r. 

Q. Which is the largest town 1 e. 1 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Q,. What bounds this State on the N and E 1 

Q. What on the S. and W. 1 

Q. Which is the largest river in Mississippi 1 i. 

Q,. What is its course, and into what does it flow 1 
Q. What is the capital town I n. 

Q. What river is it on 1 1. 

Q,. Which is the largest town 1 Nz. 

LOUISIANA. 

Q. What bounds this State on the N. and E. ? 

Q. What on the S. and W. 7 G-Mo. Mo. 

Q. What is Mexico I 

212. A Republic in the South-western part of N. America. 

Q. What is the largest river in Louisiana! i. 

Q. Which is the second in size ! d. 

Q. Into what does it flow I i. 

Q. Which is the capital and largest town 1 s. 

Q, On what river is it I i. 


SOUTHERN STATES 

Map of the United States , [continued.] 

Q. Why are these States called Southern I 204. 

Q. How many and what are the Southern States 1 
213. Eight; Md. Ya. N-Ca. S-Ca. Ga. Aa. Mi. La. 

Q,. Which of these states is most northerly and easterly I 
Q. Which is most southerly and westerly I 
Q. Which is the largest river in the Southern States'? Mi. 
Q,. Which is the second in size ? Rd. in La. 

Q,. Which and where is the largest town I Be. in Md. 

Q. Into what do the rivers generally flow I c. o. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES, [continued.] 

OHIO. 

Q. What bounds Ohio on the N. and E. 1 
Q,. What bounds it on the S. ? o. 

Q,. From what does this river separate it I a. y. 

Q. What bounds it on the W. 1 a. 2 
Q. Which is the largest river in Ohio 1 o. 


1 Mocile, (mo-bee^) 


2 Indiana, (in de-ah' na.) 


36 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What is the capital 1 * 3 ? s. 

Q,. What river is it on? a. 

Q,. Which is the largest town ? Ci. 

Q. What river is it on ? o. 

KENTUCKY. 

Q. What river bounds Kentucky on the N. ? o, 

Q. What States on the N. ? o. a. s.^ 

Q. What bounds it on the E. and S. ? 

Q. What river bounds it on the W. ? 

Q. What state bounds it on the W. ? Mi. * 

Q. Which is the largest river ? Mi. 

Q,. Which is the second in size ? Te. 

Q. Which is the third river? o. 

Q,. What is the capital town ? t. 

Q. On what river is it ? y. 

Q,. Which is the largest town? Le.® 

Q,. On what river is it ? o. 

TENNESSEE. 

Q. What bounds Tennessee on the N. and E. ? 

Q. What bounds it on the S. and W. ? i. a. a. 

Q,. What is the largest town and capital of Tennessee ? e. 
Q. What river is it on? d. 

Q. Which is the largest river in Tennessee? Te. 

4 

INDIANA. 

Q. What bounds Indiana on the N.? L-Mn. M-Ty. s 
Q,. What bounds it on the E. S. and W. ? 

Q. Which is the largest river ? o. 

Q. Which is the next largest ? h . 6 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow ? o. 

Q. What is the capital ? s. 

Q. Which is the largest town? Ys. 

ILLINOIS. 

Q. What territory on the N. of this state ? t. 

Q. What bounds this state on the E. S. and W. ? 

Q. Which is the largest river ? i. 

Q. Which is the second ? h. 

Q. Where is the seat of government ? a. 


1 Illinois, (ill-e-noy'.) 

2Missouri, (mis-soo'-re.) 

3 Louisville, (loo-o-viUe.') 




4 Arkansas, (ar-kan' saw.) 

5 Michigan, (mish-e-gan\) 

(j Wabash, (wavy- bosh.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


37 


Q,. On what river is it ! a. 

Q. Which is the largest town ! S-Tn. 

MISSOURI. 

Q,. What bounds this state on the N. and W. ! 

Q. What on the S. and W. ! 

Q. Which is the largest river ! i. 

Q,. What is its length ! 

Q,. Four thousand and five hundred miles. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow 1 i. 
Q,. Which is the second river in size ! i. 

Q,. What is the capital 1 n. 

Q. Which is the largest town 7 S-Ls. 


WESTERN STATES. 

Map of the United States , [continued.] 

Q. Why are these states so called! 204. 

Q. How many and which are these states ! 

214. Six; Oo. Ky. Te. Ia. Is. Mi. 

Q,. Which of these states is most easterly ! 

Q. Which is most westerly ! 

Q,. Which are most northerly ! 

Q,. Which most southerly! 

Q. Which border on the Mississippi river ! 

Q. Which border on the Ohio river! 

Q,. Which is the largest river ! Mi. 

Q,. Which is the second ! Mi. 

Q,. Which and where is the largest town ! Ci. in Oo. 

TERRITORIES. 

Q. What are territories ! 

215. Portions of country under the government of the U. S. 
Q. What territory N. of Ohio and Indiana ! n. 

Q. Between what lakes does it lie ! n. n. e. 

Q. What territory N. of Illinois ! t. 

Q,. What large territory W. of the last! i. 

Q,. What large river runs through it! i. 

Q. What Territory N. W. of Missouri Territory ! n. 

Q. What large river has it! a. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow ! c. 

Q,. What Territory S. of Missouri Territory! s. 

Q. What large river has it ! As. 

Q,. What Territory S. of Georgia! a. 

Q. What is the capital of Florida ] e. 


38 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q,. What is the capital of Michigan ? t. 

Q,. What is the capital of Arkansas ? k. 

Q. How many and what are the Territories'? 

216. Six; Mn. N-Wt. Mi. On. As. Fa. 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

Q,. Why is the District of Columbia so called I 

217. From Columbus who discovered America. 

Q. On what river is it situated? Pc. 1 2 
Q. How large in extent is this District? 

218. About ten miles. 

Q. By what states was it ceded, or given to the U. States ? 

219. By Maryland and Virginia. 

Q. What is the capital town? Washington. 

Q,. On what river is it? Pc. 

Q. On which side of it ? The Maryland side. 

Q. For what is it celebrated? 

220. For being the capital of the nation. 

Q. What meets at the capital? 

221. The Congress of the United States. 

UNITED STATES, [continued.] 

See Map of North America. 

Q,. What bounds the U. States on the N. ? B-Aa. R-Ps.* 
Q. What bounds them on the E. ? c. 

Q. What gulf on the S. ? o. 

Q. What on the S. W. and W.? Mo. Pc. 



MAP OF THE THE UNITED STATES, [continued.] 

Q. What states border on the Atlantic ? 

Q,. What states border on the Gulf of Mexico ? 

Q,. What state is entirely W. of the Mississippi ? 

Q. What states border on the east bank of the Mississippi ? 
Q,. Which state is most N. E. ? 

Q,. Which the most S. W. ? 

Q,. Which states lie on the Ohio river ? 

Q,. Which Territory is the most N. W. ? 

Q. Which Territory is the most S. ? 

LAKES. 

Q.. What lakes lie between the United States and British Amer- 
ica ? o. e. r. n. r. y. s. 


1 Potomac, (po-to'-mac.) 

2 Russian, (ru'-sluui.) 


| 3 Erie, (e'-re.) 


■ 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 39 

Q,. Which of them is the largest ? r. 

Gt. What lake lies between the North West Territory and 
Michigan Territory ? n. 

Q,. What lake between New York and Vermont ? n. 

j) 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q.. Which are the highest mountains E. of the Mississippi 
river? We. 

Q,. In what state are they ? e. 

Q,. What mountains nearly between the Southern and West- 
ern States ? y. 

GL Which are the highest mountains in the U. States ? Ry. 

Q,. What Territories do they bound ? i. n. 

Q,. Do these mountains run E. and W. or nearly N. and S. 

i 

CAPES. 

Q,. What is a coast ? 94. 

Q,. What capes on the New England coast ? n. d. r. 

Q,. What cape or point on the E. of Long Island? k. 

Q,. What capes on the coast of the Middle States ? y. n. 

Gt. What capes on the coast of the Southern States? s. y. s. t. 

BAYS, ISLANDS, AND SOUNDS. 

Q. What large island and sound S. of Connecticut ? 

Q,. What two islands S. of Massachusetts ? t. d. 

Q,. What bays on the coast ? t. s. e. k. 

Q,. What two sounds E. of North Carolina? 1. o. 

Q,. What island E. of South Carolina ? s. 

Q,. What cluster of islands E. of Florida ? a. 

Q,. How many are there supposed to be ? Ans. 500. 

RIVERS. 

Q. Which is the largest river in the United States ? Mi. 

Q. Which is the second ? Mi. 

Q. Which is the third ? As. [in Arkansas T.] 

Q. Which is the fourth ? Rd. [in Louisania.] 

Q. Which is the fifth ? Ca. [in Oregon T.] 

Q. Which the five next ? 

Ans. White, Yellowstone, Kaskaskia, Tennessee, and Ohio. 

Q,. Is each of these streams larger than the Connecticut? 

222. Many times. 

Q,. Are there any other branches of the Mississippi and Mis- 
souri ? 

\ w 


40 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


223. Numerous others, and many of them larger than the 
Connecticut. 


TOWNS. 

Q,. Which and where is the largest town in the United 
States ] N-Yk. in N-Yk. 

Q. The second] Pa. Pa Q,. The sixth] Cn. S-Ca. 

Q. The third ] Be. Md. Q. The seventh ] Ci. Oo. 

Q,. The fourth ] Bn. Ms. Q,. The eighth] Ay. N-Yk. 

Q. The fifth] N-Os. La. Q,. The ninth] Wn. D-Ca. 


POLITICAL DIVISIONS, [continued.] 

Q. What is the earliest government ? 

234. The Patriarchal. 

Q, What is that ? 

235. A government in which fathers are the govern- 
ors of their own families and their descendants. 

Q. What are such governors called? 

236. Patriarchs. 

Q. Will you mention some illustrious ones recorded in the Bible ? 

237. Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. 

Q. To what does this government naturally lead 

238. To the monarchical. 

Q. What is a monarchy ? 

239. A government in which a single person gov- 
erns a whole tribe or nation. 

Q. What are such governors called ? 

240 Monarchs most usually ; they are also called 
chiefs, captains, judges, dictators, kings, sovereigns, 
sultans, emperors, &c. 

Q. What are the governors of savage nations generally called ? 

241. Chiefs and sometimes kings. 

Q. What were the kings of scripture ? 

242. No more than the chiefs of tribes. 

Q. What is a Republic or Commonwealth ? 188 . In whom then is the 

sovereign power vested ? 

243. In the people. 

Q. What do you mean by sovereign power ? 

244. The highest or greatest power in the land. 

Q. In what nation do the people possess this power to the greatest ex- 
tent on the face of the earth ? 

245. In the United States. 

Q. When the sovereign power of enlightened nations is exercised by one 
man, what is he styled ? 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


41 


246. A monarch, sovereign, autocrat, emperor or 
king. 

Q. What is the government styled ? 

247. A monarchy, sovereignty, despotism. 

Q. What is the territory or country so governed called ? 

248. The country or territory governed by one man, 
is styled an Empire or Kingdom. 

Q. Which is considered as embracing the larger territory, an Empire or 
Kingdom ? 

249. An Empire. 

Q. What is a limited monarchy ? 

250. One in which the power of the sovereign is 
limited by law. 

Q. What does absolute mean ? 

251. Independent of every thing, free, unlimited ; 
the power of doing as we choose. 

Q. What then is an absolute monarchy ? 

252. A government in which the monarch has power 
to do precisely as he pleases, his own will being the law. 

Q. If an absolute sovereign abuse his power, what is he styled ? 

253. A despot or tyrant. 

Q. What is a Viceroy ? 

245. One whom the king appoints to rule over a re- 
mote part of his dominions, possessing the power of 
the king himself. 

Q. What is an aristocracy ? 

255. A government in which the power is exercised 
by only a few persons. 

Q. How many and what are the simple forms of government ? 

256. Two ; Monarchies and Republics. 

Q. What ae the divisions of empires, kingdoms, states, &c. styled ? 

257. Political divisions. 

Q. What then are political divisions ? 

258. Such as are made by men in establishing differ- 
ent governments. 

Q. What ought to be the grand object in forming all governments ? 

259. The safety of life and property, and the happi- 
ness of the people. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

Q. What division of country nearly in the middle of North 
America 7 U. S. 


42 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What division N. of the United States ? B-Aa. 

Q,. What do you mean by British America ? 

260. Those parts of North America which belong to the king- 
dom of Great Britain. 

Q,. What division N. E. of the last ? Gd. 

Q. Why was it so called ? 

Ans. Because the land appeared green in comparison with 
Iceland. 

Q. In what direction is Iceland from Greenland ? E. 

Q,. What division W. of British America I R-Ps. 

Q. What are these ? 

261. That part of America which belongs to Russia. 

Q. Where is Russia situated ? 

262. In the N. of Europe and Asia. 

Q. What division S. W. of the United States ? Mo. 

-Q. What is Mexico I 187. 

Q,. What division S. E. of the last? Ga. 1 
Q,. What is that ? 

263. A republic also. 

Q. By what other name is it often called ? 

264. Central America. 

Q. How many and what are the general divisions of North 
America ? 

265. Six ; U-Ss. B-Aa. Gd. R-Ps. Mo. Ga. 

GULFS. 

Q,. Which is the largest gulf in North America? o. 

Q. With what sea does it communicate ? n. 

Q,. What gulf W. of Mexico ? a. 

Q. What gulf E. of British America ? e. 

BAYS. 

Q,. What bay W. of Greenland ? s. 

Q,. What bay S. W. of that ? s. 

Q. What bay S. of Hudson’s Bay ? s. 

Q. What bay N. of Hudson’s ? e. 

Q,. What bay S. of the Gulf of Mexico ? y. 

Q,. What bay E. of the last ? s. 

Q. What bays on the eastern coast of the U. S. ? e. k. 

STRAITS. 

Q. What strait N. W. of North America ? s. 

Q. What grand division does it separate ? a. a. 

Q. What is the shortest distance from this continent to Asia ? 


1 Guatemala, ^wah-te-ma'-la.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


43 


266. About thirty-nine miles across this strait. 

Q,. What oceans does it connect ! 

Q. What strait on the E. leads into Baffin’s Bay ! s. 

Q. What strait on the W. leads into Baffin’s Bay ! Bs. 

Q,. What two straits lead into Hudson’s Bay ! s. d. 

Q. What strait in the S. E. of British America'? e. 

Q,. What gulf and ocean does it connect ! e. c. 

Q,. What island and province does it separate ! d. r. 

ISLANDS. 

Q. What large island E. of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ! d. 

Q,. Which is the largest island in North America! Gd. 

Q. What island E. of Greenland! d. 

Q,. What is it celebrated for ! 

267. For its volcanic mountain. 

Q. What cluster of islands between North and South Ameri- 
ca! W-Is. 

Q. Which is the largest ! Ca. 

Q,. To whom does it belong ! To Spain. 

Q. Where is Spain ! In the S. W. part of Europe. 

Q. What large town in Cuba ! a. 

Q,. Will you mention some other of the larger West India 
Islands! Hi. Ja. P-Ro. 

Q. Which is next in size to Cuba ! Hi. 

Q. What race of people inhabit it ! 

268. The African or negro race. 

Q,. How are they governed ! 

269. By a President elected bv themselves. 

Q. What cluster of islands E. of the United States ! Bs. 

Q,. What island W. of the U. S. territory, N. of the mouth of 
Columbia river ! a. 

Q. What island N. of Nootka! s. 

Q,. What island in the N. of Hudson’s Bay ! n. 

Q,. What island W. of Baffin’s Bay near Parry’s ship ! e. 

PENINSULAS. 

Q. What peninsula in the S. of Mexico ! Yn. 

Q,. What one in the W. of Mexico ! a. 

Q,. What on the S. E. coast of British America! a. 

CAPES. 

Q. What is the most southern cape of the U. States ! e. 

Q. What cape S. of Nova Scotia ! e. 

Q,. What cape in the S. of Greenland ! 1. 

Q. What capes on the E. coast of the United States ? d. s. r. 


44 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q,. What cape in the W. of Cuba? o. 

Q. What cape in the S. of California ? s. 

Q. What cape on the E. of Behring’s Strait? s. 

LAKES. 

Q,. What lakes border on the U. S. and British America ? 

270. Ws. r. n. e. o. 

Q. Which is most easterly ? o. 

Q,. Which is mots westerly ? s. 

Q. Which is the largest lake in North America? r. 

Q,. What lake N. W. of the Lake of the Woods? g. 

Q. What large lake N. W. of Winnipeg ? e. 

Q. What lake in the southern part of Guatemala? 1 a. 2 * 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q. What mountains border on the British and Russian Pos- 
sessions ? y. 

Q. What name have the Rocky Mountains in Mexico ? s. 

Q. What mountain near the coast of Russian America? s. 

Q,. What considerable range in the United States ? y. s 
Q. What mountains have the highest peak ? Es. 

Q. Which is the next highest ? s. 

Q. With what is the top of Mt. Elias constantly covered ? 

271. With snow. 

Q,. How far is it from the ocean ? 

272. Twenty-five miles. 

Q. What important purpose does it serve ? 

273. As a land-mark for mariners on the coast. 

RIVERS. 

Q. Which is the largest river in British America ? M-Ks. 

Q,. What lake does it issue from ? e. 

Q,. What is its course, and into what sea does it flow ? r. 

Q. From what does it derive its name? 

274. From Sir Alexander McKenzie, 4 who discovored it. 

Q. What rivers about three times as large as the Connecticut 
flow into Hudson’s and James’ bays ? n. n. y. 

Q. What river is the outlet of the Great Lakes between the 
U. S. and British America,? e. 

Q. What is its course and into what gulf does it flow ? e. 

Q. Which is the largest river in Mexico ? Ne. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow ? o. 

1 Guatemala, (gwah-te-ma'-la.) 

2 Nicaragua, (nic-ar-au'-gua.) 


\ 


3 Allegany, (al-le-ga'-ny.) 

4 McKenzie, (mac-ken -ze.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


45 


CAPITALS, &C. 

Q. What is the capital of the United States ) n. 

Q. What is the capital of British America 7 c. 

Q,. On what river is it ) e. 

Q. Which is the largest town in British America 7 Ml. 
Q. What is the capital and largest town in Mexico ) o. 

Q. What is the capital and largest town in Guatimala ) a. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

Q. What division in the east ) Bl. 1 2 
Q. What division in the S. ) Pa. 

Q. What one in the W., S. of Colombia 7 Pu. 

Q. What one in the W. and N. of Patagonia 7 Ci.* 

Q. What one S.. E. of Peru) Ba. 

Q. What one W. of Chili 7 U-Ps. 

Q. What is the interior often called 7 Aa. 

Qr What one N. of the last and E. of Columbia) Ga. s - 
Q. Which division is the largest ) Bl. 

Q. Which is the smallest ) Ga. 

Q. What divisions does South America comprise ) 

275. Ca. Ga. Bl. Pa. Ba. Ci. Pu. U-Ps. 

CAPES. 

Q. Which is the most southern cape ) n. 

Q. Which is the most eastern ) e. 

Q. Which is the most western ) o. 

Q. Which the most northern ) a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q. What large islands S. of Patagonia) o. 

Q,. What islands N. E. of Terra del Fuego ) d. 

Q,. What celebrated island W. of Chili ) s. 

Q,. What is it celebrated for ) 

276. The residence of Alexander Selkirk. 

Q. What book did his story give rise to ) 

277. The adventures of Robinson Crusoe. 

Q. What island N. E. of Colombia ) d. 

Q. What straits separates Patagonia from Terra del Fuego ) n, 
Q. What is meant by Terra ? Land. By Del ? Of. By 
Fuego ? Fire. What then does Terra Del Fuego mean 7 
Q. Why was this island so called 1 

278. From the fire seen on it when first discovered 7 


1 Brazil, (bra-zeel\) 

2 Chili, (clie'-le.) 


3 Guiana, (glie-a'-na.) 


46 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


MOUNTAINS. 

Q. Which are the highest mountains in America ] s. 

Q. What is their greatest height 7 

279. A little more than 4! miles, or twenty-five thousand two 
hundred and fifty feet above the level of the sea. 

Q. What divisions of South America do the Andes cross T 

280. Ca. u. a. s. i. a. 

RIVERS. 

Q,. Which is the largest river in South America ] An. 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow 7 c. 

Q. How wide is it at its mouth 7 

281. So wide that we cannot see across, 150 miles. 

Q. Which and where is the second] Py. [See U. Provinces.] 
Q. What is its course and into what river does it flow 7 Pa. 
Q. What name does the Paraguay take near its mouth 7 a. 

Q. What is meant by Rio ? River. By de? of. By Pla- 
ta ? Silver. What then does Rio-de-Plata. mean 7 
Q. W^hy was it called the “ River of Silver 7 ” 

282. From the silver mines in the country through which it 
flows. 

Q. Which is the largest river in Colombia 7 Oo. 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow 7 c. 

TOWNS. 

Q. What is the capital of Colombia 7 a. 

Q. Which is the largest town] Qo. 1 
Q. Which is the largest town and capital of Peru 7 a. 9 

Q. On what coast is it 7 

Q. W hat is the capital and largest town of Guiana 7 o. 

Q,. W hat is the capital of Bolivia 7 a. 

Q. Which is the largest town 7 Pi. 

Q,. Which is the capital and largest town of Brazil 7 o. 

Q. Which is the second in size] S-Sr. 

Q. W'hich the capital and largest town of the United Prov- 
inces] s. 8 

Q. Near the mouth of what river is it 7 a. 

Q. Which is the largest town and capital of Chili ] o. 

Q. Why has Patagonia no capital or other towns ] 

283. Because it is uninhabited^ except by Indians. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in America ] New- York. 

Q,. Which is the second town in size] Philadelphia. 


1 Quito, (ke'-to.) 

2 Lima, (lee'-ma.) 


3 Buenos Ay res, (bwa-nos-ai'-res.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE, 



Q. Which is the third] Mexico. Rio Janeiro. 

Q. Which the fourth ] Havana. [In the W. Indies. ] 
Q, Which the fifth I St. Salvador. 

Q. Which the sixth I Quito. 

Q. Which the seventh I Baltimore. Buenos Ayres. 

Q. What bounds S^ America on the N. and E.] 

Q. What bounds it on the S. and W.] 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Q. What division in the N. E. of Europe ] Ra. 

Q. What divisions in the N. W. ] Ny. Sn. 

Q. What ones in the S. ] Ty. Iy. Fe. Sn. PI. 

Q. What ones in, the interior] Sd. Aa. Gy. Pa, 

Q. What division N. of Germany ] Dk. 

Q, What divisions W. of Germany ] Hd. Bm. 

Q. What one W. of the last two] Great Britain, 

Q. Is Great Britain joined with the Continent ] 

284. It is not, being an island. 

Q. Will you now repeat these divisions of Europe] 

Q. How many do they make ] 

Q. What three small divisions has the island of Great Britain] 

285. England, Scotland, and Wales. 

Q. What do they form] 

286. The kingdom of Great Britain. 

Q. W hat is a kingdom ] 248. 

Q. What large island W. of Great Britain] Id-; 

Q. What does Ireland with Great Britain form] 

287. The kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. 

Q. Which is the smallest division of Europe] Hd 
Q. Which is the largest division] Ra. 

Q. Which has no sea coast] Sd. 

Q. What small country S. of Turkey] Ge. 

Q. What in the N. W. of Italy] Sa. 

Q. What one in Russia, E. of Russia] Pd. 

Q. What one in Russia, E. of Sweden] Fd. 

Q. What one in the N. of Europe ] Ld. 

Q. W r hat one in the E. ©f Germany ] Sy. 

Q. For what is it remarkable ] 

288. For its fine wooled sheep, known among us as Saxony 
sheep. 

SEAS. 

Q. What large sea in the S. of Europe ] n. 

Q. What sea S. of Turkey ] o. Why so called ] 22, 


48 INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 

G. What is the eastern part of the Mediterranean called? 
289 The Levant. 

G. What divisions of Europe border on these seas? n. e. y. y. 
G. What sea N. E. of the Archipelago ? a. 

G. W 7 hat sea N. E. of the last? k. 

G. What sea N. of the Black ? f. 

G. What sea nearly E. of the last? n. 

G- What is there remarkable about this sea ? 

290. It has no visible outlet. 

G. What large empire borders on the last three seas ? n. 

G. What sea between Denmark and Great Britain ? h. 

G- What sea between Scotland and Ireland ? h. 

G. W 7 hatsea borders on Sweden, Prussia, and Russia ? c. 

G. What sea in the N. of Russia ? e. 

G. Will you repeat the names of the seas in and around Eu- 
rope ? n. o. a. k. h. f. n. h. h. c. e. 

PENINSULAS. 

G. What peninsula in the S. W. of Europe ? Sn. and PI. 

G. What peninsula in the S. of Greece ? a. 

G. What peninsula S. of Russia ? a. 

G. What peninsula N. of Germany ? Dk. 

GULFS AND BAYS. 

G- What gulf E. of Italy ? e. 

G- What gulfs W. of Russia ? a. d. a. 

G. What gulf S. of France ? s. 

G. W T hat gulf E. of Lyons ? a. 

G. What gulf S. E. of Italy ? o. 

G. W 7 hat bay W. of France? y. 

CHANNELS. 

G. What channel between France and England ? h. 

G- W T hat channel between England and Ireland ? s. 

G. W 7 hat channel between Scotland and Ireland ? h. 

G. What channel between Denmark and Norway ? k. 

G. What channel between Denmark and Sweden ? t. 

STRAITS. 

G. W T hat strait leads into the Mediterranean ? r. 

G- W T hat strait leads into the gulf of Venice? o. 

G. W 7 hat strait W. of Italy ? o. 

G. What two islands does it divide ? a. a. 

G. What strait between the Marmora and the Archipelago ? s. 

i 1 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 

Q,. What strait separates Italy from Sicily ? a. 

Q. What does the strait of Gibraltar separate? 

291. Europe and Africa. 

Q,. What waters does the strait of Dover connect? 

Q. What does the strait separate ? d. e. 

Q. W hat town in France is nearest this strait ? s. 

Q. How wide is the strait of Dover ? 

292. Twenty-one miles. 

LAKES. 

Q. What two lakes in Russia ? a. a. 

Q. What tw T o lakes in Sweden ? r. r. 

Q. What two in Switzerland ? e. a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q,. What island on the W. of Europe ? Great Britain. 

Q. What large island W. of Great Britain ? Id. 

Q. What island N. W. of Scotland ? Id. 

Q,. Which are the five largest islands in the Mediterranean ? 
Ans. Sa. Ca. Sy. Ca. Cs. 

Q,. Which of these are the most westerly ? 

Q,. Which is the most easterly ? 

Q,. Which has a celebrated volcano ? y. 

Q,. What is the name of the volcano? a. 

Q. On which did the apostle Paul preach on his journey to 
Rome in Italy? s. 

Q,. What small island N. E. of Corsica? Elba. 

Q. What celebrated man was born in Corsica? 

293. Napoleon Bonaparte. 

Q,. What is the island of Elba distinguished for? 

294. Napoleon Bonaparte was banished to it in 1814. 

Q. What islands, of Sicily? a. 

Q. For what is this island remarkable ? 

295. For being the place where St. Paul was shipwrecked. 

Q,. What three islands west of Sardinia ? a. a. a. 

Q,. Wliichof these is the largest ? 

Q,. What five large islands in the Baltic sea? 

Ans. Ad. Gd. Od. Zd. Fn. 

Q,. What cluster of islands N. of Scotland ? y. 

Q. What three clusters near the last ? s. e. d. 

CAPES. 

Q,. What cape in the N. of Europe ? h. 

Q,. What cape in the southern part of Norway ? e. 

Q,. What is the southern cape of Ireland ? r. 

3 


49 


h. h. 


50 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What cape at the S. W. extremity of England ? d. 

Q,. What capes in the N. W. part of Spain ? 1. e. 

Q. What cape in the S. W. part of Portugal ? t. 

(1. What cape in the southern portion of Italy ? o. 

Q. What cape in the southern part of Greece ? n. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q. What range of mountains separates France from Spain ? Fs. 
Q. What mountains in Italy ? s. 

Q. What mountains in the N. of Italy and in Switzerland ? s. 
Q. How high are the Alps ? 

296. About three miles, or fifteen thousand six hundred feet ; 
the highest in Europe. 

Q. What mountains in Turkey ? s. 

Q. What mountains in Austria ? n. 

Q. W hat mountains he between Norway and Sweden? d. 

Q. What mountains N. E. of Russia? 1. 

Q. What volcanic mountain in Iceland ? a. 

Q. What one in Sicily? Ea. 

RIVERS. 

Q. Which is the principal river in England ? s. 1 

Q,. What is its course and into what sea does it flow ? h. 

Q. Which is the largest river in Europe ? Va. 

Q,. In what division is it ? Ra. 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow? n. 

Q,. Which is the second in size ? De. 

Q. What is its course and into what sea does it flow ? k. 

Q. W T hat divisions does it pass through ? a. y. 

Q. In what division does it rise ? Gy. 

Q. Which and where is the third river? Dr. in Russia. 

Q. What is its course and into what does it flow ? k. 

Q. Which is the principal river in France ? e. 2 
Q. What river rises in Switzerland and runs N. through Ger- 
many and Holland into the North sea ? e. 

Q,. What two rivers in Prussia flow into the Baltic? a. r. 

Q,. What river W. of the Oder? e, 

Q. W 7 hich is the largest river in Spain and Portugal? s. 

Q,. What river in France flows into the gulf of Lyons ? e. 

Q. What is the principal river in Ireland ? n. 

TOWNS. 

Q,. Which is the largest town and capital of G. Britain ? n. 


I Thames, (tames.) 


| 2 Loire, (lvvar.) 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


51 


Q. On what river is it ? s. 

Q. Which is the largest town and capital of Norway? n. 

Q. On what coast is it ? c. 

Q. What is the largest town and capital of Sweden] m. 

Q. On what sea is it situated ? c. 

Q,. What is the capital of Denmark] n. 

Q,. On what island is it ? d. 

Q. What is the capital and largest town of Russia? g. 

Q,. Near what gulf is it ? d. 

Q. W hat large city in Russia was burnt in the war with Bo- 
naparte ? Moscow. 

Q. What did he say that the city resembled when on fire ? 

297. u An ocean of flame.’’ 

Q. W T hich is the largest town and capital of Prussia ? n. 

Q,. On a branch of what river is it ? e. 

Q,. Which is the largest town and capital of Austria? a. 

Q,. Which is the largest town and capital of Turkey ? e. 

Q. Where is it situated ? 

298. On the strait of Constantinople, formerly ealled Bospho- 
rus, between the Black sea and sea of Marmora. 

Q,. What is the capital of Italy ? e. 

Q,. On what river is it situated ? r. 

Q,. What is the capital of Switzerland ? e. 

Q,. Which is the largest town ? Ga. 

Q. Which is the capital and largest town of Spain ? d. 

Q,. On a branch of what river is it ? s. 

Q,. What is the capital and largest town of Portugal? n. 

Q. On what river is it ? s. 

Q. W hat is the capital and largest town of France ? s. 

Q. On what river is it ? e. 1 

Q. What is the capital of Belgium? s. 

Q,. What is the capital of Holland ? m. 

Q,. W T hich is the largest city of Europe ? Ln. in England. 

Q,. Which is the second in size ? Ps. in France. 

Q. Which the third ] Ce. in Turkey. 

Q. WThich the fourth ] Ns. in Italy. 

Q,. Which the fifth ] S-Pg. in Russia. 

Q,. How much larger is London than New York, the largest 
city in America ? 

299. About seven times as large. 

Q. Vvhat a city ! How many inhabitants then must it com 
tain ? 

300. About one and a half millions. 


Q. What bounds Europe on the N. and E. ? 


1 Seine, (sene.) 


52 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q,. What bounds it on the S. and W. ? 

Q,. What mountains between Europe and Asia] 1. 

Q,. What rivers between the same ? 1. h. 

Q. What seas and straits between] n. f. k. e. a. s. o. 


ASIA. 

Q. What division in the N. of Asia? Sa. 

What divisions in the W. I-Ty. Cs. Ty. 

Q,. What division in the S. W. ? Aa. 

Q,. What division S. of Independent Tartary] Pa. An, 

Q. What divisions in the S ? Bn. Hn. C-Ja. 

Q,. What division N. of the last] Tt. Ca. 

Q. What division N. of the last two] C-Ty. 

Q,. What one embraces the Japan Isles on the E ] Japan. 

Q,. Will you repeat these divisions! 

Q. How many do they make ! 

Q, What does Siberia and the North of Europe form! 

301. A part of the Russian Empire. 

Q,. What is the interior of Asia, reaching from the Caspain sea 
to the Pacific Ocean, called ! 

302. Tartary or Central Asia. 

Q. Which division extends fartherest S. ! a. 

Q. Which division extends fartherest W. ! y. 

PENINSULAS. 

Q. What large division in the S. W. of Asia nearly in the form 
of a peninsula ! Aa. 

Q,. What peninsula in the S. of Chin India! a. 

Q,. What peninsula in China W. of the Yellow Sea! a. 

Q,. What peninsula on the E. of Siberia! a. 4 

SEAS. 

Q,. What sea between Arabia and Africa ! d. 

Q. What sea S. of Beloochistan ! a. 

Q. What sea N. of Persia ! n. 

Q. What sea W. of Turkey! n. 

Q,. What sea N. of Turkey ! k. 

Q. What sea E. of the Caspian! 1. 

Q. What seas on the N. W. of Siberia? y. a. 

Q. What sea E. of Siberia? Ka. 

Q,. What sea S. E. of Siberia? k. 


1 Afghanistan, (af-gan-is'-tan.) 

2 Thibet, (te'-bet.) 


3 India, (in-de'-a.) 

4 Kamtschatka, (kams-cat'-ka. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


53 


Q. What sea E. of Chinese Tartary ? n. 

Q,. What sea W. of the peninsula of Corea'? w. 

Q,. What sea E. of Chin India? a. 

GULFS AND BAYS. 

Q.. What gulfs E. of Arabia? n. s. 

Q. What bay between Hindostan 1 and Chin India? 1. 

Q. What gulf on the N. E. of Chin India? n. 

Q,. What gulf S. of Chin India? in. 

STRAITS. 

Q. What strait on the N. E. of Siberia? s. 

Q. What does it separate ? a. a. 

Q,. How wide is the strait ? 266. 

Q,. What two straits lead into the sea of Japan? a. r. 

Q,. What strait between Malacca and Sumatra? a. 

Q,. What strait leads into the Red Sea ? 1. 

ISTHMUS. 

Q. What isthmus between the Red and Mediterranean 
Seas ? z. 

Q. What divisions does this isthmus connect ? a. a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q. What considerable island N. W. of Siberia? a. 

Q. With what does Nova Zembla abound? 

303. White bears and white foxes. 

Q. What island S. of Hindostan ? n. 

Q. What island S. E. of Ceylon? a. 

Q,. What island E. of Sumatra? o. 

Q,. What island E. of Borneo? s. 

Q. What strait separates the last two islands ? r. 

Q. What sea N. of Celebes? s. 

Q. What cluster of islands N. E. of Borneo? Pe. 

Q. Which are the largest ? Ln. Mo. 

Q. How many islands in this cluster ? 

304. About 1100. 

Q. To what nation do they belong ? 

305. To Spain. 

Q,. What considerable island N. of the Philippine? a. 

Q,. What large island E. of Celebes? a. 

Q. What remarkable birds are found on New Guinea? 

306. The beautiful birds, called birds of Paradise. 

Q. What cluster E. of the Chinese Empire? Jn. 


1 Hindostan, (hin-dus-tan .) 


54 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. Which of these is the largest ? n. 

Q,. What empire has its seat on these islands ? Japanese. 

Q,. What island N. of Niphon? o. 

Q,. What island N. of the last ? n. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q. What range of mountains bound Hindostan and Thi- 
bet? h. 

Q,. How high are these mountains ? 

307. The highest in the world, being five miles or about twen- 
ty-seven thousand feet high. 

Q,. At what height is perpetual snow? 

308. Three miles. 

Q. What mountains between the Chinese Empire and Sibe- 
ria? y. 

Q. What chain of mountains connects the Himmaleh with the 
Altay range ? B-Tg. 

Q,. What mountains bound Siberia on the W. ? 1. 

RIVERS. 

Q. What large river in Siberia flows into the sea of Oby? y. 
Q,. What other rivers equally large in the N. of Siberia ? La. i. 
Q,. What other river equally large in the Chinese Empire, that 
runs in a northerly course and flows into the sea of Okotsk ? r. 
Q. What two rivers of the same length in China ? o. u. 

Q,. What river of the same length in India? a. 

Q. What river in the E. of Hindostan has several mouths? s. 
Q,. Into what bay does it flow? 1. 

Q,. What river forms the N. W. boundary of Hindostan? s. 
Q. What two rivers unite and flow into the Persian Gulf? s. s. 
Q,. What large river from the N. flows into the Caspian Sea? a. 
Q. What large branch has the Oby? h. 

Q. What is the comparative size of the Oby after it receives 
this branch? 

309. The largest river in Asia. 


TOWNS. 

Q. What is the capital of Siberia ? k. 

Q. On what river is it ? y. 

Q. Which is the largest town in Siberia ? Ik. 

Q. What is the capital and largest town of Turkey? e. 
Q. What is the capital of Persia? n. 

(4- Which is the largest town ? I 11 . 

Q,. What is the capital and largest town of Arabia ? a. 
Q. What is the capital of Beloochistan ? t. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


55 


Q,. What is the capital of Afghanistan? 1. 

Q. What is the capital of Independent Tartary? a. 

Q,. What is the capital of Hindostan ? a. 

Q,. On a branch of what river is it ? s. 

Q. What is the capital of India? a. 

Q. What is the capital of the Chinese Empire? Pn. 

Q,. What is the capital of the Empire of Japan? 

310. Jedo on the island of Niphon. 

Q,. What are the two largest cities in Asia ? 

311. Pekin and Jedo. 

Q. Which is the second in size ? Hu. in China. 

Q. Which the third city ? Cn. in China. 

Q. Which the fourth city ? Nn. in China. 

Q,. Which the fifth city ? Ca. in Hindostan. 

Q. How many in the single division of Hindostan larger or 
nearly as large as New York ? Nine. 

Q,. What three cities in the island of Niphon which together 
contain nearly eleven times as many inhabitants as New York? 

312. Jedo, Miaco, and Osacca. 

Q,. How many cities in Asia are larger than the largest in all 
America ? 

313. E eighteen. 

Q.. How many times larger than New York is either Jedo or 
Pekin ? 

314. Nearly eight times. 

Q,. What ocean bounds Asia on the N. E. and S. ? 

Q. What two grand divisions of the globe on the W. 1 
Q. What two seas on the W. ? n. d. 


AFRICA. 

Q,. What divisions in the N.E.? Et. Na. 

Cl- Q,. What states on the N. ? By- 
Q,. What are their names ? 

315. Mo. As. Ts. Ti. Ba. 

Q,. What desert lies S. of these States? Sa. 

Q,. What small division S. of Tripoli? Fn. 

Q,. What does western Africa comprise? 

316. Sa. Ga. Lo. Co. Ba. 

Q,. What does Centra] Africa comprise? Sn. Dr. 

(4. What does Southern Africa comprise ? 

317. South Africa, Caffraria, and Cape Colony. 

Q.. What does South Eastern Africa include ? 

318. The country from Caffraria on the East to the Strait of 
Babelmandei. 


56 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What are its divisions ] 

319. Ma. Me. Zr. Si. 

Q,. What ancient name does the interior of Southern Africa 
still retain ] 

320. Ethiopia. 

Q. Why do there appear to be no towns or rivers in Ethiopia 1 

321. Because the country is but little known, having never 
been fully explored, or travelled over, by any but its native 1 in- 
habitants. 


CAPES. 

Q,. Which is the most northern cape of Africa] n. 

Q. Which is the most southern cape ] e. 

Q,. Which is the most eastern cape] i. 

Q. Which is the most western] e. 

GULFS AND BAYS. 

Q. What large gulf S. of Guinea ] a. 

Q. What gulf E. of Tunis ] s. 

Q. What bay on the S.E. coast of Africa] a. 

Q,. What bays W. of Cape Colony] a. e. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q. What mountains on the N. in the Barbary States] s. 

Q. Which is the highest and longest chain of mountains in 
Africa ] n. 

SEAS, CHANNELS, STRAITS AND ISTHMUSES. 

Q. What sea on the N. of Africa ] n. 

Q,. What sea on the E.l d. 

Q,. What isthmus separates these seas ] z. 

Q. What strait separates Arabia from Abyssinia] 1. 

Q. What does this strait connect ] d. n. 

Q,. What channel on the S.E. coast] e. 

Q,. What two divisions on the W. of this channel] e. a. 

Q,. What strait on the N.W. of Africa ] r. 

Q,. What waters does this strait connect] c. n. 

Q,. What divisions does this strait separate ] Sn. Mo. 

ISLANDS. 

Q. What cluster of islands N.W. of Africa] s. 

Q. What two clusters nearer the coast] a. y. 

Q. What cluster of islands W. of Cape Verde] e. 


1 Native Inhabitants, persons born there. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


57 


Q,. What noted island S.W. of the gulf of Guinea'? S-IIa. 

Q. Which is the largest of the African Islands ? Mr. 

Q,. What channel has it on the W. ? e. 

Q,. What is the southern cape of Madagascar'? y. 

Q,. What considerable island E. of Cape Guardafui? a. 

Q. Which is the most celebrated island of Africa? St. Helena. 
Q,. What has rendered it celebrated ? 

322. The residence of Napoleon Bonaparte, his death and burial 
on it. 

Q. On what island was he born, and to what island was he 
exiled, and where did he die ? 

323. The island of Corsica first gave him birth; 

When vanquished in battle by the kings of the earth, 

He was exiled from home to the small isle of Elba, 

From whence he escaped but to die on Helena. 


RIVERS. 

Q,. Which is the largest river of Africa ? Ne. in Egypt. 

Q,. What is its course and into what does it flow ? n. 

Q. How does it compare with the Connecticut? 

324. It is more than five times as long. 

Q. In what mountain does it rise ? Mn. 

Q. What divisions does it traverse ? r. a. t. 

Q. Which is the second river in size ? Nr. in Soudan* 

Q. What is its course and into what gulf does it flow ? a, 

Q,. Which is the largest river in Senegambia ? 1. 

Q,. What river between Congo and Loango? o. 

TOWNS. 

Q. What is the capital and largest town of Egypt? o* 

Q. On what river is it ? e. 

Q,. What is the capital of Dongola? a. 

(4. On what river is it? e. 

Q,. What is the capital of Abyssinia ? r. 

Q,. What is the capital of Barca? e. 

Q,. What is the capital of Tripoli? i. 

Q,. What is the capital of Tunis ? s. 

Q,. Of Algiers? s. 

Q,. Of Morocco ? o. 

Q. Of Senegambia? o. 

Q,. What capitals in the three divisions of Guinea? e. y. n. 
Q,. What is the capital of Congo ? r. 

Q,. What is the capital of Cape Colony ? n. 

Q,. Which is the largest town in Africa ? Co. in Egypt. 

Q,. Which is the second in size ? Ts. in Tunis. 

3 * 


58 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


GENERAL QUESTIONS. 

Q, Will ycu mention the five Grand Divisions of the earth in the order of 
their size, that is, the largest first, and so on, to the smallest ? 

326. Asia, Africa, North America, South America, 
and Europe. 

Q. Which and where is the largest island in the world? 

327. New Holland in the Pacific Ocean. 

Q. Which is the largest lake and where is it situated ? 

328. Lake Superior in North America. 

Q. Which is the largest sea? 

329. The Mediterranean. 

Q. Which is the largest bay ? 

330. The Bay of Bengal. 

Q. Which is the largest gulf? 

331. The Gulf of Mexico, 

Q. Which are the highest mountains and where are they situated ? 

332. The Himmaleh mountains in Asia, which are 
considered by some to be five and a quarter miles high, 
by others five miles. 

Q. Which is the longest chain of Mountains ? 

333. The Andes in South America. 

Q. With what are these mountains connected? 

234. The Cordilleras of America, 

Q. What is their length ? 

335. Almost five thousand miles. 

Q. Which is the largest and most elevated volcano ? 

336. Cotopaxi, one of the loftiest peaks of the An- 
des, being about four miles in height. 

Q. Wh ich and where is the largest river ? 

337. The Amazon in South America, 

Q. Which is the largest ocean and how wide is it ? 

338. The Pacific ; it is about ten thousand miles 
wide. 

Q. Which is the most populous city in the world ? 

339. Pekin in China, or Jedo in Japan. 

Q. What number of inhabitants has each ? 

340. It is not certainly known ; they are computed 
to contain from one and a half to three millions each. 


PART SECOND. 


GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS. 


LINES, ANGLES, FIGURES, &c. 


Q. What is a right line ? 

" — :rm g JT77 ^. — 34 L A straight line, and the shortest that 
can be drawn between two points, objects or places. 

Q. What is a crooked line ? 

— 1 342. One that is not straight, but 

a Crooked Lme. bencis irregularly. 

Q. W hat is a curved line ? 

343. One that is not straight, but bends 
regularly like a bow. 

Q. What are Parallel Lines ? 



Parallel Lines. 344 - Such as are equally distant from 
— each other in all their parts. 

Q. W ould parallel lines meet if they were made ever so long ? Why 
not ? 

345. Because parallel lines, to be such, must pre- 
serve the same distance, one from the other, throughout 
their whole length. 



A Circle. 


Q. What is the centre of a circle ? 

346. The middle point or place with- 
in it. 

Q. What sort of a line encloses the centre '? 

347. A curved line. 

Q. Is this line equally or unequally distant in all its 
parts from the centre ? 

Q. How then is a circle formed ? 


Q. 348. By continuing a curved line at an equal dis- 
tance from a certain point round to the place where it 
began. 

Q. What does a circle appear to be ? 

349. A circle is a round figure, formed by a curved 


60 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


line, at an equal distance from a certain point within it ? 
called the centre. 


Q. Is the diameter the distance through or round the circle ? [See the 
figure.] "W hat then is a proper definition of the diameter of a circle, or any 
round body ? 



Crooked Parallels. 



350. It is the distance from one side 
of it, through the centre, to the other 
side. 


Curved Parallels. Q. What is the circumference of a circle or any round 

body ? 

351. The greatest distance round it. 

Q. Can circles, also crooked and curved lines, be par- 

^ _ aliel, as well as straight lines ? Why? 345-. 

Circular Parallels. 

Q. What is an Angle ? 





352. The point where two lines 
Angies. meet ; a corner — or properly, an An- 
gle is the space between two lines that meet each other. 

Q» What is a Right Angle ? 

353. The opening between a perpen- 
dicular line and a horizontal line. 

Q. What do you mean by a perpendicular line ? 

354. A straight line running up and 
down. 




e- 


Horizontal 


Ji ixight Jingle. 

Q. What is a horizontal line ? 

355. A straight line running across a perpendicular 
line without leaning to either side. 

Q. How many sides has a square ? How many right angles 

has it ? Are its sides equal or unequal ? 

Q,. What does a square appear to be ? 

356. A square is a figure which has four 
q square equal sides and four right angles. 

i 1 ZZH 7 Q. Which sides of a parallelogram are equal and 

P ar allele err ams. parallel, and which of the angles are equal? 

357„. The opposite ones. 

Q. What then is a Parallelogram ? 

358. A four-sided figure, the opposite sides and the 
opposite angles being equal. 

Q. What is the greatest number of right angles which it can have ? 

359. Four right angles. 

Q, How is the area or measure of land usually expressed ? 

360. In square miles, acres, and rods. 

Q. Ho w many square rods make one square acre? 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


361. One hundred and sixty. 

Q. How many square acres make one square mile ? 

362. Six hundred and forty. 

Q. What then is a square mile of land ? 

363. A portion of land in any form, which has six 
hundred and forty squares, each containing one square 
acre. 


Q. What is a mile square of land? 

364. A square portion of land, the sides of which are 
each a mile in length. 


Q. First count the squares in the following figures, and then tell the dif- 
ference between three square miles, and three miles square ? 

Fig - L Three square 365. The difference is six square 
miles. miles. 




□ 

I-’ 

ia. II. 











rhree 

niles 

square, 

naking 

line 

quare 

niles, 


Q. Is Fig. I. in the form of a square or a par- 
allelogram ? 353. 

Q,. What is the form of Fig. II. ? 356. 


THE EARTH. 

Q. What is the cause of day ? 

366. The shining of the sun on the earth. 

Q. What then must be the cause of night ? 

367. The earth being round, the sun can shine only 
on one half of it at once ; consequently the other half 
will be in darkness. 

Q. Why then do we not have either day or night all the time ? 

368. Because the earth is not only round but turns 
round, exposing first one side, then the other to the 
sun. 

Q. If the earth turns round as above stated, on what does it turn ? 

369. On its own axis. 

Q. What is meant by axis ? 

370. Something passing through the centre of any 
thing on which it turns. 

Q. Will you give an example ? 

371. The axle-tree of a wagon, or carriage, is the 
axis round which the wheel turns. 

Q. This cannot be true of the earth ; what do you mean by the axis of 
the earth ? 

372. An imaginary line, that is, a supposed not a 
real one, passing through its centre from North to South. 



62 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. How often does the earth turn on its axis ? 

373. Once a day, that is, once in 24 hours. 

Q. What is this revolution, or turning, called ? 

374. The diurnal or daily revolution. 

Q. What now appears to be the true cause both of day and night ? 

375. The daily revolution of the earth on its axis. 

Q. How do we commonly say day and night are produced ? 

376. By the rising and setting of the sun. 

Q. Is this form of expression strictly correct ? Why not ? 

377. The earth moves instead of the sun. 

Q. What are the poles of the earth ? 

378. The extremities or ends of the earth’s axis. 

Q. Point to them on the map of the world. What are the names of each ? 

379. The North and South Poles. 

Q. What other motion has the earth beside this motion on its axis ? 

380. An annual or yearly 
motion round the sun. 

Q. What does this revolution occa- 
sion ? 

381. The agreeable va- 
riety of the seasons, and the 
unequal length of day and 
night. 

, . How many and what are the seasons ? 

382. Four; Spring, Summer, Antumn or Fall, and 
Winter. 

Q. How many revolutions does the earth appear to have, and what are 
they ? 

383. Two; the annual and diurnal revolutions. 


LATITUDE. 

MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q. Point to the line which passes across 
both the eastern and western hemispheres. 
What does this line represent, notwithstanding 
it appears so straight ? 

384. A Great Circle. 

Q. What reason is there for supposing it to 
be a circle ? 

385. Because it represents a 
line round the earth. 

Q. What is this line called ? 

386. The Equator or Equinoc- 
tial line. 




INTRODUCTORY COURSE, 


03 


Q. Why has it this name ? 

387. Because when the sun is directly over the equa- 
tor the days and nights are equal all round the globe. 

Q. What causes the sun at any time to be exactly over the equator ? 

388. The annual revolution of the earth. 

Q. If the Equator divides the earth’s surface into two equal parts, what 
must be its relative distance from each pole ? 

389. It must be equally distant. 

Q. What then is the Equator ? 

390. It is an imaginary great circle passing round 
the earth, at an equal distance from each pole. 

Q. What is the distance from the equator, on either side of it, towards the 
poles called ? 

391. Latitude, which means width. 

Q. Why has it this name ? 

392. Because the earth was formerly considered 
longest from E. to W. ; the distance from the Equator 
reckoned N. and S. would therefore express its width, 

Q. What then is latitude ? . 

393. Latitude is any distance from the Equator, ei- 
ther North or South. 

Q. When are places in North latitude ? 

394. When they are North of the Equator. 

Q. When are places in South latitude ? 

395 When they are South of the Equator. 


Q. Will you point to Europe on the map 1 
Q. Is it in North or South latitude ] 

Q. W hy in North latitude ] 

396. Because it is North of the Equator, 

Q. In what latitude is New Holland 1 
Q. Why is it in South latitude I 

397. Because it is South of the Equator. 

Q,. In what latitude is Asia I W hy 1 
Q. In what latitude is the Caribbean sea ] 
Q. In what latitude is Cape Horn] 

Q. In what latitude is North America] 

Q. In what latitude are the United States ? 
Q. In what latitude do you live ] Why ] 


DEGREES. 

Q. Point to the lines on each side of the Equator. What do these4incs 
represent ? 

398. Small circles round the earth. 


64 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. Why are they not called large circles as well as the Equator ? 

399. Because the largest is less than that, and they 
diminish in size towards each pole, where they become 
nothing. 

Q,. How then must small circles divide the earth ? 

400. Into unequal parts. 

Q,. What are these circles or lines intended from their situation to rep- 
resent ? 


401. Circles parallel to the Equator and to one an- 
other. 

Q. But they do not seem parallel on the map ; why is that? 

402. Because we cannot represent accurately a round 
body on a plane or flat surface. 



a 


Q. How are all circles, whether 
large or small, divided ? 

403. Into three hundred 
and sixty equal parts, called 
degrees, which vary in size 
the circle is large or 


® as 
small. 


Q. How many common miles and 
how many geographical miles make a 
degree on the earth ? 

404. Sixty nine and a half 
common miles, or sixty geo- 
0 graphical miles. 

Q. What are miles called in geography ? 

405. Miles are called minutes. 


Q. Into what is each minute divided ? 

406. Into sixty equal parts, called seconds. 

Q. On the margin or border of the map you will find certain figures stand- 
ing against each of the above mentioned circles ; can you tell what the}' 
represent ? 

407. Degrees of latitude. 

Q. How then is latitude expressed on maps ? 

408. By the figures on the margin. 

Q. How can you tell which latitude is meant, that is, whether N. or S. ? 

409. If the figures increase up, the latitude is N., if 
they increase down , the latitude is S. 

Q. How does latitude appear to be reckoned ? 

410. In degrees from the Equator to each pole, mak- 
ing 90 in all. 

Q. What then may the above small circles be called in reference to their 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


65 


411. Parallels of Latitude. 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q. Is New Holland in N. or S. Latitude] Why] 

Q,. What parallel runs a little N. of it] 

412. The parallel of 10 3 that is, ten degrees. 

Q,. Will you point to it 1 

Q,. What parallel runs a little south of it 1 

413. The parallel of4(B. [degrees.] 

Q,. How then is New Holland situated] 

414. Between ten and forty degrees south latitude. 

Q,. What does the little ° at the right of the 10 3 and 40° stand 
for] 

415. Degrees. 

Q. Between what parallels of latitude is Europe situated ] 

Q,. How is Madagascar situated ] 

Q,. How many parallels are there on each side of the equator ] 
Q. How many degrees between each parallel ] 10°. 

Q. How many degrees of latitude then in all] 90 3 . 

Q,. How can we tell the latitude of a place which is between 
these parallels] 

416. By calculating what parallel would just enclose it on the N. 
and S., counting from one parallel to the next, one degree at a time. 

Q,. Between what two parallels on the map does the S. of 
Spain in Europe he 1 

Q,. Is the S. of Spain in 35°, 36°, or 37° north latitude ] 

Q. In what latitude is the Cape of Good Hope ] 

Q,. Why have places on the Equator no latitude 1 

417. Because we begin there to reckon latitude. 

Q,. What three large islands are there, parts of which have no 
latitude] Sa. Bo. Cs. 

Q. What two grand divisions of the earth does the Equator 
cross] S-Aa. Aa. 

Q. What three oceans does the equator cross ] 

Q. How is North America situated 1 
Q. How are the United States situated] 

Q,. What parallel would nearly cross the town in which you 
live] 


LONGITUDE. 


Q. What are those lines called which run from the top to the bottom of 
the map ? 

418. Large circles. 

Q. Why are they called large circles ? 

419. Because each of them divides the earth into 
two equal parts. 


66 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. In what two points do they all meet ? 

420. In the North and South 
poles. 

Q. What points of compass do they exactly 
divide ? 

421. The East from the West. 

Q. Which half may be considered East and 
which West ? 

Q. What are these circles called ? 

422. Meridians. 

Q. Why have they this name ? 

423. Because meridian signifies mid-day or noon , and I 
when the sun is directly over the meridian of any place, ; 
it is noon at that place. 

Q. What then may the noon-marks, which are often made in houses, 
properly be called ? 

424. Meridian lines. 

Q. In what direction should these always be made to run ? 

425. Exactly North and South. 

Q. How many meridians can there be ? 

426. As many at least as there are places. 

Q. How do these lines cut the Equator ? 

427. At right angles. j 

Q. What is a right angle ? 353. 

Q. What do meridians now appear to be ? 

428. Meridians are great circles which pass through 
each pole, entirely round the earth, crossing the Equa- j 
tor at right angles. 

Q. What meridians do Geographers usually take from which to reckon > 
distances ? 

429. That which runs through the metropolis or 
capital of their own country. 

Q. In that case, from what meridian should we reckon ? 

430. The meridian of Washington. 

Q. Where do we generally commence ? 

431. At the. meridian of Greenwich, a village near 
London in England, from which meridian the English 
always reckon. 

Q. What are distances on either side of the first, or principal meridian, 
reckoned E. or W. called 1 

432. Longitude. 

o 

Q. Why are they so called ? 

333. The word longitude signifies length , and was 
used for this purpose, because formerly the earth was 
supposed to be longest from E. to W. 


Meridians . 



INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


67 


Q. How was it formerly supposed that the earth was shaped ? 

434. It was believed to be flat like a board, and to 
float on the water. 

Q. What are we to understand by longitude ? 

435. Longitude is distance reckoned in degrees E. 
or W. from any meridian. 

Q. In what longitude are all places E. of the principal or given meri- 
dian ? 

436. In east longitude. 

Q. In what longitude are all places W. of the principal or given meri- 
dian ? 

437. In west longitude. 

Q. Point to the meridian which passes through Greenwich near Lon- 
don. [Greenwich is not down on the map, but if you take the meridian 
which passes through London it will answer the purpose.] In what longi- 
tude are all places under this meridian ? 

438. They have no longitude, because we begin to 
reckon from it — for the same reason that places which 
lie under the Equator have no latitude. 

Q. In what longitude is Asia ? 

439. In east longitude. 

Q. Why is it said to be in east longitude ? 

440. Because it is east of the meridian of London or 
Greenwich. 

Q. In what longitude is New Holland ? Why ? 

Q. In what longitude is the continent of America ? 

441. In west longitude. 

o 

Q. Why is it in west longitude ? 

442. Because it is west of the meridian of London. 

Q. In what longitude are the United States ? Indian Ocean ? South 
America ? 

Q. Learners sometimes speak of east latitude and north latitude ; is this 
correct, and if not ; why ? 

443. It is not, because latitude is always reckoned 
either north or south, and longitude either east or west. 

Q. How do great circles divide the earth ? 419. How many degrees in 
every circle ? 403. How many in half a circle ? Ans. 180 degrees. 

Q. How many degrees of longitude then are there, and wiiy ? 

444. One hundred and eighty ; because as each me- 

ridian divides the earth into halves, one half can con- 
tain only 180° of E. and 180° of W. longitude. These 

added together make the 360° which every circle con- 
tains. 

Q. Why are there not as many degrees of latitude as longitude ? 

445. Because longitude is reckoned half round the 


68 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


earth, and latitude is reckoned only from the equator 
to each pole, just one quarter round the earth. 

Q. How are the degrees of longitude expresed on maps ? 

446. On the map of the world they are expressed 
by figures on the equator, but on other maps the figures 
are at the top and bottom. 

Q. How do you ascertain whether east or west longitude is meant ? 

447. If the figures increase towards the E. the Ion- 
gitude is east ; if towards the W. the longitude is west. 

Q. What meridian runs near the Cape of Good Hope ? 

448. The meridian of 20° east longitude. 

Q. What meridian crosses a part of Madagascar ? What one near Cape 
Horn ? 

Q. How can you determine accurately the longitude of any place ? 

449. By counting the degrees from one meridian to 
another on the map, in the same way that we count the 
degrees from one parallel to another, to find out the 
latitude. 

Q. In what longitude is Boston ? Washington? Paris? 

Q. Between what two meridians is Europe ? 

450. Between 10° west and 60° east longitude. 

Q. In what longitude is Africa ? Asia ? North America ? South America ? 

Q. Why are the meridians not parallel ? 

451. Because they approach nearer and nearer each 
other towards the poles, where they all meet. 

Q. Are the degrees of longitude equal in all places ? 

452. No ; they become less and less towards each 
pole, where they are nothing. 

Q. Why are the degrees of latitude every where nearly equal ? 

453. Because latitude is reckoned on parallel lines. 


THE TROPICS. 


Circles. 



Q. At about 23 from the equator, on each 
side of it, is a dotted line. Will you point to 
each ? What do these lines form ? 

454. Small circles round the 
earth. 

Q. What are they called? 

455. Tropics; they are so call- 
ed, because when the sun reaches 
one of them, he returns back to- 
wardsthe other, and so on. The 
word tropic signifies a return . 



INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


69 


Q. Which revolution of the earth brings the sun to the tropics ? 

456. Its annual revolution. 

Q. What then are the tropics ? 

457. They are two small circles about 23*° from 
the equator, and parallel with it. Their exact distance 
is 23° 28' minutes, but 23£° is usually reckoned, be- 
cause more convenient. 

Q. What is the northern Tropic called? 

458. The Tropic of Cancer. 

Q. What is the southern Tropic called ? 

459. The Tropic of Capicorn. 

Q. Why have they these names ? 

460. From the sun’s appearing to enter the constel- 
lations of Cancer and Capricorn in the heavens, at the 
time that he arrives at these Tropics. 

Q. What does constellation signify ? 

461. A cluster of stars. 

Q. What large circle does the sun cross in going from one tropic to the 
other ? 

462. The equator. 

Q. What other names has the equator? 386. 

Q. What then do sailors mean by '* crossing the line” ? 

463. Sailing across the equator, that is, from one 
latitude into another. 

Q. What do we mean when we speak of the “ sun’s crossing the line ’ ? 

464. That the sun crosses the equator or equinoctial 
line. 

Q. How often does this happen ? 

465. Twice every year. 

Q. In what months and on what days does it take place ? 

466. On or near the 21st of March and the 21st of 
September. 

Q. When it crosses in March, what is it called ? 

467. The vernal or spring equinox. 

Q. Where does the sun go then ? 

468. To the Tropic of Cancer, and then returns. 

Q. When he crosses the equator in September, on his return, what is it 
called ? 

469. The autumnal or fall equinox. 

Q. When then is the sun north of the equator ? 

470. From the 21st of March to the 21st of Septem- 
ber. 

Q. When is the sun S. of the equator 


70 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


471. From the 21st of September to the 21st of 
March. 

Q. Is the sun N. or S. of the equator now ? 

Q. What is a common remark, especially with sailors, in respect to the 
weather, when the sun crosses the line 1 

472. “ Look out for a storm.” 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE PUPIL. 

Q. What two hemispheres do both Tropics cross! En. Wn. 

Q,. What two continents do they cross ! 

Q,. What grand divisions does the Tropic of Cancer cross ! 

Ans. N-Aa. Aa. Aa. 

Q,. What two oceans does it cross ! 

Q. Near what islands in the Pacific does it pass! Sh. 

Q,. Near what islands in the Atlantic ! W-Is. 

Q,. What large gulf does it cross ! 

Q,. What islands does it cross in the Pacific ! Fa. 

Q. What division of North America does it cross ! Mo. 

Q. What grand division of the globe does the Tropic of Capri- 
corn pass over ! S-Aa. Aa. 

Q. What two large islands does it cross ! N-Hd. Mr. 

Q,. What island in the Pacific a little north of it ! N-Ca. 

Q,. What three oceans does it cross! Ac. In. Pc. 

Q,. In what latitude is each Tropic ! 

Q,. What meridian crosses Sumatra ! 

473. The meridian of 100 3 east longitude. 

Q,. What meridian crosses New Guinea! 

Q. What parallel crosses New Zealand ! 

Q,. What meridian runs near Washington! 

Q. What parallel runs near Washington. 


POLAR CIRCLES. 

Q. What do those dotted lines about 23j° from each pole represent ? 

474. Polar circles. 

Q. Point to them. Why are they are called Polar ? 

475. Because they are near the poles, 

Q. What is the northern polar circle called ? 

476. The Arctic circle. 

Q,. Why so called ? 

477. From Arctos , a constellation in the heavens ? 
nearly over it, usually called the Great Bear . 

Q,. What is the southern Polar Circle called ? 

478. The Antarctic Circle. 

/ 

Q. Why has it this name ? 


i 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


71 


479. Because is is opposite, or against the other ; 
anti-arctic, meaning opposite to Arctic. 

Q. What then are the Polar Circles ? 

480. They are small circles, parallel to the equator, 
drawn round the earth about 23|° from each pole. 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q. What grand divisions does the Arctic Circle cross 1 N-Aa. 
Ee. Aa. 

Q. What ocean does it cross 7 c. 

Q,. W hat large empire does it intersect 7 n. 

Q. What island E. of Greenland does it cross 7 d. 

Q. W hat ocean does the Antarctic Circle cross 7 
Q. Why are the Northern and Southern oceans sometimes cal- 
led Arctic and Antarctic oceans 1 
481. Because they are near these circles. 

Q,. In which latitude is the Arctic Circle and ocean 7 
Q,. In about what degree of latitude is each Circle 7 


ZONES. 

Q. What does the word zone mean ? 

482. A girdle , belt m band . 

Q. Where are the Zones of the earh situated ? 

483. Between the tropics, polar 
circles and the poles. 

Q. Point to one. Why are they called zones ? 

484. Because they pass round the 
earth like a great belt or band. 

Q. What then are Zones ? 

485. They are divisions of the earth’s surface, made 
with respect to the degree of heat or cold in different 
places. 

Q. What is the common name for this difference of temperature on the 
earth’s surface. 

486. Climate. 



TORID ZONE. 

Q, What does Torrid mean ? 

487. Excessively hot , parching , or burning . 

Q. What then is the Torrid Zone ? 

488. The hottest part of the earth ; comprising the 
space between one tropic and the other, through the 
middle of which the equator passes. 


72 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 




Q. Why should this part of the earth be the hottest ? 

489. It is most exposed to the sun, the sun being di- 
rectly over some part of it during the whole year, 
which is not the case with any other part of the earth, 

Q. When is the sun said to be vertical ? 

490. When it is directly over one’s head. 

Q. How often is the sun vertical to all the inhabitants of the torrid zone ? 

491. Twice every year, because he passes from one 
tropic to the other and returns in that time. 

Q. How can we determine the temperature of different places ? 

492. By their distance from the equator, those which 
are near, being warmer than those at a distance. 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q,. What divisions of North America are chiefly in the torrid 
zone] Mo. Ga. 

Q. What divisions of South America are in it ] Ca. a. u. a. 1. 

Q. What grand division lies almost wholly in this zone' 1 Aa. 

Q,. What two large islands, S. of the equator, he partly in this 
zone having the Tropic passing across them I r. d. 

Q,. What seven large islands, near each other, lie entirely in 
this zone] N-Ga. s. a. a. o. o. n. 

Q. What divisions of Asia are partly in this zone] Aa. n. h. 

Q,. Will you mention four islands of the W est Indies in this 
zone I a. i. a. o. 

Q,. What seas are wholly or partly in this zone ] Cn. d. a. a. 

Q,. What gulf or bay has it ] o. 1. 

Q,. What, large desert is partly in this zone ] a. 

Q, Why is it hotter in Africa than in Europe I 

493. Because Africa is in the Torrid Zone and Europe is not. 

Q. Do you live in the torrid zone ] 

Q. W hat appears to be meant by a tropical climate, tropical pro- 
ductions, &LC. 

494. The climate and productions of that part of the earth which 
lies between the tropic of Cancer and the tropic of Capricorn. 

Q. What is the climate of the torrid zone ? 

495. Excessively hot and unhealthy during a greater 
part of the year. 

Q. What are its seasons ? 

496. Two ; the wet and the dry ; the wet answer- 
ing to winter, and the dry to summer ; fall and spring 
are unknown. 

497. The seasons are called wet and dry because during the winter, 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 73 

which lasts about six months, the rain falls almost incessantly, and during 
the summer it rarely rains at all. 

Q. What is the character of their storms ? 

498. They are exceedingly violent, often becoming 
hurricanes, and laying waste every thing within their 
reach. 

Q. For what is the torrid zone distinguished ? 

499. For its animal and vegetable productions. 

Q. What are some of its more remarkable animals ? 

500. The elephant, camel, rhinoceros, lion, tiger, 
crocodile, zebra, &c. 

Q. What may be said of its serpents and insects ? 

501. They are very numerous and exceedingly ven- 
omous or poisonous. ' 

Q. What are some of the vegetable productions ? 

502. Coffee, tea, sugar-cane, bread-fruit, oranges, 
spices, &c. 

Q. Will you describe the fruits and trees ? 

503. The fruits are most delicious, and the forests 
are majestic ; many of the trees grow to an astonishing 
size and height 

Q. What is the appearance of the earth generally ? 

404. It is clothed in perpetual verdure. 

Q. What is the character of its native inhabitants? 

505. They are generally of a black or dark com- 
plexion, passionate in their tempers, and feeble in mind 
and body. 

TEMPERATE ZONES. 

Q. What does temperate mean ? 

506. Moderate , not excessive; neither too much nor 
too little . 

Q. Where are the temperate zones situated ? 

507. Between the tropics and polar circles. 

Q. Point to each. Why do they have this name ? 

508. Because the climate is, in genera], moderate ; 
not excessively hot, nor excessively cold. 

Q. How are these zones distinguished from each other ? 

509. The one north of the equator is called the North 
Temperate, and the one south of the equator the South 
Temperate. 

Q. Where is the North Temperate zone situated ? 

4 


74 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


510. Between the Tropic of Cancer and the Arctic 
circle. 

Q.. How is the South Temperate zone situated ? 

511. Between the Tropic of Capricorn and the An- 
tarctic circle. 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q. W hat division of North America lies in the North Tem- 
perate zone ? U-Ss. 

Q. W hat grand divisions of the earth are almost wholly in this 
zone ? 

Q,. What celebrated capes in the S. Temperate zone ? n. e. 

Q,. W hat divisions of South America lie in it ? Ci. s. a. 

Q. W hat land S. E of Cape Horn lies wholly in tills zone ? h. 
Q. Do you live in either of the Temperate Zones ? 

Q,. What course then would you take to find warm weather? 


Q. What are the seasons of the Temperate Zone ? 

512. Spring, Summer, Autumn, or Fall, and Win- 
ter. 

Q. What is the climate of these zones ? 

513. It is alike exempt from extreme heat and ex- 
treme cold which renders it most healthy and delight- 
ful. 

Q. What are some of the vegetable productions of these zones ? 

514. Wheat, rice, cotton, and a great variety of 
grains, grasses, and fruits. 

Q. What are some of the more noted wild animals ? 

515. Bisons, wolves, bears, panthers, foxes, deer,&c. 

Q,. What are the more useful animals ? 

51t>. The horse, ox, sheep, &c. 

Q. How do these zones differ in respect to their animals, from the Tor- 
rid Zone ? 

517. Those of the Temperate Zones are less numer- 
ous and less dangerous. 

Q. What is the general character of the inhabitants of the Temperate 
Zones ? 

518. They have fair complexions, robust bodies, 
cultivated minds, and industrious habits. 


FRIGID ZONES. 

Q. What does frigid mean ? 

519. Excessively cold or frozen. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


75 


Q. What are the zones about the Poles called ? 

520. Frigid or Frozen zones. 

Q. Why have they this name ? 

521. From its being excessively cold there. 

Q. What is the cause of this excessive cold ? 

522. The great distance from the equator. 

Q,. How are the frigid zones situated ? 

523. Between the Polar circles and the Poles. 

Q. Point to each. What are they called from their situation ? 

524. North Frigid and South Frigid Zones. 

Q. How is the North Frigid zone situated ? 

525. Between the Arctic circle and the North Pole. 

Q. How is the South Frigid situated ? 

526. Between the Antarctic circle and the South Pole. 

Q. How many zones do there appear to be, and what are they ? 

527. Five ; one Torrid, two Temperate, and two 
Frigid. 

Q. Can you now tell the use of the Tropics and Polar Circles ? 

528. To bound the different zones. 

Q,. How many degrees does each Frigid zone embrace ? 

529. About 23s in width. 

Q. How many degrees in each Temperate zone ? 

530. About 43 in width. 

Q,. How many degrees in the Torrid zone ? 

531. About 47 in width. 

Q. Will you now inform me whether the map represents a single line 
which has any existence at all in fact ? 

532. Not one ; the whole is imaginary. 

Q,. What then is their use ? 

533. They assist us in obtaining a knowledge of the 
earth’s surface. 

Q. Will you mention the lines that are usually found on maps, and about 
which you have now been learning ? 

534. The Equator, Meridians, Parallels, Polar Cir- 
cles, and Tropics. 


MAP OF THE WORLD BEFORE THE LEARNER. 

Q. What ocean lies in the North Frigid zone ? Ac. 

Q. What grand divisions are partly in this zone ? 

Q. What two large islands are wholly in this zone! N-Za. Sn. 
Q,. By whom is Spitzbergen principally visited ? 

535. By those engaged in the whale fishery. 

Q,. What island borders on this zone? Id. 

Q,. What ocean in the South Frigid zone ? 


70 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What bay and sea in the North Frigid 1 We. Bs. 

Q,. What grand division lies wholly out of these zones'? 

Q,. What is the course from the North Frigid to the North 
Temperate zone 1 

Q. W hat is the course from the South Frigid to the place where 
you live 1 

Q. In what zone is Greenland 1 Azores 1 Norway 1 Spain I 
Niphon '? Kamtschatka 1 

Q. What are the seasons of the Frigid Zones ? 

536. Two ; a short and warm summer, and a long, 
cold, and dreary winter. 

Q. What is the face of the country ? 

537. It is almost constantly covered with snow and 
ice, without trees of any size, and but few shrubs and 
plants. 

Q. What animals are able to exist here ? 

538. Only the most hardy, as the white bear, rein- 
deer, sable, ermine, & c. 

Q. Will you describe the inhabitants ? 

539. They are of small stature, dark or black com- 
plexion, and possess little or no intelligence. 


DAYS AND NIGHTS. 

Q. What is the cause of day and night ? 366. 375. 

Q. Whee the sun is directly over the equator what parts of the earth’s 
surface are illuminated by it ? 

540. Just one half of the surface, reckoned from 
pole to pole or 180°. 

Q. What is the length of day and night then ? 

64 1 . They are of equal length all over the world. 

Q. Where are the days and nights of equal length, during the whole 
year ? 

542. At all places under the equator. 

Q. At what time does the sun rise and set there ? 

543. It rises at six o’clock in the morning, and sets at 
six in the evening. 

Q. What then must be the length of day and night there ? 

544. Twelve hours each, during the whole yean 

Q. When the sun is either N. or S. of the Equator, say 23?° over what 
parts does it shine ? 

545. Over one half as before, but in order to do 
this, it must shine 23£° over or beyond one pole, leav- 
ing an equal portion at the other pole in darkness. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


77 


Q. How can you account for this ? 

546. Because as the earth is round, the sun must 
always shine on that half of the surface, that lies next 
to it. 

Q. When then the sun is N. of the Equator, what effect will it have on 
day and night in the northern hemisphere ? 

547. There will be more sunshine than darkness, 
and accordingly longer days than nights. 

Q. What effect will, at the same time, be produced in the southern hemis- 
phere ? 

548. There will be more darkness than sunshine and 
of course longer nights than days. 

Q. What will be the proportionate length of day and night ? 

549. The longer will be more than twelve hours in 
duration, and the shorter, less. 

Q. When the sun is 23i c N. of the Equator, and it is day on one side of 
the earth, what places on the opposite side will, at the same time, have night ? 

550. All places except those within 2Sh° of that pole ; 
these places will have day, because the sun, in illumi- 
nating one half of the earth’s surface, shines over on 
to them. 

Q. But is there no night at that pole over which the sun shines as above 
descibed ? 

551. None, while the sun is on the same side of the 
equator with that pole. And of course there can be 
no day at the other pole, but constant night, for the 
same length of time. 

Q. How long is the sun in going from the equator to either tropic, and 
returning to the equator again ? 

552. Six months. 

Q. What then must be the length of days and nights at the poles ? 

553. Six months of continual day, and six months 
of continual night ; that is, one day and one night in 
the whole year. 

Q. What now appears to be the cause of our long nights and short days 
in winter? 

554. The sun is then S. of the equator, and conse- 
quently shines more on the southern hemisphere than 
on the northern, in which we live. 

Q. How may the length of a day or night, in any place, be known ? 

555. By its distance from the equator ; the greater 
the distance the longer will be the day or night. 

Q. Where are the longest days one month in length ? 

556. In about 67° N. or S. latitude. 


78 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 




Q. Where are the longest days and nights about two months each ? 

557. In about 70° N. or S. latitude. 

Q. Where are they four months ? 

558. In about 80° N. or S. latitude. 


$5=* To the Learner. Perhaps you are now ready to inquire, as many have 
done before you, while looking over the map, “ Who are the inhabitants of all these 
countries, regions, and places?” “ Where did they come from?” “How do they 
look ?” “ What is their business ?” To gratify you in these particulars, is the ob- 

ject of the following lessons. 


RACES OF MEN. 

Q. Who were the first inhabitants on this earth ? 

559. Adam and Eve. 

Q. Where did they first live ? 

560. In the garden of Eden, called Paradise. 

Q. Where was that ? 

561. It is supposed to have been in the S. W. part 
of Asia, near the rivers Tigris and Euphrates. 

Q. Where did Adam’s posterity, or descendants, settle ? 

562. They spread as they increased over the whole 
face of the earth. 

Q. What has this wide dispersion, or scattering, of the human race, given 
rise to ? 

563. The formation of various associations, such as 
tribes, nations, &c. for their common protection. 

Q. What has led to the unscriptural assertion, that Adam is not the father 
of all living ? 

564. The differences in the human family, with re- 
spect to color, stature, features, language, &c. * 

Q. To what causes may these effects, in a great measure, be traced ? 

565. To difference in climate, food, dress, mode 
of life, and partly to causes which we do not well un- 
derstand. 

Q. What are the two grand differences, in 
regard to which there have been formed dif- 
ferent classes or races of men ? 

566. Features and color. 

Q. What is the first race, and what are its 
characteristics ? 

567. The European Race, with 
regular features, and a skin more 
or less white, according as they 
live in cold or hot climates. 

It includes the Europeans, and all their 
European. descendants in both hemispheres in Ame- 





INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 79 


rica, as well as the inhabitants of Western Asia, and Eastern and Northern 
Africa. 



Q. What is the second race, and wlmt are 
its characteristics ? 

568. The Asiatic or Mongolian 
Race, of a deep yellow color; 
their hair black, stiff, straight and 
rather thin ; heads almost square ; 
wide mouths, high cheek bones, 
small flat noses, flat foreheads, 
and small eyes. 

This race comprises the Japanese, Chi- 
asiatic. nese, Mongolians, the inhabitants of Siberia in 

Europe, Finns and Laplanders in Europe, and the Esquimaux Indians in 
America. 



Q. What is the third race, and what are its 
characteristics ? 

509. The American or Indian 
Race, found only in America, is of 
a deep copper color ; straight, 
black hair, high cheek bones ; eyes 
black and sunken, large faces, and 
robust bodies. 

This race comprises all the American 
Indians, except the Esquimaux, who belong to 
the Asiatic race. 


AMERICAN 



Q. What is the fourth race, and what are its 

characteristics ? 

570. The African or Negro 
Race. They have a jet black 
skin, low, narrow foreheads, 
black, woolly hair ; thick lips and 

long heels. 

The native inhabitants of Africa, except 
those pavts before mentioned, some of the 
natives of the larger islands of the Pacific and 
Indian Oceans, and their descendants in dif- 
ferent quarters of the globe, constitute this 
c.ass . 


AFRICAN. 


80 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


Q. What is the fifth race, and what are its 
characteristics ? 

571. The Malay Race, with 
European features, deep brown 
colored skin ; black hair, large 
mouths and noses, and slender 
forms. 

The inhabitants of Malacca, Borneo, Sa- 
matra, Sunda isles, the Phillipmes, the Mo- 
luccas, and some of the Australian groups, and 
the principal part of the islanders of the Pacific 
Ocean, compose this class. 

Q. What now appear to be the different ra- 
malay. ces of men. 

572. 1st. The European Race ; 

573. 2d. The Asiatic or Mongolian Race ; 

574. 3d. The American or Indian Race ; 

575. 4th. The African or Negro Race ; 

576. 5th. The Malay Race. 

Q. How many inhabitants is the earth computed to contain in all ? 

577. About eight hundred millions. 

Q. Which grand division of the earth is most populous ? Europe. Which 
is least populous ? America. 

Q. How often is it supposed that the earth is repeopled ; that is, how long 
will it be before all the inhabitants now on the earth, will be dead, and their 
places supplied by others ? 

578. In about thirty years. Of all the people living 
at any one time, the greater part will be dead in thirty- 
two years. 

Q. IIow many then must die and be born every year ? 

579. About 25 millions. 

Q. How many, at that rate, must die and be born every day and hour ? 

580. About 75 thousand every day, and 3 thousand 
every hour. 

Q. How many have probably died, while I have been reading two or three 
questions in this book, or in the space of one minute ? 

581. About 50 persons. 


RELIGION. 

Q. What is Religion, in a general sense ? 

582. Any system of Divine faith and worship. 

Q. What do you mean by “ faith” and “ worship ?” 

583. Faith signifies confidence in, and worship, great 
reverence for, some being. 



INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


81 


Q. What is the word religion derived from ? 

584. Religio , (Latin) signifying an oath or obliga- 
tion, because it imposes obligations on its professors. 

Q. What is Religion in its more appropriate sense, or true Religion ? 

585. The belief in, and worship of the one only liv- 
ing and true God. 

Q. What is Religious Liberty, or liberty of conscience ? 

586. The freedom to worship God as one pleases, 
provided it does not disturb the peace of the commu- 
nity. 

Q. What is an established Religion, or the Religion of the State ? 

587. A religion to which certain exclusive privileges 
are annexed, and to which every person in the com- 
munity is oftentimes obliged by law to conform, and 
always to support. 

Q. Where does Religious liberty exist in the greatest perfection ? 

588. In the United States; every person being left 
to the uninterrupted enjoyment of whatever religion he 
may choose, without being compelled to aid in the sup- 
port of any. 

Q. How many and what are the prevailing religions of the world ? 

589. Four ; the Christian, the Mahomedan, the Jew- 
ish, and Pagan or Heathen. 

Q. Who are Christians ? 

590. Those worshippers of God, who believe in 
Christ as the Savior of the world. 

Q,. Where were they first called Christians, and why ? 

591. At Antioch, a city in the S. W. of Asia, be- 
cause they were followers of Christ. 

Q. How many and what are the grand classes of Christians ? 

592. Three ; Roman Catholic, Greek, and Protes- 
tant Christians. 

Q. Who are Roman Catholics ? 

593. Those who acknowledge the supremacy and 
infallibility of the Pope. 

Q. Who is the Pope and why has he this name ? 

594. He is the head, or father, of the Roman Cath- 
olic Church, and his name is derived from the Latin 

papa , signifying fatlie7\ 

Q,. What does the “ supremacy of the Pope,” signify ? 

595. His power and authority over all the churches 
and rulers of the earth. 

4* 


82 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE, 


Q. What is meant by his “infallibility?” 

596. His entire exemption from, or liability to error 
in any thing relating to religious faith and practice. 

Q. Who constitute the Greek Church? 

597. Those who adopt generally the forms and doc- 
trines of the Roman Catholic Church, but who deny 
the authority of the Pope. 

Q. Who are Protestants? 

598. Those who reject most of the ceremonies, and 
many of the doctrines of the Roman Catholic Church, 
and who deny the authority of the Pope. 

Q. Why are they called Protestants ? 

599. Because they protest against the decrees of the 
Pope and the Roman Catholic Church. 

Q. How are Protestants divided ? 

600. Into various sects ; the principal of which are 
Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Lutherans, Calvinists, 
Methodists, Friends, Baptists, Congregationalists, &c. 

Q. Who are Mohammedans ? 

601. The followers of Mohammed, a religious im- 
poster, who flourished in Arabia about 600 years after 
Christ. 

Q. What is the book containing their religion called ? 

602. The Koran or Alcoran. 

Q. Who are the adherents to the Jewish religion ? 

603. The Jews. They believe in God and in the 
Old Testament, but reject the New, and expect a Sa- 
vior yet to come. 

Q. Do the Jews inhabit any particular part of the earth ? 

604. They do not, but are scattered over the whole 
of it. 

Q,. Who are Pagans or Heathen ? 

605. Those who believe in many false gods, and 
who worship various objects and idols, such as the sun, 
moon and stars ; different kinds of animals ; also wood 
and stone, and images which they themselves have 
made. 

Q. What is the worship of such objects, animals, &c. called ? 

606. Idolatry. 

Q. Who are Deists ? 

607. Those who believe in one God, but reject all 
revealed religion. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


83 


Q. Why are Deists so called ? 

608. From Deus , the Latin word for God. 

Q. Who are Atheists ? 

609. Those who deny the existence of God, and 
consequently reject all religion. 

Q. Why are Atheists so called ? 

610. From two Greek words, a , signifying no and 
theos , God. 

Q. What is the number of Pagans in the world ? 

611. About 500 millions. 

Q. What is the number of Christians ? 

612. About 200 millions. 

Q. What is the number of Mahomedans ? 

613. About 97 millions. 

Q. What is the number of Jews ? 

614. About three millions. 


STATE OF SOCIETY. 

Q. What was the earliest employment of our first parents ? 

615. Cultivating the garden in which they were 
placed, which is called horticulture ; after their ban- 
ishment from Eden, tilling the ground, which is called 
agriculture. 

Q. Have their posterity continued in the same employment ? 

616. Not all of them. The cultivation of the earth 
among most nations, has always been, and still is, reck- 
oned among the most important and honorable occu- 
pations of life, though the pursuits of different nations 
and individuals are various. 

Q. In what respects, besides those of features, government, and religion, 
do most nations differ ? 

617. In their knowledge, manners, customs and 
habits of life. 

Q. What classification - 1 has been made in reference to these particulars ? 

618. The division of all nations into four different 
classes or states, called Savage or Barbarous, Half-civ- 
ilized, Civilized, and Enlightened. 

Q. In what way do barbarous nations support life ? 

619. By means of hunting, fishing, robbery, and in 


I Classification. The act of forming into classes, sets, sorts, or ranks. 


84 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


some instances, they depend solely on the spontaneous" 
productions of the earth. 

Q. What are the earliest arts practised by all nations ? 

620. The construction of huts, and of weapons to be 
used in war and hunting. 

Q. When do agriculture, and the remaining arts and sciences, flourish 
most ? 

621. After a tribe has become stationary and their 
property well defined, and when individuals enjoy that 
ease and leisure, which invite to study and speculation. 1 2 

Q. Of what do the habitations of savage nations consist ? 

622. Generally of miserable huts, but some tribes 
live in trees, or in holes dug in the ground, and not un- 
frequently they repose in the open air. 

Q. What degree of knowledge does this class possess ? 

623. They are for the most part grossly ignorant, 
with little or no knowledge of agriculture or the me- 
chanic arts, have no written language or books, have 
but little notion of religion, and very rarely have any 
regular form of government. 

Q. What do you understand by the mechanic arts ? 

624. Building, and the making of various instruments, 
furniture, &c. 

Q. What is the general character of savages ? 

625. They are cruel, revengeful, indolent, 3 and su- 
perstitious, 4 They treat their women like slaves, buy- 
ing and selling them at pleasure. 

Q. Who are examples of this class ? 

626. The North American Indians, a great portion 
of the inhabitants of Africa, the natives of New Hol- 
land, and many others. 

Q. What knowledge of the arts does the half-civilized state possess ? 

627. They have some knowledge of agriculture, and 
some of the simplest arts they have carried to a con- 
siderable degree of perfection. 

Q. What are the remaining characteristics of this class ? 

628. They have established laws and religion, some 


1 Spontaneous, voluntary, of its own 

accord, produced without being planted, 

or without anything being done by man. 

2Specvi ation, a scheme formed in the 
mind, co . anion, thought. 


3 Indolent, lazy, listless, sluggish. 

4 Superstitious, too scrupulous in 
r&ligious observances, full of idle fancies, 
or notions in religion. 


INTRODUCTORY COURSE. 


85 


printed books, but are almost wholly unacquainted with 
science, literature, and foreign commerce. They treat 
their women very much like savage nations. 

Q. Will you mention an example of this class? 

629. The Chinese in Asia. 

Q. What knowledge does the Civilized state possess of the arts and 
sciences ? 

630. A very good knowledge of both, depending 
mainly for their subsistence on agriculture, commerce, 
and manufactures. 

Q. What is the characteristic difference between this and the Half-civil- 
ized state ? 

631. In the Civilized state, the art of printing is well 
understood, there are numerous books, and women are 
treated with becoming respect. 

Q. What are the peculiarities of Enlightened nations ? 

632. A general diffusion of knowledge, great perfec- 
tion in the arts and sciences, and generally a greater 
freedom from superstitious notions in religion, than pre- 
vails elsewhere. 

Q. What is the character of an enlightened people ? 

633. They are generally industrious, intelligent and 
enterprising, and it is among them only, that the fe- 
male sex are fully elevated to their proper station in 
society, as equals with, and companions for the male 
sex. 

Q. What are some examples of this class ? 

634. The United States, England, France, Ger- 
many, &c. 



DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 

635. Geography is a description of the earth and its 
inhabitants. 

636. The term geography is derived from two Greek words, ge , the earth , 
and grapho, to describe. 


MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

637. This division treats of the form, magnitude, 1 
and motion of the earth. 

638. It explains the method of constructing 2 artifi- 
cial 3 globes 3 and of projecting 4 maps and charts. 5 

639. It includes an illustration of the causes by 
which day and night are produced, as well as the sea- 
sons, tides, 6 and eclipses. 7 

640. The earth is a globular 8 or spherical 8 body, 
though not perfectly round, being a little flattened at 
the poles. It is properly speaking, an oblate 9 sphe- 
roid. Its diameter at the equator is a little more than 
26 miles greater than the diameter at the poles. 

Geography. Q. What is Geography ? G35. From what is the term derived 7 636. 

Mathematical Geography. Q. What does this division treat of 7 637. What 
does it explain 7 638. What include 7 639. What are Charts 7° [See definitions at 
the bottom of the page.] What are artificial Globes 73 Tides ?g Eclipses? 7 

Q.. What is said of the form of the earth 7 640. What of its polar diametej 7 640. 
What is an oblate spheriod? 640. What is the whole diameter and circumference 
of the earth 7 120 and 118. [See Part II.] 


1 Magnitude, size, bulk, greatness. 

2 Constructing, making, forming, — 
building. 

3 Artificial Globes, large balls made 
to represent the earth. 

4 Projecting, drawing, exhibiting. 

5 Charts, maps of the sea or any part 

of it. 


6 Tides, the ebbing and flowing of the 
water of the ocean. 

7 Eclipses, the darkening of the sun or 
moon. 

8 Globular or Spherical, round. 

9 Oblate Spiieriod, a sphere flatten- 
ed at the poles. 


% 


MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


87 


641. Though the earth is so large that its roundness cannot be perceived 
by the eye, it is, nevertheless, easily proved round, as will appear from the 
following reasons : 

1st. From its having been repeatedly circumnavigated. 1 2 

2d. From the circular* form of the earth’s shadow, as observed in eclip- 
ses of the moon. 

3d. The mast 3 of a vessel, when approaching from a distance, is always 
seen before the hull, 4 though the latter is much the larger part. 

642. In corroboration 5 of the last argument is the fact, that when a 
vessel approaches us, it seems to rise up out of the water, and when it is 
going from us, it seems to sink beneath the water ; neither of these appear- 
ances would exist, were the intervening 6 surface a perfect level. 

643. The cause of the earth’s sphericity 7 is very evident, if we consider 
it a yielding mass of water, capable of assuming 8 any form ; then by the 
force of gravity, 9 every particle 10 contained in it, tending towards the 
common centre, the globular form is the necessary consequence. 

644. The deepest valleys and the loftiest mountains no more affect 1 1 the 
roundness of the earth, than the common inequalities 1 * on the rind of an 
orange affect its general rotundity. 13 

645. The earth, vast as it seems to be, is, neverthe- 
less, more than one million times smaller than the sun, 
or, in other words, it would take more than one million 
of worlds as large as our earth, to make one body as 
large as the sun. 

646. The sun dispenses 14 light and heat to the earth, 
and by his genial 15 beams promotes vegetation, cherish- 
es animal life, attracts vapors from the ocean, sea, &c. 
which form into clouds, and descend in showers to wa- 
ter the earth. 


Q,. What three reasons are given for supposing the earth to be round I C41. 
What corroborative fact is mentioned ! 042. 

Q. How m^y me earth's Sphericity be accounted for I 643. What effect have 
valleys and mountains on the earth’s rotundity ? 644. What is the size of the 
earth, compared with that of the sun ! 045. 

Q,. What are the several advantages which the earth derives from the sun ? 646. 
Q,. What is the true cause of day and night! 375. What the cause of the sea- 
sons ! 380. 381. How many and what revolutions has the earth! 383. 

Q,. What is a map! 124. A Hemisphere! 135. Which are the Cardinal points? 
106. Which part of the map is E. ! W.! &c. 108. What is the Equator!! 390. 
Why so called ! 387. What is Latitude! 393. How is it reckoned! 410. What 
arc Parallels of Latitude ! 401. How many degrees of Latitude are there ! 410. 


1 Circumnavigated, sailed round. 

2 Circular, round. 

3 Mast, a large timber erected in a 
perpendicular position, in a vessel, to 
which the sails and rigging are attached. 

4 Hull, the body of a ship. 

5 Corroboration, the acl of strength- 
ening or confirming. 

6 Intervening, coming or being be- 
tween. 

7 Sphericity, roundness. 


8 Assuming, taking, receiving. 

9 Gravity, weight. 

10 Particle, any small portion, as an 
atom. 

11 Affect, alter, change. 

12 Inequality, unevenness. 

13 Rotundity, roundness. 

14 Dispenses, gives distributes. 

15 Genial, causing propagation or 
growth, cheerful, gay. 


88 


CIVIL OR POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

647. This branch of geography treats principally of 
the surface of the earth ; it may be called the natural 
history of the earth. 

648. It embraces an account of the natural divisions 
of land and water, also of the atmosphere 1 animals, 
vegetables, and minerals. 2 

CIVIL OR POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

649. Political Geography treats of the various gov- 
ernments, institutions, manners, customs, laws, and re- 
ligion of different nations and countries. 

650. Geography may be comprised under three 
general divisions ; 

1st. Mathematical Geography. 

Q,. How do small circles divide the earth ? 400. How do large circles divide the 
earth 7 419. What are Meridians 7 428. 

O. What is Longitude 7 435. How is Longitude expressed on the map 7 446. 
How is Latitude expressed 7 408. 

Q,. What are the Tropics'? 457. Polar circles'? 480. Zones'? 485. Why are 
they so called 7 484. Where is the Torrid Zone 7 488. Why has it this name 7 487. 
What are its seasons 7 496. For what is it distinguished 7 499. 

Q,. How many Temperate Zones are there 7 527. Where is the North Temperate 
Zone? 510. Where the South Temperate? 511. What are the seasons of these 
Zones ? 512. 

Q. How many Frigid Zones are there ? 527. Why have they this name ? 521. 
What are the seasons of these Zones ? 536. Where is the North Frigid Zone ? 525. 
Where is the South Frigid ? 526. What is the character of the inhabitants of the 
Frigid Zones ? 539. How many Zones are there ? 527. 

CL What appears to be the use of the Polar Circles and Tropics ? 528. Where 
are the days and nights equal in length, during the whole year? 542. Where are 
they six months in duration? 553. 

Physical Geography. Q,. What is Physical Geography? 647. What does 
it embrace? 648. What is the atmosphere ? 648. What are minerals ? 648. 

Q,. What form the surface of the earth ? 110. What is the proportion of land 
and water ? 111. What are the natural divisions of land ? 95. 

Q. What is an Island ? 20. Peninsula ? 90. Isthmus? 91. Cape? 89. Pro- 
montory? 88. Mountain? 76. Volcano? 80. Shore or Coast? 94. How is a 
Rail-road constructed? 71. 

Q.. What are the natural divisions of water ? 66. What is an Ocean ? 41. How 
many are there ? [See map of the world.] What is a Sea? 18. Gulf? 23. Bay? 
24. Lake ? 11. Strait ? 20. Channel ? 27. Sound ? 29. River ? 5. Frith or Es- 
tuary? 34. 

Q.. How many and what are the different races of men ? 572. What are the 
characteristics of the European race ? 567. What of the Asiatic race ? 568. What 
of the Indian race ? 569. Of the African race ? 570. What of the Malay race ? 571. 

Political Geography. Of what does this division treat ? 649. What are the 
general divisions of Geography ? 650. 


1 Atmosphere, the air that surrouds 
the earth. 

2 Minerals, any parts of the earth 


which are solid or hard, as rocks, &c. 
which do not grow like plants, nor live 
like animals. 


CIVIL OR POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 89 

2d. Physical Geography. 

3d. Political Geography. 

OF THE WORLD. 

651. The world of which our earth forms a part, 
was created a little short of 6000 1 years ago. 

652. At the expiration 2 of 1656 3 years from the cre- 
ation, all the inhabitants of our earth, except Noah and 
his family, consisting of eight souls only, were swept 
away 4 by a universal deluge, 5 traces 6 of which are visi- 
ble 7 at the present day. 

653. Sea shells and other marine substances 8 are found in every explored 9 
part of the world, on the loftiest mountains of Europe, and the still loftier 
Andes of South America. 

654. When 40Q4 10 years had elapsed, 11 our Saviour 
appeared on the earth, being four years before the com- 
mencement of the Vulgar 12 Era. 

655. The Christian era, 1 3 however, is generally considered as embracing 
the whole number of years since the birth of Christ, so that our present 
date, as 1836 14 for instance, means 1836 years since that remarkable event. 
To this date the letters A. D. are frequently prefixed, as A. D. 1& 1836. 


G. What are the two simple forms of government ? 256. What is a monarchy or 
kingdom ? 248. Aristocracy 1 255. Republic ? 188. 

G. What is a limited monarchy 1 250. An absolute Monarchy 1 252. 

G. What is Religion ? 582. What is the number of the principal religions? 580. 

What are they ? 589. Who are Christians ? 590. What is their number? 612. 
Who are Mohammedans? 601. Their number? 613. 

G. Who are Jews? 603. Their number? 614. Who are Pagans? 605. Their 
number? 6J1. Who are Roman Catholics ? 593. 

G. Who constitute the Greek Church? 597. Who are protestants? 598. De- 
ists ? 607. Atheists ? 609. 

G. How many and what are the different states of society ? 618. 

The World. G. When was the world created? 651. When did the deluge 
happen, and what were its consequences to man ? 652. What evidences have we 
of it, except from the Bible ? 653. 

G. What other remarkable event is mentioned, and when did it occur? 654. 
What is meant by vulgar era ? 654. 

G. When you date a letter or any paper 1836, or A. D. 1836, for instance, what 
does if mean ? 655. What does A. I). mean ? 655. 


1 6000, six thousand. 

2 Expiration, end, close. 

3 1656, sixteen hundred and fifty -six. 

4 Swept away, destroyed, drowned. 

5 Deluge, flood. 

6 Traces, marks, signs. 

7 Visible, to be seen. 

8 Marine Substances, of or belong- 
ing to the sea. 

9 Explored, visited, examined. 


10 4004, four thousand and four. 

11 Elapsed, passed away. 

12 V ulgar, common ; era, the account 
of time from any particular date. 

13 Christian era, the point of time 
reckoned from in Christian countries. 

14 1836. eighteen hundred and thirty- 
six. 

15 A. D. Anno Domini, in the year of 
our Lord. 


90 


CIVIL OR POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 

Which hemisphere has the most land, the northern or southern ? Which 
the most, the eastern or western ? 

Which continent has the most land? What four oceans surround the 
eastern continent ? What four the western ? 

How will you bound America ? Europe ? Asia ? Africa ? What grand 
divisions reach into the north frigid zone ? 

What bay and sea in the north frigid ? e. s. What capes ? y. h. What 
straits in or near it ? s. s. 

What grand divisions are partly in the north temperate zone? What in 
the south temperate ? Which zone has the most land ? 

Which grand division has the most land in the torrid zone ? Which next ? 
Which least ? 

W hich approaches nearest to Africa, North or South America? Which 
is nearest Asia ? By what is it separated ? Bs. How wide is this strait ? 

Is North America in north or south latitude? In which latitude is the 
greater part of South America? In which latitude is Africa? Europe? 
Asia? New Holland? 

Is New Holland in E. or W. longitude ? In which longitude is Asia? Is 
the greater part of Africa and Europe ? Is America ? 

What three quarters of the globe are crossed by the parallel of 50° N. 
latitude ? What by the parallel of 20° S. latitude ? 

What general divisions are crossed by the meridian of 20° E. longitude ? 
What by the meridian of 70 !J W. longitude ? 

What three oceans are intersected by the meridian of 140° E. longitude ? 
What islands ? d. a. n. What seas ? n. k. 

In which latitude and longitude is the gulf of Mexico ? Caribbean Sea ? 
United States? Patagonia in South America? Europe? 

Which has the highest latitude, that is, which is farthest N. or S., Wash- 
ington, the capital of the United States, or London, the capital of England ? 
Plow many degrees of difference between these places ? 

What is nearly the latitude of Washington ? What is its longitude ? 

Which is farthest S., Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope ? 

What three divisions of South America have nearly the same climate 
with the United States ? U-Ps. Ci. Pa. 

Which is coldest, the northern part of North or of South America ? Why ? 
49 2. 

Which has the colder climate, Hindostan or Spain ? France or Arabia? 
United States or Canada? Mexico or Guatimala? Norway oi New-Hol 
land ? 

Which has at any time the longest night, Greenland or Columbia in South 
America? Why? 543. 

Which ever has the longest day, Hudson’s Bay, or the Gulf of Mexico ? 
United States or Sweden ? Sumatra or Madagascar ? North Pole or South 
Pole ? 

Which are the five largest islands in the Southern Hemisphere ? d. a. o. r. 
d. What clusters of islands nearly N. of Ne w-Zealand ? y. e. In what zone 
are they ? 

What cluster in the Western Hemisphere near the parallel of 20° N. lati- 
tude ? h. In what zone are they ? 

What two clusters in N. latitude, near the meridian of 30o W. longitude ? 
d. s. In what hnmisphere are they ? 

What direction is it from British America to Greenland ? Greenland to 
Columbia ? Peru to Chili ? Brazil to the Sahara or Great Desert ? 

Which? way from you is Egypt ? Arabia ? Prussia ? Tartary ? Sandwich 
Isles ? Mediteranean Sea ? Iceland ? 


AMERICA 


91 


What waters are passed over in sailing from New York to Pekin in Chi- 
na? From Pekin to Italy? Thence to London? From London to Green- 
land ? Thence to Melville island ? Who has actually been there, and when ? 
[See his ship on the map, and the figures near it, on the W. of the island.] 
What meridian and parallel did Captain Parry reach ? What adventurer 
has exceeded him, in advances towards the North Pole, and when ? What 
degree marks the highest point which he reached ? 

What navigators have visited the Antarctic regions and when ? To what 
degree did each penetrate ? 


AMERICA. 



656. America, or the Western Continent, from its 
extent and recent discovery, is often called “ The New 
World.” 

657. No such place as America was ever known, or 
heard of, in Europe till discovered by Christopher Co- 
lumbus, A. D. 1492, 1 2 just 344 3 years ago. 

658. America was so called, not in honor of Colum- 
bus, to which he was most justly entitled, but of one 
AmericusVespuccius, who cruised 3 along its coast sev- 
eral years after its discovery. 

659. Columbus was a native* of Genoa in Italy, and was born in 1447.® 

America. (4. What is America often called, and why? 656. When and by 
whom was it discovered? 657. Why was America so called ? 653. 

When and where was Columbus horn ? 659. What great object is mentioned and 
what was its success ? 660. 


1 1492, fourteen hundred ninety-two. 

2 344, three hundred and forty-four. 

3 Cruised, sailed. 


4 Native, born in the country. 

5 1447, fourteen hundred forty -seven. 


AMERICA. 


ft 


92 




He early manifested a preference for a sea-faring life, and received an edu- 
cation which qualified him to pursue it. 

660. Tne great object which engaged the attention of all Europe, during 
the life of Columbus, was to find a passage, by sea, to the East Indies. The 
Portuguese had spent nearly half a century 1 in making various attempts by 
sailing round the Cape of Good Hope, and had succeeded only in crossing 
the equator, on the western coast of Africa, when Columbus conceived his 
great design of finding India by sailing west. 

661. The spherical figure of the earth, which Columbus understood, made 
it evident to his mind that the eastern continent could not comprise the 
whole globe ; and that there must be another continent in the west to coun- 
terpoise, 2 as he supposed, the vast extent of land in the east. 

662. He soon resolved on a voyage of discovery, in the execution of 
which no hardships could appal, 3 no dangers deter* him. After seven years 
of painful solicitation 5 at the different courts 6 of Europe, he finally pre- 
vailed on Ferdinand and Isabella, the king and queen of Spain, to become 
the patrons 7 of his enterprize. 8 

663. Ferdinand hesitated 9 at first, but his queen Isabella, alive to the glory 
which would accrue, 10 from such an enterprize, if successful, promptly as- 
sisted Columbus. She even went so far as to offer to pledge 11 her jewels on 
his account. The fleet with which they furnished him, consisted of three 
small vessels and ninety men. 

664. Thus poorly equiped 1 3 he sailed from Palos, in Spain, on Friday, the 
3d of August, 1492, and took a westerly course across the unexplored At- 
lantic Ocean. On the 12th of October following, he discovered Guanahani, 
one of the Bahama Islands, which he named St. Salvador ; and this was the 
first land, in America, ever seen by Europeans. 

665. He made three other successful voyages of discovery, but in the 
mean time, experienced great distress from the foul aspersions 13 of his ene- 
mies. 

666. He was once carried home in irons, and basely stripped of all the 
offices and possessions in the New World, to which he was entitled, by the 
promises of Ferdinand. He died at Valladolid, on the 20th of May, 1506, 
being 59 years of age. 

667. When Columbus first visited America, he found it one vast wilder- 
ness, in the possession of an uncivilized, 14 superstitious 1 6 race of beings, to 
whom he and his followers gave the name of Indians. 

668. Between them and Columbus, a most friendly intercourse generally 
subsisted 16 ; but his successors, 1 7 the Spaniards, allured 1 8 by the prospect of 


Q,. What convinced Columbus of the existence of the Western Continent? C61 
What did this conviction prompt him to do ? 662. Who assisted him, and in what 
way ? 663. 

What befel Columbus in his other voyages ? 665. What indignity is mentioned ? 
666. When, where, and at what age did he die ? 666. 


6 Century, one hundred years. 

2 Counterpoise, counterbalance. 

3 Appal, frighten, terrify. 

4 Deter, discourage. 

5 Solicitation, earnest, asking, en- 
treaty. 

6 Courts, residence of kings and prin- 
ces. 

7 Patrons, those who support. 

8 Enterprize, an undertaking, an at- 
tempt. 

9 Hesitated, doubted, delayed, paus- 

ed. 


JO Accrue, arise, result from. 

11 Pledge, pawn, leave tor security. 

12 Equipped, furnished, fitted out. 

13 Aspersions, censures, falsehoods. 

14 Uncivilized, not civilized, rude. 

15 Superstitious, full of idle fancies 
with regard to religion. 

16 Subsisted, cotinued. 

17 Successors, those who came after 
him. 

18 Allured, enticed, tempted. 


AMERICA. 




93 


vast quantities of gold and silver, practised towards the innocent natives, the 
most attrocious 1 cruelties. 

669. The American continent extends from Cape 
Horn, in 56° S. latitude to the Northern Ocean, a dis- 
tance of about 9000 miles, and has an average breadth 
of 15 or 16 hundred miles, containing about 15 millions 
of square miles. 

670. The northern part is but imperfectly known ; late discoveries tend to 
establish the fact, that there is a communication by water, from Baffin’s 
Bay to Behring’s Strait. In that case, the Northern ocean will form its entire 
northern boundary. 

671. America, is less in extent than the Eastern 
Continent; and probably less populous, but it excels 
the other three quarters of the globe in the grandeur of 
its mountains, lakes, rivers, and forests ; in the number 
and richness of its silver mines, and in the freedom of 
its political institutions. 

672. America stretches through four zones, having 
every variety of soil and climate. It is reckoned about 
10° colder than places in the same parallels, on the East- 
ern Continent. 

673. The population of America, consists of three 
classes ; Whites, Negroes, and Indians. 

674. The whites are Europeans, and their descend- 
ants, who have migrated 2 hither since its discovery. 

675. The Negroes are descendants of Africans, who 
were forced from their native country, and sold for 
slaves. 

676. The Indians are the aborigines, 3 and are most- 
ly savages. They are still in possession of the greater 
part of the continent. They are of an olive complex- 
ion, fierce aspect, 4 tall, straight, and robust. 5 They are 


Q,. What is said of the appearance of this country when Columbus first discov- 
ered it? 667. How were the natives treated ? 668. 

Q,. What is the extent of America ? 669. Its northern boundary ? 670. 

d. How does America compare with the Eastern Continent? 671. What is its 
comparative temperature ? 672. Of what does the population consist ? 673. Who 
are the whites ? 674. Negroes ? 675. 

Q,. Who are the Indians, their character and disposition ? 676. Mode of life? 677. 


1 Attrocious, wicked in a high de- 
gree. 

2 Migrated, removed, changed place. 


3 Aborigines, the first inhabitants of 
a country. 

4 Aspect, look, appearance 

5 Robust, strong, violent. 


94 


AMERICA. 


hospitable 1 to strangers, faithful to friends, but cruel 
and implacable 2 to enemies. 

677. They live in low miserable huts, called wig- 
wams, and are almost destitute of clothing, especially 
in warm climates. What little they wear, is general- 
ly made of the skins of wild beasts. 

678. America contains a population of about 40 
millions, nearly one half of whom are Whites, one ninth 
perhaps Negroes, and the Indians including the mixed 
races, making up the rest. 

679. Many opinions have been formed as to the origin of the Indians in 
this country, but the question still remains unsettled. 

680. By some they are supposed to have passed across Behring’s Strain 
from Asia, a distance of only 40 miles, either in their canoes, or in the win- 
ter, on the ice. Either mode was practicable, 3 for the natives often sail, 
beyond that distance in the open sea ; besides a passage on the ice in the 
winter, is both safe and easy. 

681. From the best accounts we have, it is probable 
that the New World has not been inhabited more than 
1200 4 years. 

682. This continent is divided into North and South 
America, by a line crossing the Isthmus of Darien, in 
about 7 h° north latitude. 

Q,. What is the entire population of America 1 678. What is said of the origin 
of the Indians in this country 1 679. How could they have got here 1 680. 

Q,. How long is it probable that America has been inhabited 1 681. How divi- 
ded, and by what 1 682. 


1 Hospitable, kind. I 3 Practicable, that which may be 

2 Implacable, malicious, constant in ' done 

enmity. 4 1200, twelve hundred. 




NORTH AMERICA. 


95 


NORTH AMERICA. 



Musk Ox, Beaver, Black Bear, Alligator, Opossum, Wolf, Moose and Deer. 

683. North America extends from the Northern 
Ocean to the Isthmus of Darien, or Panama, in latitude 
7i° N. ; its greatest length being 4500 miles, and its 
average breadth about 2600 miles, containing about 8 

millions of square miles. 

684. North America is divided into Greenland, Brit- 
ish America, and the Russian Possessions, in the N. — 
the Mexican States and Guatimala, or Central Ameri- 
ca, in the S. — and the United States in the middle. 

685. Its population is supposed to be about 20 mil- 
lions, consisting of whites, Negroes, and Indians. 

686. The Indians occupy all the northern, and a 
large part of the western division of the continent, be- 
ing by far the largest portion. 

687. The difference in the temperature between this and the Eastern Con- 
tinent's not so great as was formerly supposed.* 

North America. Q. What is said of the extent of North America 1 683. How 
is it divided 1 684. Its population ? 685. Which class is most numerous ? 68G. 

* It has been considered that there was a difference of temperature, amounting to 
several degrees, between places under the same parallel, on the Atlantic Coast, 
and in the Mississippi Valley. This supposition, founded on the fact that cer- 
tain vegetable productions, are found in more northern latitudes in the latter, 
than in the former, has been shown by Humbolt, to be erroneous. That distinguish- 
ed philosopher, explained the phenomenon, by an examination of the form and 
direction of the two valleys in these two regions. In the Atlantic region they are 


96 


NORTH AMERICA. 


688. The scanty information which we possess, respecting the northern 
frontier 1 of North America, is owing to the immense masses of ice which are 
often piled in frightful precipices, one obove the other, so as most effectually 
to preclude 2 all possibility of approach, either by land or sea.* * 

689. Numerous expeditions have of late been fitted out in search of a North 
West passage, as it is called ; that is, a communication by water round the 
northern part of North America, from the Atlantic to the Pacific Oceans. 
All attempts to find this passage have as yet, proved unsuccessful. 

690. The most important of these expeditions, have been made by the En- 
glish, under Capt. Parry. He entered Baffin’s Bay, and sailed in a norther- 
ly and westerly direction, till his further progress was arrested by the ice. 
In that cold and desolate region, he passed the winter, and the next spring 
he succeeded in reaching Melville, one of the Georgian islands, which he 
named, lying in about 110° W. longitude, the farthest point ever reached by 
any navigator. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

&CF* In bounding any place, of which a river or other waters form either 
a part, or the whole of the boundary line, let the learner mention all such, 
with the places which they separate. In mentioning the points of Compass, 
it will be convenient for the Teacher to have the learner always observe the 
same order, as for instance, N. E. 8. W. 


How is North America 
United States bounded ? Capital ? 

British America bounded ? Capital ? 

Mexico bounded ? Capital ? 

Guatimala bounded ? Capital ? 

Russian Possessions bounded ? 

GULFS. 

How is a gulf or bay to be described, when the question is asked where 
it is ? 

691. Its direction from the surrounding country, or its situation in it, is to 
be told ; also the sea or ocean into which it leads ; as the Gulf of Mexico, 
is S. of the United States, and E. of Mexico, and leads into the Atlantic 
Ocean 

Where is the Gulf of Mexico ? Gulf of California ? Gulf of St. Law- 
rence ? 


Q,. What is said respecting its temperature, compared with the Eastern Conti" 
nents'? 687. What respecting some portions of this continent 1 [See reference at 
the bottom.] 687. 

Q.. Why have we so scanty information respecting the northern frontier of 
America ? 688. What has been the object of numerous expeditions to this quarter ? 
689. Will you mention the more important one ? 690. 


transverse, or run east and west, and therefore the propagation of plants northward- 
ly, was obstructed, while the great Mississippi opened to the south, and therefore 
presents no obstacles to the migration of vegetables towards the north. 

*A single deposit of this abundant substance in Greenland, the Rheinwald glacier, 
is said to be four miles long and two broad, and from several hundred to one thou- 
sand fathoms, (nearly two miles) in height, consisting of pure ice from the neighbor- 
ing mountains, and arranged in perpendicular columns, with a cavern opening into 
its eastern side, of great extent. 


bounded ? 

Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River? 


2 Preclude, to hinder, shut out, ar- 
rest, stop. 


1 Frontier, the limit of a territory. 


NORTH AMERICA. 


97 


BAYS. 

Where is Hudson’s Bay ? James’ Bay ? Repulse Bay ? Baffin’s Bay ? 
Bay of Fundy ? 

Where is Amatique Bay ? Bay of Honduras ? Bay of Campeachy ? 
Chesapeak Bay ? Delaware Bay ? 

STRAITS. 

What is to be learned of straits ? 

692. What countries they separate, what seas, oceans, or other waters 
they connect ; as Behring’s Strait separates Asia from America, and con- 
nects the Pacific with the Arctic Ocean. 

Where is Behring’s Strait ? Barrow’s Strait ? Davis' Strait ? Hudson’s 
Strait? Cumberland Strait ? Frobisher’s Strait ? Strait of Belleisle P 

\ 

PENINSULAS. 

What is to be learned about Peninsulas ? 

693. To tell where they are ; that is, in what country, and what part of 
the country ; also what large bodies of water surround them ; as the Penin- 
sula of Florida is in the southern part of the United States, with the Gulf 
of Mexico on the W. and the Atlantic on the E. 

Where is the Peninsula of Florida? Peninsula of Nova Scotia? Pen- 
insula of Yucatan? California ? Alaska? 


MOUNTAINS. 

What are you to say of mountains ? 

694. To tell in what countries they are, and in what part of the country. 
Where are the Alleghany mountains ? Their height and length ? Where 

are the Rocky mountains ? Their height and length ? 

Where is mount Elias ? Its height ? Where is Horn mountain ? Arc- 
tic Highlands ? [Nee 78° N. lot.] 

W1 icre are the Cordilleras Mountains ? Their height and length ? 

LAKES. 

What are you to say of lakes ? 

695. Tell where they are, in what or between what divisions, and their 
direction from some other waters, if there are any near. 

Where is Lake Superior? Lake Michigan? Lake of the Woods? 
Lake Winnipeg ? Lake Athapescow ?* Slave Lake? Great Bear Lake ? 
Lake Nicaragua? 3 [Nee 10° N. lot. ] 


CAPES. 

How is a cape to be described, in answer to the question where it is ? 

696. By telling in what country, and in what part of the country it s, 
and also on what coast. 

Where is Cape Farewell ? Cape St. Lewis ? Cape May ? Cape Sable 
Cape St. Lucas ? Cape Mendocino ? Icy Cape ? [See 72° N. lat.] 

ISLANDS. 

How are islands to be described ? 

697. We should tell in what waters they are situated, and their direction 
from the nearest continent or other land. 

1 Belleisle, (bellMle.) I 3 Nicaragua, (nic-ar-aw'-gua.) 

2 Athapescow, (ath-a-pes'-co.) 

5 


08 


united states. 


Where is Iceland ? Where is Disco Island ? [<S’ee 70° N. lot.] Where 
is James’ Island ? [See. 68° N. hit.] 

Where is Southampton? Sabine? Melville Island? Kodiack ? K. 
George? Queen Charlottes ? Pr. Royal Island ? Nootka? 

What islands are called the Great Antilles V 

698. Cuba, Jamaica, Hayti, and Porto Rico. 

Where are these islands situated ? 

Which are the Caribbean Islands ? 

699. Santa Cruz, Antigua, 8 Guadaloupc, Dominica, Martinico, St. Lucia, 
Barbadoes, Grenada, Tobago, and Trinidad. 

In what part of the Caribbean Sea are these islands ? In the eastern part. 
Where are the little Antilles situated ? 

700. A little N. of South America. 

What are their names ? Oa. Ca. B- ' e. Oa. Ta. and Margaritta. 

What cluster of islands N. of Cuba? Bs. 

What four clusters of islands form the West Indies ? 

701. Bahamas, Great Antilles, Caribbean Isles and the Little Antilles. 
Where are the Bermudas ? St.Johns? Cape Breton? 3 Newfoundland? 

Anticosti ? 

What very large island or peninsula S. W. of Iceland ? d. 

Why is Greenland called an island or peninsula? 

702. Because it has not /.been sufficiently explored on the north, to deter- 
mine whether it is one or the other. 


In what hemisphere are the United States ? In what Grand Division ? 
In what zone ? In which latitude and longitude ? How many degrees N. 
do they extend ? IIow many S. ; E. ; and W. ? 

How then are the United States situated, in respect to latitude and longi- 
tude ; that is, between what degrees of each ? 

What general divisions lie N. of the United States? What large river 
and lakes between them and the U. S.? e. o. e. n. r. s. What large lake 
lies wholly in the U. S. ? Mn. 

What is the direction of the coast of the IT. S. on the E. ? What on the S. ? 
What on the W. ? 


UNITED STATES. 

703. The United States are the most important po- 
litical division on the Western Continent. 

704. They are distinguished for the freedom and 
excellence of their government ; for the exceedingly 
rapid increase in population and wealth, and for a gen- 
eral diffusion of knowledge among the inhabitants. 

705. All power is vested in the people. They make 
their own laws, and choose from among themselves, 
officers to execute them. 

United States. What is the comparative importance of the United States, 
politically considered I 703. For what are they distinguished? 704. What is said 

1 Antilles, (an-til'-lees.) 

2 Antigua, (an-te'-ga.) 


3 Breton, (bre-toon'.) 


UNITED STATES. 


99 


706. They have no hereditary 1 titles, such as Dukes, 
Lords, Earls, Knights, &c. as in many countries, men 
being held to be “ born free and equal.” 

707. There is no religion established by law as in 
most other countries ; every man being allowed to 
worship God, according to the dictates of his own 
conscience. 

708. The United States are about 3000 miles in 
length, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and about 
1700 miles in breadth. 

709. The climate, soil, surface, and productions are 
various ; there is generally produced, an abundant 
supply of wheat, rye, barley, oats, Indian corn, with 
garden vegetables and numerous kinds of fruit. 

710. The winters in the northern parts are long and 
severe, with abundance of snow ; in the middle parts, 
shorter and milder, and in the southern parts, snow is 
not known, except on the mountains. Spring commen- 
ces in the southern parts, from two to three months 
earlier than in the northern parts. 

711. The commerce of the United States exceeds 
that of every other nation in the world, except Eng- 
land. Cotton, rice, flour, and tobacco, are the princi- 
pal exports. 

712. Woollens, cottons, silks, coffee, teas, spirits, 
wines, and spices, are the principal imports. 

713. That part of America, called the United States, 
was principally discovered by English adventurers, and 
settled by English emigrants. 

714. The settlements were therefore under the juris- 
diction of England, and called British colonies. 

of the power of the people 1 705. What of titles'? 706. What of religious liberty ? 
707. 

Q. What is the extent of the United States 1 708. Will you describe the cli- 
mate ? 709. 

Q,. What is said of winter and spring ? 710. Commerce 1 711. Exports and 
Imports 1 712. 

Q,. By whom were the United States principally settled 1 713. To whom then 


1 Hereditary, descending by inheritance, as from father to son. 


100 


UNITED STATES. 


715. The earliest permanent settlement, was made at Jamestown in Vir- 
ginia, in 1607, just 115 years after the discovery of America. 

716. Before the year 1700, colonies were established in various places, 
which generally increased with astonishing rapidity, in population, wealth, 
and importance. 

717. England early claimed the right of appointing all the officers of the 
Colonies, especially their governors, and finally of taxing them. 

718. This encroachment on their liberties the colonists resolved not to 
endure. Petitions and remonstrances having proved ineffectual, they deter- 
mined to support their rights by force of arms. 

719. At Lexington, in Massachusetts, the first battle was fought on the 
19th of April, 1775, and from this time, is dated the commencement of open 
hostilities. 

720. In the following year, 1776, the colonies openly declared to the 
world, that they “ were, and of right ought to be, free and independent 
States,” with the title, as a nation, of “ The United States of America.” 



DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 


721. The struggle which followed was long and bloody, but the American 
arms, directed by Washington, achieved for our country, by the blessing of 
Heaven, a glorious independence. 

722. This war, which caused "the final separation of the colonies from 
England, is called the American Revolution. It lasted seven years, peace 
being proclaimed Jan. 20th, 1783. 

723. On the 14th of May, 1787, delegates from the several States met at 
Philadelphia, to form a constitution, to regulate the intercourse of the 
states with each other, and to form a national government. 

724. After four months' deliberation, during which time Washington pre 


did they belong 7 714. When and where was the earliest settlement made 7 715. 
At what period had various flourishing settlements been made ? 716. 

Q,. What power over the colonies did England claim 7 717. Was this last claim 
submitted to 7 718. 

(4. When and where was the first battle fought? 719. When did the colonies 
declare their independence 7 720. 

(4. What is said of the struggle which ensued 7 721. What is that war called 7 
722. What took place at Philadelphia not long after 7 723. 724. 



UNITED STATES. 101 

sided, the form of a constitution was happily agreed on, and immediately 
adopted by many of the states, and at length by all. 

725. The number of states then was thirteen, eleven 
having since been added, making at this time, twenty- 
six, besides the District of Columbia, and five Territo- 
ries. 

726. The government of the United States is, from 
its union and principles, appropriately styled, a Federal 
Republic. 

727. To each state, is reserved its independence in 
every thing appertaining to its municipal concerns ; but 
the more general interests of the nation, the declara- 
tion of war, the regulation of commerce, the coining of 
money, &c., are entrusted to the general government. 
The Territories also are subject to the general govern- 
ment. 

728. The government consists of a President, Sen- 
ate, and House of Representatives ; the latter bodies 
composing, when assembled, the Congress of the Uni- 
ted States. 

729. The laws of the United States are made by Congress, which is term- 
ed the legislative power. 

730. The Senate is composed of two members from each state, chosen 
by the legislatures of the same, for six years, one third of them being elect- 
ed biennially. 1 The number of states, at present, being twenty-four, the 
Senate, of course, consists of forty-eight members. 

731. The members of the House of Representatives are chosen by the 
people for the space of two years. Since March, 1833, each state is enti- 
tled to one representative for every 47,700 inhabitants. 

732. The President is chosen by persons called electors, taken from all 
the states, each state being entitled to as many electors as it has Members 
of Congress. The President holds his office for four years. The Vice- 
President is chosen in the same manner, and holds his office for the same 
length of time. 

733. The execution of the laws devolves on the President. The several 
Departments of State, War, Navy and Treasury, have each a Secretary for 
their more immediate management. 

734. The power of executing the laws is called executive power. 

Q. What is the number of the states and territories ? 725. What is the govern- 
ment of the United States styled ? 726. What power is reserved to the states, and 
what is entrusted to the general government ? 727. 

Q.. Of what does the government consist? 728. What is the business of Con- 
gress? 729. How many senators are there, and how chosen ? 730. 

Q. How is the House of Representatives chosen ? 731. How the President? 732. 
Who executes the laws ? 733. What is the power called ? 734. 


1 Biennially, once in two years 


102 


UNITED STATES. 


735 The salary of the President, is 25,000 dollars per annum, that of the 
Secretaries of the several Departments, 6000 each. 

736. The members of Congress receive each 8 dollars per day, during 
the session, and 8 dollars for every 20 miles travel, from their residence, in 
the usual road to Washington, and the same for returning. 

737. The President of the Senate pro tem ., and the Speaker of the House 
of Representatives, receive each 16 dollars per day. 

738. In each state is a Circuit or District Court. The Judges of the Cir- 
cuit Courts assemble annually at Washington, and constitute what is called 
the Supreme Court of the United States. The principal business of these 
Courts is to expound the laws of the United States, and to settle all ques- 
tions which arise under the Constitution and treaties of the United States. 
The Judges are appointed by the President, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate. The power of the Supreme Court is called the 
Federal Judiciary. 

739. PRESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES. 


1st. George Washington, 

2. John Adams, 

3. Thomas Jefferson, 

4. James Madison, 

5. James Monroe, 

6. John Quincy Adams, 

7. Andrew Jackson, 


From 

1789 

1797 

1801 

1809 

1817 

1825 

1829 


to yrs 
1797 8 
1801 
1809 
1817 
1825 
1829! 


4 

8 

8 

8 

4 


born! died 
1732 1799 
1735 1826 


1743 

1750 

1758 

1767 

1767 


1826 

1836 

1831 


740. Inhabitants. — These are principally of English descent, especial- 
ly those of New England, Virginia, and North and South Carolina. 

741. The French are most numerous in Louisiana, the Dutch in New 
York, and the Germans in Pennsylvania. 

742. Irish, Scotch, Spania ds, and Swedes are scattered over various 
parts of the union. 

743. There are some Negroes in almost every part, but the larger portion 
of them are found in the Southern States, in a state of slavery. 

744. There are several tribes of Indians in the states bordering on the 
Mississippi river, and, in fact, most of the country west of that river is in 
the possession of the Indians. 

745. The tribes on the east of the Mississippi are the Choctaws, Creeks, 
and Cherokees. There are remnants of tribes to be found in almost every 
state and territory in the union. 

746. From Newfoundland to the Gulf of Mexico, at the distance of 60 or 
100 miles from the shore, there is a remarkable current in the ocean, called 
the Gulf Stream. Its velocity in some places is equal to four or five miles 
an hour, and the water in the stream is much warmer than the adjacent 
waters of the ocean. Many explanations have been attempted of this re- 
markable current, but none of them seem perfectly satisfactory. 


Q,. What is the salary of the President and his Secretaries 7 735. What that of 
the members of Congress 1 736 Sc 737. Describe the Supreme Court 7 738. 

Q,. Will you mention the names of the Presidents, and their term of office 7 739. 
Which have died and when 7 73D. 

Q.. Who constitute the present population of the United States 7 740. Where 
are the French, Dutch, and Germans most numerous 7 741. What other foreigners 
are scattered in various places 7 742. Where are the Negroes, and what is their con- 
dition 7 743. Wiiat parts are mostly in the possession of the Indians 7 744. 745. 

Q. What can you say of a current between Newfoundland and the Gulf of Mexi 
go 7 746. 


UNITED STATES. 


MAP OF TIIE UNITED STATES. 

What State extends farthest N. and E.? e. What territories farthest S 
and W. ? Which is the smallest state ? d. Which the largest ? a. The 
capitals of each ? Pe. Rd. 

What states border on the Atlantic in part ? What states and territories 
on the Gulf of Mexico ? What, on the Mississippi river ? What, on the 
Ohio ? What on British America ? 

Which is the largest lake on the borders of the United States ? r. Whai 
is its length and breadth in miles, and its depth in fathoms ? What the length 
and depth of L. Michigan ? What the length and width of L. Huron ? 

What is the width of the Atlantic? What of the Pacific? What the 
length of tho Gulf of Mexico? 

What states and territories are intersected by the parallel of 30° N. lati- 
tude ? What, by that of 40° ? W hat by tiie meridian of 72° W. longitude ? 
What by 77° ? What by 87^ ? 


What do the figures mean that are annexed to the names of towns ? [See 
Explanation on me Map of the United States.] 

What capital towns in the United States are about one quarter as large as 
Hartford, (Ct.) ■ Mr. As. Ca. Cs. Dt, W hat ones half as large ? Aa. Cd. 
Tn. Ne. Hg. What other towns on the coast of the Atlantic three quar- 
ters as large ? Ph. Newport, N-Bk. Sh. 

What other towns on the map nearly of the same size with Hartford ? 
N-Hn. Nk. Bo. Le. What one twice as large? Wn. What three times ? 
Gn. What four and three quarter times ? N-Os. What six and one quarter 
times? Bn. What e’ght times? Pie. What sixteen and three-quarters? 
Pa. What twenty and one-quarter ? N-Yk. 

How many inuabiiauts has Hartford, (Ct.) ? [See explanation on the 
3(ap.] If then the tig are 1 denotes 10 thousand, what is the population of 
Washington, which lias the figure 2 annexed to its name ? What the popu- 
lation of Baltimore ? 

What is nearly the population of Montpelier in Vermont? [For the 
meaning of i, i, and 4, see Explanation.] f low many inhabitants has Au- 
gusta? Newburyport ? Buffalo? Portland? 1 Richmond? 2 Providence? 3 
Albany? 4 Cincinnati? 5 New Orleans? 6 Boston? 7 8 Philadelphia ? H 
New Pork ?' J 


0CT The figures and fractions used to express population do not indicate exactly 
the true number ; but they are sufficiently exact to form a comparison, which, after 
ail, is about as much as is tong remembered, or even expected to be remembered, by 
tiie pupil in subsequent life. 


What do the figures, which are annexed to the names of rivers on the 
maps, mean ? [See Explanation.] 

What then is the length of the Mississippi ? Missouri ? Arkansas ? 
Red ? Ohio ? Columbia ? Connecticut ? Hudson ? 

J 10,01)0 and 2 500 make J2 thousand live hundred. 

2 10,000 and 5,000 make 15 thousand. 

3 10,000 and 7,500 make 17 thousand 5 hundred. 

4 20,000 and 5,000 make 25 thousand. 

5 20,010 and 7,500 make 27 thousand 5 hundred. 

0 40,000 and 7,500 make 47 thousand 5 hundred. 

7 60,000 and 2,500 make 65 thousand 5 hundred. 

8 160,000 and 7,500 make 167 thousand 5 hundred. 

200,000 and 2,500 make 2u2 thousand 5 hundred 


104 


EASTERN STATES. 




How do Ships, Brigs, and Sloops differ from each other ? 

A Ship has three masts, a Brig two, and a Sloop one. 

When a river has the picture of one or more of these vessels on it what 
does it mean ? [See Explanation.] 

At what two places do you find vessels on the Mississippi ? Ns. F-S-Ay 
What sort of vessels are they ? What figures are near them? For what 
vessels, how far, and to what places is the Mississippi navigable ? Also 
the Missouri? Ohio? St. Lawrence ? 


MAP OF THE learner’s OWN STATE AND ITS COUNTIES. 

This map may he found either on the County Maps of the Eastern , Mid 
die , Southern or Western States. 

Will you point to your own state and county on this map ? 

In what part of the state is the town in which you live ? 

Is it on a river or other body of water ? 

By what other towns is it bounded ? 

What is a shire-town ? 163. 

What is the shire-town of your county ? 

Is it on a river, or other body of water ? 

What, if any rivers in your county ? 

What is their course and where do they flow ? 

What, if any mountains in your county ? 

What, if any lakes, bays, or other waters ? 

Will you mention several towns in your county ? 

What is a county ? 165. 

How are the names of counties, shire-towns, and others printed, or distin 
jjuished from one another? ’’For Ans. see Explanation of the map.] 

What counties on the northern borders of your state ? 

What is the shire-town of each ? 

What counties on the eastern borders ? 

What is the county town of each ? 

What counties on the southern borders ? 

Where are the court houses in these counties ? 

What counties on the western borders ? 

Where are the jails in these counties ? 

What counties in the interior of the state ? 

Where are the courts of these counties held ? 

What is a state ? 166. 

What rivers in your state ? 

In what county or place does each rise ? 

Through what counties does each flow ? 

What is their course and where do they flow ? 

For what vessels, how far, and to what places is each navigable ? 

What, if any mountains, in your state ? 

1 * hat is their main course ? 

//hat, if any lakes, bays, or other bodies of water ? 

What, if any capes, islands, or other portions of land ? 

Where are the laws of your state made ? 

Is the capital on a river or other body of water ? 


EASTERN STATES. 


105 


In what part of the state is it ? 

Which and where is the largest town ? 

Which and where is the second ? 

Which and where is the third ? 

Which is the largest river? 

Which is the second ? Third ? 

What course would you take, and what counties pass through, to visit the 
legislature in session ? 

What direction to visit the jail of your county ? 

Will you point, [not on the map] towards the largest town ? 

Will you point towards the capitol ? 

What may those towns with figures annexed to them be called ? 

Ans. Large, principal, or chief towns. 

How many inhabitants at least do they contain ? 

Ans. More than two thousand. 

What are the chief towns in your state ? 

What may the towns without figures be called ? 

Ans. Small towns. 

How many inhabitants does each contain ? 

Ans. Two thousand or less. 

Will you mention several in your state ? 


SEE TABLES AT THE CLOSE OF THE BOOK. 

When, where, and by whom was your own state, first settled ? Table vt. 
What is its number of square miles and population ? Table vil. 

What colleges has it, and at what places ? Table n. 

What Theological Seminaries in your state, at what places, and under 
what denomination. of Christians is each ? Table in. 

What Law, or Medical Schools, and where ? Tables iv. and v. 

What canals or rail-roads, their length, and places connected by them ? 
Table i. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How is your own state bounded ? 

Point to the capital of the United States ? 

What states would you pass through, and what rivers cross in visiting it ? 

Could you get there both by land and water ? Describe a route by land. 

Suppose you were to start from the place in which you now are, for Cana- 
da, what course would you take ? 

If the Teacher has time he can vary these exercises by requiring the learner 
to walk from the place where he is, directly towards Canada, South America, or 
any other place which he may name. 


EASTERN STATES, OR NEW ENGLAND. 

Map of the United States. — What six states does New England comprise ? 
What direction is Maine from Connecticut ? Vermont from Massachusetts ? 
Rhode Island from New Hampshire ? 

Which of the New England States is the most northerly and easterly ? 
Which the most southerly ? Which the largest ? Its capital ? a. The sec- 
ond in size ? Its capital ? r. The third ? Its capital ? d. The fourth ? 
Its capital ? n. The fifth ? Its capitals ? d. n. The smallest ? Its capital ? e. 

5 * 


106 


EASTERN STATES 


How are the Eastern States 


JMaine bounded ? 

New Hampshire bounded ? 
Vermont bounded ? 
Massachusetts bounded ? 
Rhode Island bounded ? 
Connecticut bounded ? 


Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 


bounded ? 

Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ' 


t*T 

/ 


' 1 


47. New England comprises the six States east of 
the Hudson, and is the most populous and commercial 
division of the United States. 

748. These States, unlike most of the others, were 
settled from motives of religion. 

749. A little band of English Puritans 1 seeing no 
end to the persecution which they suffered at home on 
account of their religion, forsook their country and 
sought an asylum in the wilds of America. Hence 

O J 



LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS. 

they are often called Pilgrims , and their posterity the 

descend ants of the Pilgrims . 

750. A rock at Plymouth, called the Plymouth rock, is oflen shown as 
the place on which these pious pilgrims first set foot in this country, which 
took place Dec. 22d, 1620. 

New England. Q,. What comparison is made between New England and other 
sections of the U. S. ? 747. What led to the settlement of this country? 748. 
What were the sufferings of the first settlers ? 749. 

Q. What is meant by the Plymouth rock? 750. What was the appearance of 

1 Those who dissented from the established church of England were called Pu- 
ritans. 


EASTERN STATES* 107 

« • 

751. New England was then a howling wilderness, the joint abode of sav- 
age men and wild and ferocious beasts. 

752. It being winter when they landed, they at first suffered much from 
the inclemency of the weather. They also suffered from sickness and the 
jealousy of the Indians, all of which they bore with great patience and forti- 
tude. 

753. The Indians proved a constant source of annoyance to the whites, 
whom they often captured, scalped, tormented, and lulled in the most shock- 
ing and inhuman manner. 

754. The whites finally conquered the Indians, and obliged them to retire, 
and after a time obtained quiet and undisturbed possession of the country. 

755. The climate is various, alike subject to great 
extremes of heat and cold, but very healthy, except on 
some portions of the coast, where pulmonary com- 
plaints 2 sometimes prevail, occasioned, as is supposed, 
by the long continued and damp easterly winds. 

756. The surface is generally rough and uneven, ex- 
cept a narrow strip near the ocean, which is level. 

757. The soil is generally good, though less fertile, 
especially along the eastern coast, than many portions 
of the Union. 

758. Grass is by far the most important production. 
The rich meadows and green pastures furnish food for 
oxen, cows and sheep, from which a plentiful supply of 
beef, mutton, butter, cheese, and wool, is obtained. 

759. The most important productions, next to grass, 
are Indian corn, wheat, rye, oats, barley, flax, and vari- 
ous kinds of fruits. 

760. The manufactures are numerous and extensive. 
They consist of woollens, cottons, hats, shoes, with va- 
rious wares, which, with pot and pearl ashes, constitute 
the principal exports. 

761. New England has two beautiful features; its 
excellent system of public education, and its literary 
and religious institutions. 

762. The towns are divided into small districts, in which schools are 

New England at that time ! 751. What were the causes of their suffering 1 752. 

(4. How did the Indians treat them ! 753. What was the result ! 754. 

<4- What is the climate 1 755. Surface! 756. Soil! 757 & 758. Productions! 
758. 759. Manufactures ! 760. 

(4. What two beautiful features has New England! 761. What is said of the 
towns, and the means of a common education ! 762. What is a rare occurrence in 
these states ! 763. 


2 Pulmonary complaints, disorders of the lungs, such as consumption, &c. 


108 


EASTERN STATES. 


generally established and supported by law. Thus it is in the power of every 
individual, to obtain a good common education. 

763. It is a rare occurrence to meet with a single individual who cannot 
both read and write, and who has not besides some practical knowledge of 
Arithmetic. 

764. Colleges and literary institutions of high repu- 
tation, are numerous, as well as churches for every de- 
nomination of Christians, which are supplied with min- 
isters and religious teachers of intelligence and piety, 

765. The people of New England are generally 
moral, intelligent, enterprising and industrious. 


MAINE. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Maine bounded ? What is its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? What considerable town in the S. E. corner ? L- 

766. Maine formed a part of Massachusetts, under 
the name of the District of Maine, till 1820, when it 
became a separate and independent state. 

767. This state has the largest territory and is the 
least populous of all the eastern states. 

768. In the southern part, are many fine towns and 
villages, but in the northern, it is chiefly overspread 
with extensive forests. 



SHIPBUILDING. 


O. What is said of the literary institutions, churches, &c. 7 764. What is the 
character of the people of New England 7 765. 

Maine. Q,. What was Maine formerly 7 766. What is said of its size 7 767. 


EASTERN STATES. 


109 


769. The forests supply the inhabitants with vast quantities of timber, 
which they export to diffe rent places in America, to the West Indies, &c. 
Wood, for fuel, is also sent in great quantities to Boston and other large 
towns. 

770. The fisheries of Maine are exceedingly valua- 
ble. On the sea-coast great quantities of Codfish are 
annually prepared for market, and its numerous rivers 
yield a plenty of salmon. 

771. Maine affords remarkable facilities for commerce, which the inhabi- 
tants have not failed to improve. The inhabitants of the numerous seaports 
along the coast are extensively engaged in navigation and ship building. In 
the value ofits shipping, Maine ranks as the fourth state in the Union. 

772. The enterprising inhabitants often ship large cargoes of ice to the 
W est Indies, and bring back, in return, rum, sugar, molasses, &c. 

773. Commerce receives more attention than agriculture or manufac- 
tures — the latter are, however, exciting increasing interest. 

774. The surface is generally uneven, and in some parts rather mountain- 
ous. The winters are long and cold ; the summers are short and warm. 
The snow in winter often falls to a great depth, but is soon melted in the 
southern parts by the sea breezes. 

775. Towns. — Augusta, the capital since 1831, is pleasantly situated at 
the head of sloop navigation on the Kennebec, two miles above Hal- 
lowed. 

776. Portland , the former capital is delightfully situated on Casco Bay, and 
has one of the finest harbors in the world. In population, wealth and corn- 
commerce, it is the first town in the State. 

777. Eastporf , Belfast , Bangor , Bath , Hallowed, Saco, 1 and Kennebec, are 
the principal remaining commercial towns, and are flourishing. 


MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES. 

What are the principal bays on the coast of Maine ? t. o. What points 
or capes ? d. 1. 

What flourishing towns on Penobscot bay ? t. e. What on the Penob- 
scot river ? r. What on the coast between the mouth of the Penobscot and 
Kennebec ? n. t. 

Which of the chief towns are on the Kennebec ? r. 1. a. k. Where does 
this river rise ? d. Length of the lake ? What other lakes in the western 
part of Maine ? g. o. 

What important towns in the S. W. on the coast ? k. k. What one 
at the mouth of the Saco ? o. What on Casco bay ? d. 

How is a river to be described ? 

Ans. By telling first in what part of a state or country it passes ; then its 
main course ; next through what state or country it runs ; and lastly, into 
what body of water it flows. 

Will you describe the largest river in Maine ? c. c. [Here one c stands 
for the river and the other c for the Atlantic, into which it flows.] 

Settlement 1 768. Exports ? 769. Fisheries I 770. Facilities for commerce and 
lishing I 771. 

Q,. What do the enterprising inhabitants do with their ice 1 772. What is said 
of commerce 1 773. Surface and climate 1 774. 


lSxco, (saw' eo.) 


110 


EASTERN STATES. 


Will you describe the second river in size ? t. t. [The learner should 
always give the name of the river, or town when the question is asked re- 
specting its size.] Will you describe the third river ? o. The fourth ? n. 

What are you to say of the navigation of a river ? 

Ans. Tell for what sort of vessels it is navigable and to what places* 

What is the navigation of the Penobscot ? r. What of the Kennebec ? a. 

Which is the largest town in Maine ? d. [See the figure in the o near its 
name.] Which the five next towns in size ? a. 1. r. h. n. 

What is said of Augusta? 775. Portland? 776. Which are the more 
flourishing commercial towns ? 777. 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

Map of the U. S. — How is New Hampshire bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

778. New Hampshire is a cold and mountainous, 
but a healthy and productive state. 

779. It abounds in lakes, rivers, and delightful scene- 
ry. It has only a narrow strip of sea coast, 18 miles in 
length, which is sandy and barren, with an occasional 
inlet, and but one valuable harbor. 

780. Commerce has, therefore, received but little at- 
tention comparatively ; agriculture and manufactures 
being the chief occupations. 

781. A few miles from the shore, the face of the 
country gradually becomes hilly, and rises in the inte- 
rior to grand and lofty mountains. The White Moun- 
tains in this state are the highest in the United States 
east of the Rocky Mountains, and are noted for pic- 
turesque and sublime scenery. 

782. Mount Washington is the loftiest peak, being 6,234 feet, or more 
than one mile in height. The snow white tops of these mountains are 
plainly discernible, at a distance of more than 65 miles, by mariners ap- 
proaching the coast. 

783. The view of the ocean from their loftiest peak, and of the surround- 
ing scenery, is represented as inimitably grand and beautiful. The most 
remarkable feature of these mountains, is the notch or gap. The entire 
range appears to have been cleft asunder by some sudden convulsion of na- 
ture, forming a causeway, or passage, about 22 feet in width, and infinitely 
sublime in appearance. 

784. Towns. — Concord, on the Merrimac, occupies a central position in 
the state, and is a pleasant and nourishing town. 

New Hampshire. Q. What is said of the climate and surface of New Hamp- 
shire'? 778. In what does the state abound'? 779. What is the extent of its sea- 
coast? 779. Wliat is said of its commerce ? 780. What is said of its surface? 781. 
What mountains in this state ? 781. What is said of their loftiest peaK ? 782. The 
view from it ? 783. Describe the most remarkable feature ? 783. 


EASTERN STATES, 


111 


7S5. Portsmouth , on the Piscataqua, three miles from its mouth, is a com- 
mercial place, and the largest town in the state. It has a navy yard, and an 
excellent harbor. 


MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES. 

What isles on the coast of New Hampshire ? s. What lake nearly in the 
interior ? e. 1 

Which of the chief towns are on the Piscataqua ? Dr. h. Which in the 
S. W. ? e. Which on the Connecticut ? r. 1. r. Which of the last three 
contain each a court-house ? IIow do you know that ? 162. 

Will you descrise the largest river ? t. Its navigation in this state ? h. 
Describe the second river in size ? c. Third ? a. 

Which is the largest town ? h. Which the next four ? 1. h. d. r. 

When you are asked where a town is, what should you say ? 

Ans. Tell first in what part of the county or state it is, next on what river, 
bay, or other water it is situated, and lastly, its main course or direction from 
the capital. 

Where is Concord? c. Where is Amherst? What mountains in this 
state ? e. Their course and height ? 

What is said of Concord ? 781. What of Portsmouth ? 785. 

VERMONT. 

Map of the U. S. — How is Vermont bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

786. Vermont is an inland state, and derives its 
name from the Green Mountains which extend through 

o 

it. 

787. The name is derived from the Green Mountains ; verd, in the language 
of the French, who at an early period settled near them, in Canada, signify- 
ing green, and mont, mountain. They were so called, on account of the nu- 
merous evergreens with which they are covered. 

7 88. The air is pure and healthy, and the surface, 
though mostly mountainous, is susceptible of a high 
state of cultivation. 

789. This state is noted for its mineral productions, 
among which are iron, lead and copper. There are 
also fine quarries of excellent marble. 

790. Lake Champlain, lying between this state and New York, is noted for 
being the scene of a naval battle, fought in 1814, during the last war between 
the United States and England. The Americans, under the command of 
Commodore Macdonough, gained the victory. 

791. Vermont was the last settled of all the New England States, and did 
not become a member of the Union till 1791. 

792. Towns. Montpelier is a flourishing town on Onion river, and 
contains one of the most beautiful state houses in New England. Burlington , 

Vermont. (4. Has Vermont any sea coast 1 786. Whence its name 1 787. 

Q. What is said of the air and surface 1 788. For what is it noted 1 789. What 
is Lake Champlain noted for 1 790. What is said of the settlement of this state % 791. 


1 Winnipiseogek, ( win-e-pe-saw '-ke.) 


EASTERN STATES. 


112 

on Lake Champlain, is the most commercial town in the state, and commands 
a most delightful prospect. 

793. Bennigton is one of the oldest towns in the state, and is famous for a 
battle fought there during the Revolution. A detachment from the British 
army, under General Burgoyne, was defeated by the Americans, under Gener- 
al Stark, in 1777. 

794. Windsor and Brattleboro on Connecticut river, are flourishing 
towns. 


MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES. 

What province of British America lies on the N. of Vermont ? a. What 
lake on the N. W. ? n. Its length and navigation ? What island in it ? d. 

What considerable towns has Vermont on the Connecticut ? o. r. What 
town N. W. of Windsor ? k. What one in the S. W. ? n. 

What flourishing towns on Otter Creek ? Rd. y. s. What is peculiar to 
Vergennes ? Ans. It is the only city in the state. 

On what river is Burlington ? n. What town a little N. E. of Burlington ? 
s. Where is Montpelier ? n. 

What does the Lamoile flow ? n. What two rivers S. flow into the same 
lake ? n. k. What mountains in this state ? n. Their course, length, and 
height ? 

Which and where is the largest town? n. What is said of Montpelier? 
,792. Bennington ? 793 Windsor and Battleboro ? 794. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Massachusetts bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal rivers ? 

795. Massachusetts has generally an uneven sur- 
face, a pure and salubrious air, and a fertile soil. 

796. The western part is intersected by the Hoosack Mountains, a branch 
of the Green Mountains, the most remarkable peaks of which are Mount Tom 
and Mount Holyoke. The latter of these commands a most delightful pros- 
pect of Connecticut river and the adjacent country. 

797. Massachusetts is the most thicklv settled of 

«/ 

any state in the Union. 

798. It is further distinguished for the spirited and 
leading part which its citizens took in the Revolution ; 
for the spirit of commerce which prevails ; for its sys- 
tem of education ; for its literary and benevolent insti- 
tutions ; and for the industry, enterprize, intelligence 
and refinement of its inhabitants. 

799. The commerce of Massachusetts, exceeds that 
of every other state in the Union, except New York. 

Massachusetts. Q. What is said of the surface, soil, and air of Massachusetts 1 

795. What mountains intersect the western part 1 ? 796 

Q.. How is the state distinguished in respect to population? 797. How is it 
further distinguished ? 798. What is the comparative importance of its commerce ? 
799 . Which are the two principal islands ? 800 . 


EASTERN STATES. 


113 


800. The two principal islands are Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard, both 
of which have a poor soil. Nantucket Shoals, east of the island of the same 
name, have caused numerous shipwrecks. 

801. Towns. — Boston is the only city in the state, and is considered the 
literary and commercial metropolis of New England. It is pleasantly situa- 
ted on a peninsula, two miles long by one broad, on the western side of Mas- 
sachusetts Bay. It is a well built, large, and wealthy city, the first in New 
England, and the second in the Union, in commercial importance. From 
its literarv advantages and character, it is often called the Literary Em- 
porium. 

802. Salem, 14 miles N. E. of Boston, is the second town in the state, in 
population, wealth and commerce, and in these respects, the third in New 
England. 

803. Plymouth , 36 miles S. E. of Boston, on Plymouth Bay, was the first 
settled town in New England. 

804. Charlestown , N. of Boston, and adjoining it, is celebrated for being the 
scene of the battle of Bunker Hill, in the war of the Revolution. Here is a 
State Prison, an Insane Hospital, and a Navy Yard of the United States. 

805. Lexington is noted for being the place where the first battle was fought 
in the revolutionary war. 

806. Newburyjwrt is a place of considerable commerce. Marblehead, 
Beverly , and Gloucester, are famous for their cod fisheries ; New Bedford 
and Nantucket , for their whale fisheries. 

807. Lowell, situated on the Merrimac, 25 miles from Boston, is a very 
flourishing place, and has some of the largest cotton manufactories in the 
United States. Lynn contains upwards of 8,000 inhabitants, most of whom 
are engaged in the manufacture of shoes. 

808. Springfield, on the Connecticut has an Armorv of the United States 
established in it. Worcester 1 occupies a central position in the state, and is 
one of the largest and most beautiful inland towns in New England. It is 
connected with Providence, by the Blackstone Canal. 


MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES. 

What bays on the coast of Massachusetts ? s. d. s. What points or 
capes ? t. n. d. r. What islands ? t. d. h. 

On what bay is Boston ? s. What three towns adjoining Boston ? n. e. y. 
What course is Roxbury from the capital ? 

What towns N. of Boston on the coast? d. m. r. t. On what river are 
Andover and Lowel ? c. 

What rail-road at Lowel ? What two other rail-roads do you find ? What 
is the course of each one of the three ? The length of the Boston and 
Providence rail-road ? 

What flourishing countv town in the interior of the state ? r. What canal 
here ? e. With what river does it run nearly parallel ? t. What is this river 
called in Massachusetts ? Blackstone. 

What two considerable towns on the Connecticut ? Sd. n. What canal 
at Northampton ? n What mountains in this state ? e. m. e. Their height? 

On what bay is Plymouth ? d. What county town on Taunton river ? n. 
What one IS. E. of Taunton on the coast ? d. On what island is Nan- 
tucket ? t. 

Will you describe the second river in size ? c. Its navigation ? 1. 
What river intersects the S. W. part of the IState ? c. 


114 


EASTERN STATES. 


Which and where is the largest town ? n. Which and where is the sec- 
ond ? m. Also the next seven ? t. r. n. 1. d. d. t. [For the last see the 
island of Nantucket.] 

What is said of Boston ? 801. Salem? 802. Plymouth? 803. Charles- 
town ? 804. Lexington ? 805. Newburyport ? 806. Which are famous for 
their fisheries ? 806. What is said of Lowel ? 807. Lynn ? 807. Spring- 
field? 808. Worcester? 808 


RHODE ISLAND. 


Map of the U. S . — How is Rhode Island bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 



COTTON FACTORY AT MANVILLE, RHODE ISLAND. 


809. Rhode Island has the least extent of territory of 

* 

any state in the Union ; but, in proportion to its popu- 
lation, is the first in manufactures. The first cotton 
manufactory in the United States, was built in Rhode 
Island. 


810. It has, in general, a level surface, except in the 
western part, and a fertile soil, and from its proximity 
to the sea, a singularly mild and healthy climate. 

811. The land bordering on Narragansett Bay, as 
w r ell as that of the island of Rhode Island, is excellent; 
the air pure, and the scenery delightful. 

812. Narragansett Bay, in this state, is a beautiful expanse of water, extend 


1 Worcester, (wurs-ter.) 


EASTERN STATES. 115 

ing into the country in a northerly direction, 30 miles from the ocean to Provi- 
dence, to which place it is navigable for ships of the largest size. 

813. The island of Rhode Island, from which the state derives its name, and 
which is so called from its fancied resemblance to the ancient island of 
Rhodes, is beautifully situated in Narragansett Bay, near the ocean. It is 
in Narragansett Bay, are Conanicut, W. of Rhode Island, and Patience and 
Prudence Islands, N. of Rhode Island. 

814. Block Island is in the Atlantic, twelve miles from the southern part of 
Rhode Island, and contains about eight hundred inhabitants. There is a 
Light-house upon it. 

815. The settlement of Rhode Island originated from the same cause, which 
gave rise to the first settlement in New England ; religious persecution. In 
1636, Roger Williams, a minister of the Gospel, was, on account of his reli- 
gious opinions, banished from Massachusetts. He fled to a place within this 
state, and commenced a settlement, which, in acknowledgement of Divine 
Providence in his behalf, he named Providence. To Roger Williams, be- 
longs the honor of first establishing religious toleration in a political commu- 
nity, unless we except Lord Baltimore, the Catholic founder of Maryland. 

816. This state was the last of the “Thirteen States,” to ratify the consti- 
tution of the United States, and the only one that has remained without a 
written constitution of its own making. It still continues under the charter 
granted in 1663, to the early settlers, by Charles II. King of England. 

817. Towns. Providence is situated about 30 miles from the sea, at 
the head of Narragansett Bay, which there becomes narrow, and takes the 
name of Providence river. It is built on both sides of the river, and is nearly 
equally divided by it. The different parts are connected by two parallel 
bridges, near each other. Among the fine public buildings, is the Arcade, on 
the west side of the river, which is the noblest edifice of the kind in the 
country. 

818. Newport, at the mouth of Narragansett Bay, on the southwest side of 
the island of Rhode Island, about five miles from the sea, is noted for its fine 
harbor, its beautiful situation, and salubrious air. The harbor is strongly 
fortified. 

819. Bristol, situated on the bay, about half way between Providence and 
Newport, is a pleasant town, and has considerable commerce. Warren, four 
miles N. of Bristol, is a flourishing town, and is engaged in foreign com- 
merce. 

820. Pawtucket , on Pawtucket river, is partly in Massachusetts, but princi- 
pally in Rhode Island. The Rhode Island portion is in North Providence. 
This is one of the most flourishing manufacturing villages in the United 
States/j 


MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES. 

WTat bay has Rhode Island in the S. E. ? t. Describe it? 812. What 
town at the head of this bay ? e. What two E. of the bay ? 1 t On what 
island is Newport ? e. 

What county town W. of the southern part of the bay ? n. Where is 
Scituate ? What island S. of this State ? k. What point on the S. ? h. 


Rhode Island. Q.. What is said of the extent of Rhode Island and its manufac- 
tures? 809. What of its surface, soil, and climate? 810. What of the soil, air, 
and scenery around Narragansett Bay, and on the Island of Rhode Island? 811. 
What can you say of the island of Rhode Island ? 813. What of Block Island ? 814 1 
Q. Will you describe fully the manner in which Rhode Island was settled ? 815, 
What supplies the place in this state of a written constitution ? 816 


116 


EASTERN STATES. 


What river in the N. E. ? t. Describe it ? What one in the S. W. ? c. 
Which and where is the largest town ? e. Which and where the second ? t. 

What is said of Providence ? 817. Newport? 818. Bristol? 819 War- 
ren? 819. 


CONNECTICUT. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Connecticut bounded ? Its capitals ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

821. Connecticut has a varied surface of hill and 
dale, but is not mountainous. The climate is healthy, 
and the soil good, especially in the valley of Connecti- 
cut river. 

822. This state is distinguished for its wealth, and 
the value of its exports ; its various species of manu- 
factures, its literary institutions, and its system of com- 
mon schools, and for the sobriety, intelligence, and en- 
terprize of its inhabitants. 

823. It has a fund of about two millions of dollars, 
the annual income of which is applied to the support of 
common schools. 

824. Towns. New Haven is situated between the mouths of the Con- 
necticut and Housatonic rivers, on a small bay, 4 miles from Long Island 
Sound. It is the largest and one of the most commercial towns in the state, 
and is much celebrated for the tasteful and regular manner in which it is laid 
out, and for being the seat of an eminent literary institution. 

825. Hartford is situated on the west bank of Connecticut river, 50 
miles from its mouth, and is, alternately with New Haven, the seat of govern- 
ment of the state. Its growth within a few years, has been rapid in popula- 
tion, wealth and commerce ; and it is distinguished for its humane and litera- 
ry institutions. 

826. New London , near the mouth of the river Thames, 3 miles from Long 
Island Sound, has an excellent harbor, and is extensively engaged in the whale 
fishery. 

827. Norwich , at the head of sloop navigation on the Thames, 12 miles 
above New London, is well situated, and is rapidly increasing in population 
and manufactures. 

828. Middletown , on the west bank of the Connecticut, 31 miles from its 
mouth, has considerable commerce, and its manufactures are numerous 
and extensive. Each of the five places above described, is an incorporated 
city. 

829. Litchfield, 30 miles west of Hartford, is the seat of a celebrated law 
school. 

MAP OF THE EASTERN STATES 

What large body of wa^er and land S. of Connecticut? d. What island 
on the S. E. coast? s. What two 8. W. from the last near Long Island? 

Connecticut. Q,. What is said of the surface, climate and soil of Connecti j 
cut 7 821. For what is Connecticut distinguished 7 822. What fund has this state, 
aud to what is it applied 7 823. 


EASTERN STATES. 


117 


b. s. To what state do all these islands including Long Island belong ? 

A Whatto Jn°near the mouth of the Thames ? n. What county town N. 
on the same stream ? h. What considerable one on the W. branch of the 
Thames ? m. What one E. of Windham ! n. 

1 What shire-town N. W. of Windham ? d. What towns at the mouth of 
Connecticut ? e. k. What one on the W. bank of the Connecticut, and W. 
from Norwich ? n. Which the next two N. on the same river ? d. d. 
f Will you describe the largest river ? t. Ite navigation ? d. h. Describe 
the second in size ? c. What town on the L. branch of the Housatomc . 

( h What the more important towns in the S. W. part of the state . hd. y. 

What one N. E. of Bridgeport and Milford .? n. . . ? , T v„ 

Will you describe the third river in size ? s. Its navigation . h. The 
navigation of the Housatonic? y. What canal in this state? n. What 

p 1 Wh 1 c h ail d" where are *t h e two largest towns? n. d. The next one? n. 

T WhTussmd of New Haven ? 824. Hartford ? 825 New London ? 826. 
Norwich ? 827. Middletown ? 828. Litchfield ? 829. 

MIDDLE STATES. 

Map of the U. S .— Which are the Middle States? What direction is New 

^Which'Side'do^'the'paralkl^^^S^ 'bound ? "Svhich three does the me- 
ridian of 77° W. from Greenwich intersect ? 

Whv have these states a milder climate than New England 4. 2. 

Which of these states is the largest ? Its capital ? y. W to?* the ’next in 
size? Its capital ? g. The next in size ? Its capital? n. 1 he smallest. 

Its capital ? r. 

How are the Middle States bounded . 9 

New York hounded ? Capital ? Largest Town and River ! 

Pennsylvania bounded? Capital? Largest Town and River ? 

New forspv bounded 7 Capital ? Largest I own and Ri\er . 

Delawar^bounded ? Capital? Largest Town and River ? 

830. The Middle States comprise New York, New 
Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware. 

831 They have in general, a milder climate, a more 
fertile soil, shorter winters, and less snow than New 
England ; comprising, in fact, some of the finest poi- 

tions of the Union. _ r . , 

832 The northern and western parts of the state of New York, however, 
are cold and bleak, and snow is abundant during the winter, as it is also in 

the mountainous parts of Pennsylvania. , , nlmn 

833. The climate, except on the marshes and lakes, 
is generally mild, agreeable and healthy. 

834. Of the productions, wheat is the most valuable. 
Great quantities of rye, oats, barley, Indian coin, 
beans, and peas, are also raised. Excellent apples, 
peaches, pears, &c. are produced in abundance. 


1 ! 8 MIDDLE STATES. 

835. An improved system of agriculture, extensive 
and various manufactures, an enterprising spirit of 
commerce, and numerous and important canals, char- 
acterize this division of the Union. 

836. The commerce of these states, is principally 
carried on through the cities of New York and Phila- 
delphia. Baltimore, however, has a share of the trade 
of Pennsylvania and Delaware. 

837. The means of education are not so generally 
diffused, as in New England ; public schools not being 
generally established, except in the state of New York. 

838. The first settlements were principally made by 
emigrants from England, Holland, Ireland and Germa 
ny, and their descendants have partially maintained 
the national characteristics of these several countries. 


NEW YORK. 

Map of the U. S. — How is New York bounded? Capital? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

839. New York surpasses each of the other states in 
population, wealth, natural advantages for trade, in 
canals, in resources arising both from agriculture and 
commerce, and in political importance ; in allusion to 
which it is sometimes called the “ Empire state.” 

840. In this state there is a literary fund of 2 mil- 
lions of dollars, the annual income of which is applied 
to the support of education. 

841. The western part of this state is level and re- 
markably fertile, the eastern, hilly and tolerably pro- 
ductive, the northern part mountainous, with a cold but 
healthy climate. 

Middle States. Q,. Which are the Middle States ? 830. What is said of them ? 
831. What of the northern and western part of New York? 832. 

Q,. What is the climate of the Middle States ? 833. The productions ? 834. 
What are their distinguishing characteristics ? 835, 

Q,. What is said of their commerce and education ? 836 and 837. Who were the 
iirst settlers, and what is said of them ? 838. 

New York. Q,. In what respects does the state of New York surpass all the 
others ? 839. What fund has this state ? 840. 

Q. What is said of the surface and climate of this State ? 841. Mountains ? 842. 


MIDDLE STATES. 119 

842. The Catskil! mountains are the highest in the 
state, and may be considered as the connecting link 
between the Green mountains of Vermont and the 
Alleganies. 

843. On these mountains, at the elevation of 2000 feet, is a small lake, 
from which issues a mill stream having a fall in some places of 300 feet. 

844. The largest river is the Hudson, which is wholly 
within this state. It rises in the mountains west of 
Lake Champlain, and flows into New York bay, on 
the west side of the city of New York. The banks 
of this river are studded with numerous flourishing 
villages ; the soil is generally in a high state of cultiva- 
tion, and the passage up and down it, is most delightful. 

845. The Erie' canal, frequently called the Grand Western canal, is in 
this state, and is one of the most stupendous works of the kind in the world. 
It unites the waters of Lake Erie with those of the Hudson, and extends 
from Albany to Buffalo, a distance of 363 miles. By means of this canal, 
immense quantities of produce find an easy transportation to Albany, thence 
down the Hudson to New York, the largest market in the United States. 

846. Long Island is the principal island. It reaches from the Narrows, 
below the city of New York, to Montauk Point, being about 120 miles, and 
is on an average 10 miles in breadth. It is separated from Connecticut by 
Long Island Sound, and from New York city by the East river, or more 
properly, by a small strait, connecting the sound with New York bay. 

847. This island affords many valuable productions for the city market. 
It is divided into three counties, in which are many pleasant towns and vil- 
lages. The principal of these are Brooklyn, now an incorporated city, 
Jamaica, Flushing, Flatbush, Huntington and Sag Harbour. 

848. The next important islands are Manhattan, or New York Island, on 
which stands the city of New York, and Grand Island in Niagara river. 

849. Among the natural curiosities of this state, the Great Falls of Niagara 
are the most remarkable. The descent is less than in many others, but the 
quantity of water constitutes these Falls the most sublime object of the kind 
in the known world. 

850. Lake George is an object of interest. The remarkable transparency 
of its waters, the lofty mountains which encircle it, the numerous islands 
with which it is studded, serve to render the scenery most romantic and de- 
lightful. 

851. This state has eight cities, Albany, New York, Brooklyn, Troy, 
Hudson, Schenectady, Utica, and Buffalo, besides about 770 towns. There 
are also, several hundred villages, or parts of towns, more thickly settled 
than the rest, and some of them bear different names from the towns in 
which they are situated. Thus the village of Geneva, is in the town of 
Seneca, and Rochester is in the towns of Brighton and Gates. Rochester 

What curiosity on these mountains 7 843. Describe the Hudson 7 844. 

Q. What celebrated canal in this state 7 845 . Where is Long Island 7 846. Its 
productions? 847. 

Q,. What two other important islands? 848. The most remarkable curiosity? 
849. Describe lake George. 850. 


1 Erie, (e'-re.) 


120 


MIDDLE STATES 


will probably soon be chartered as a city. Of the villages, about 100 are in- 
corporated, and each is governed by a president and board of trustees. The 
cities have a mayor and aldermen. 

85*2. Towns. — New York, a seaport and city, is the largest, most popu- 
lous, wealthy and commercial town in America. It is situated on New York 
island, formerly called Manhattan island, at the head of New York bay, 
about 20 miles from the Atlantic, and at the confluence of the East and 
Hudson, or North, rivers. The island is about 15 miles long from north to 
south, and has an average breadth of one mile and a half. The city extends 
over the whole island, occupying the same extent with the county. The 
compact part extends about three miles on the banks of each river. The 
harbor is deep enough for the largest ships. From the city across Hudson 
river to Jersey city, is one mile, and across East river to Brooklyn, it is 
from one third to one half of a mile. The city is principally built of brick, 
and most of the edifices have a neat, and many of them an elegant appear- 
ance. 

853. The principal street is Broadway, which is 80 feet in width, and 
about three miles m length. It furnishes a most delightful promenade in 
pleasant weather, and it is then thronged with crowds of persons, citizens 
and strangers. The other principal streets run in the same direction, and are 
intersected by others extending from river to river. 



NEW CUSTOM HOUSE. 


854. The city of New York has a number of fine buildings, among which* 
the City Hall, on Broadway, is the most attractive and elegant. It is con- 
structed of white marble, and the expense of it was about half a million of 
dollars. The new Custom House which is now (1835,) being built, on the 
corner of Wall and Nassau streets, “will, it is said, when completed, sur- 
pass every other edifice in the Union, for permanence in the materials and 
execution, as well as for its classical beauty.” There are about 120 church- 
es in the city. There are 70 weekly and 11 daily newspapers printed in 
New York, and about 50 steamboats ply in its adjacent waters. On the 
memorable night of Dec. 10th, 1835, there raged in this city, the most de- 


MIDDLE STATES. 


121 


structivc fire that ever occurred in the United States, or even on the Ameri- 
can continent.* 

855. Albany is advantageously situated, nearly at the head of sloop navi- 
gation on the Hudson, 160 miles from the sea. The facilities for trade, both 
on account of its central position and its commercial advantages, so greatly 
increased by means of canals, have raised it to an importance in the State, 
second only to New York, and the eighth in the Union. 

856. Brooklyn , is situated on a little eminence at the west end of Long 
Island, and commands a delightful view of New York city, from which it is 
separated by the East river. 

857. Nenburg , Poughkeepsie ,! CMskill , Hudson , Troy , and Lansingburg , 
are thriving and important places. Utica , Rochester , and Buffalo , are large 
and flourishing towns. There are many other important places in the interi- 
or and western parts of the state, most of which have grown up with aston- 
ishing rapidity. Rochester, which has now, [in 1835,1 a population of up- 
wards 14,000, was “ in 1812, one wide and vast forest.” 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

$ 

What two large lakes on the W. of York State? o. e. The length of 
each ? Breadth and deptli of the largest ? For what are they both navi- 
gable ? 

What two towns near the mouth of the Hudson ? k. n. On what island 
is Brooklyn ? g. 

What arc the chief towns on the east bank of the Hudson ? e. n. y. g. 
What on the west bank ? d. y. 1. g, t. 

What river connects the two great lakes 1 a. What falls on it ? a. What 
island in it ? d. 

What is the course and length of the Erie canal ? What towns at its ex- 
treme points ? o. y. What other important towns on it ? y. a. e. e. r. t. 
What river is nearly parallel with the western part of it ? k. 

What noted town on Lake Champlain ? g. What town on the St. Law- 
rence ? g. What on the eastern coast of Ontario ? r. What on the Oswe- 
go river 'l o. What canal here ? o. What does it connect? o e. 

What other canal in the eastern part of the state ? n. What does it con- 
nect? L. Champlain and Hudson river. How can a person go by water 
from hew York to Plattsburg on L. Champlain ? 

On what lake is Canandaigua.? What town on Seneca Lake ? a. 

What one on the southern point of Cayuga lake ? a. What town nearly - 
E. of Waterloo and Geneva ? n.. 

Which aro the more important lakes that are wholly within the state ? Ca. 
a. a. a« 

What large river on the N. W. ? e. Will you describe the second river in 
size ? a. The third ? n. Its navigation ? n. y. d. Which is the largest 
branch of the Hudson ? k. Describe it. 

Will you describe Black river? What other two fall into the same lake 
on the W. o. e. 

*Loss by the late fire in N. Y. — “The Committee appointed to ascertain 
the amount of losses by the late destructive tire in New York, have made their Re- 
port, from which it appears, that the whole number of buildings destroyed, exclusive 
of the Exchange and the South Dutch Church, was 527. From such data as the 
Committee could obtain, they estimate the loss in buildings at $4,000,000, which is a 
fraction over jSTOOO each — loss in merchandize $13,511,602 — total loss $17,115,692.” 

J ' ~ ' - T ■ — . r. , 

1 Poughkeepsie, (po-kep'-se.) 

6 


122 


MIDDLE STATES. 


Where is the largest town ? k. The second in size ? y. Third ? n. [See 
L. Island.] The two next ? r. y. The fifth ? o. The five next ? g. 1. e. a. n. 

What is said of New York and the island on which it is situated ? 852. 
What of its streets ? 853. Buildings, and the late fire ? 854. 

What is said of Albany ? 855. Brooklyn ? 856. Which are considered 
important places ? 857. What is said of Utica, Rochester, and Buffalo ? 857. 
Are these all the important places ? 857. What fact is mentioned illustra- 
ting the growth of Rochester? 857. What is said of the cities and villages 
cf this state ? 851. 


NEW JERSEY. 

Map of the U. S. — How is New Jersey bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

858. New Jersey in the N. is mountainous, in the 
S. level, sandy, and barren, in the middle moderately 
uneven and extremely fertile. 

859. This State is much noted for its fruit and cider, 
and from its proximity to New York and Philadelphia, 
always finds a ready market for all its productions. Its 
commerce, which is small, is mostly carried on through 
the medium of the above cities. 

860. New Jersey, though among the smallest states 
in the Union in size, is, in proportion to its population, 
among the larger ones in manufactures. 

861. Towns. Trenton, at the head of tide water on the Delaware, is a 
handsome town, and a place of considerable trade. 

862. Newark , the largest and handsomest town in the state, is noted for its 
manufactures, and for its excellent cider. 

863. Bordentown , on the Delaware, is noted for being the residence of 
Joseph Bonaparte, the Ex-King 1 of Spain. 

864. Paterson , is a flourishing town, and is situated at the falls of the Pas- 
saic. 2 The river here flows down a precipice of about 70 feet, forming a 
beautiful and romantic cascade. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

What river bounds New Jersey partly on the E. ? n. What peninsula 
near Staten Island ? k. What inlet on the coast ? t. What harbors ? g. g. 
What cape? y. 

What four towns in the N. E. ? k. n. n. k. What one W. of Newark ? 
n. What a little S. W. of Newark ? k. What S. W. of the last ? n. 
What S. W. of Princeton on the Delaware ? n. What two a little S. on 
the same river ? n. n. What rail-road intersects this state ? Its course and 


New Jersey. What is said of the surface of this state? 858. What of its 
fruit 7 859. 

What is said of the commerce of this state 1 859. What else is said of the state % 
860. 


1 Former King. 


| 2 Passaic, (pas-saf-ic.) 


MIDDLE STATES. 123 

places connected ? y. n. What town on the N. E. coast of Delaware 
bay ? m. 

What river forms the western boundary ? e. Will you describe it ? e. Its 
navigation? a. 

Where is the largest town? k. Where the two next ? n. k. The three 
next ? y. n. d. 

What is said of Trenton ? 861. Newark ? 862. Bordentown ? 863. 
Paterson ? 864. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Pennsylvania bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal rivers ? 

865. Pennsylvania is a large, wealthy, and power- 
ful state ; has a healthy climate, and a fertile soil. 

866. This state derives its name from its illustrious founder, William Penn, 
who belonged to the denomination of Friends. The name is compounded of 
Penn and sylva , a grove of wood, literally signifying Penn's Woods. 

867. The eastern, or south-eastern and western 
parts, have a hilly, or moderately uneven surface, and 
a good and well cultivated soil. The interior is moun- 
tainous, with some fertile valleys, but in general, not 
susceptible of a high state of cultivation, and it is ac- 
cordingly less populous than the other parts. 

868. This state is distinguished for its agricultural 
and mineral products, for its commerce and manufac- 
tures, in the last of which it exceeds in amount every 
other state in the Union. 

869. Its principal mineral productions, are marble, 
iron, and coal. The coal mines are becoming exceed- 
ingly important, from the improved mode of transport- 
ation by means of canals and rail-roads, for which this 
state is distinguished. 

870. About one half only of the population, are de- 
scendants of English emigrants ; about one fourth are 
German, one eighth Irish ; and Scotch, Welch, Swedes 
and Dutch, make up the rest. 

Pennsylvania. Q,. What is said of the size, wealth, climate, &c. of Pennsylva- 
nia I 8G5. From whom does it derive its name 7 866. 

Q. What is said of the surface 7 867. For what is the state distinguished 7 868. 

Q. What is said of its mineral productions 7 869. Who constitute the popula- 
tion of Pennsylvania 7 870. What is said of the Germans 7 871. 


124 


MIDDLE STATES. 



871. The Germans still speak their native language, and they have about 30 
newspapers in the state, printed in that language. 

872. The first settlements in this state were made by William Penn, who 
having obtained a patent from Charles II., King of England, covering the 
whole territory of the state, arrived in the country in 1682. Penn, doubting 
his right to land, which he thus held from the English king, who founded his 
claim merely on discovery and first possession, made a fair and honorable 
purchase of it from the Indians, whom he very properly considered the law- 
ful and rightful owners. 


tenn’s treaty. 

873. Penn’s policy was always of a pacific character. He early engaged 
the Indians in a treaty of peace, made and concluded under the “ Great Elm 
Tree,” at Kensington. This treaty, by means of the mild and equitable 
course inculcated and practised by Penn, continued unbroken for about 70 
years. 

874. Towns. Philadelphia is pleasantly situated on the west bank of 
the Delaware, 126 miles from its mouth, being between that river and the 
Schuylkill, about seven miles above their confluence. 

875. The plan of the city was originally a parallelogram, extending from 
river to river, in length about two miles, and in width about one mde. As 
the business of the city increased, the buildings were naturally extended 
along the Delaware, and they now reach from the lower part of Southwark, 
to the upper part of Kensington, a distance of about four miles. 

876. The city abounds in religious, literary, and benevolent institutions, 
and with schools of every grade, liberally supported. By the legacy of the 
late Stephen Girard, this city has received a munificent donation of several 
millions of dollars, the annual proceeds of which are to be devoted to impor- 
tant public objects. Among other noble bequests, he left a large sum to 
found and support a college for the education of the poorer classes in society. 

Q.. What is said of the first settlement ? 872. What of Penn’s policy ? 873. 


1 Schuylkill, (skoof-kil.) 


MIDDLE STATES 


1 25 



GIRARD COLLEGE. 


877. It is one of the most regular cities in the world, being laid out in ex 
act square?, having therefore its streets crossing each other at right angles 
The streets are handsomely paved with round stones, are spacious, and pre- 
sent a remarkably neat appearance. 

878. The houses are generally built of brick, three stories high, with mar- 
ble steps and window-sills, exhibiting at once uniformity and durab lity. 

879. The trade and commerce of the city are very extensive, and in man- 
ufactures it exceeds every other city in America. In the regularity and neat- 
ness of its streets, the beauty and uniformity of its buildings, Philadelphia 
can scarcely be said to be surpassed by any American city. 

880. Harrisburg , is a handsome town, pleasantly situated in a healthy and 
fertile region on the river Susquehanna. The canal from Philadelphia to 
Pittsburg passes through it. 

831. Pittsburg , stands at the confluence of the Allegany and Monongahela 
rivers, 300 miles N. W. of Philadelphia, and from its situation is an impor- 
tant place. Its trade and manufactures are flourishing. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

What river bounds Pennsylvania on the E. ? e. What lake touches Penn- 
sylvania on the N. W. ? e. What river passes nearly through the interior of 
the state ? a. 

What two considerable rivers meet in the western part of the state ? y. a. 
At what place and what do they form ? g. o. 

W hat flourishing town N. of Pittsburg in Crawford County ? e. W 7 hat 
two on the Susquehanna, near the junction of the W. and N. Branch Canal ? 
d. y. What other on the same stream ? g. 

What one near the Susquehanna, and S. E. From the capital ? r. What 
two county towns on the opposite side of the river and a short distance from 
it ? e. k. What one S. W 7 . of Carlisle ? g. 

Which is the largest river ? o. Describe its navigation ? g. Will you 
describe the second river in size ? a. Its navigation ? The third river '! y. 
The two next ? a. e. What is the navigation of the Monongahela ? e. 
What of the Delaware ? a. At the junction of what two rivers is Philadel- 
phia ? 1. e. 



126 


MIDDLE STATES. 


What other considerable town on the Schuylkill near the point of the 
Union Canal ? g. What one due N. of the last on the Susquehanna ? e. 
What one near the junction of the Lehigh and Delaware Canal ? n. 

What mountains in this State ? y. Their course and length ? 

Where is the largest town ? a. The second ? g. The next two ? n. r. 
The fourth ? Hg. Kg. 

What is said of the situation of Philadelphia ? 874. What of its plan ? 
875 and 876. Institutions and late legacy ? 876. Buildings and trade ? 878 
and 879. What is said of Harrisburg ? 880. Pittsburg ? 881. 


What canals, rivers, and lake would you take to go from Philadelphia to 
Plattsburg in York state? What bay, ocean, and river in a more circuit- 
ous route to the same place ? What rail-road can you take and shorten the 
distance of the last route ? 

How can you go by water in a westerly direction from Philadelphia almost 
across the state ? What supplies the place of a canal, a part of the dis- 
tance ? 


DELAWARE. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Delaware bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

882. Delaware has the smallest population of any 
state in the Union, and is likewise the smallest in size, 
except Rhode Island. 

883. The northern part of the state is hilly, with a 
rich, clayey soil ; the southern part is level, sandy, and 
less productive. 

884. It is noted for its fine wheat, its excellent flour 
mills, and manufactories, but its commerce is incon- 
siderable. 

835. The Delaware and Chesapeake Canal, crosses the northern part of 
this State, shortening very much, the distance for sloops and small vessels, 
which pass between Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

886. Towns. Dover has a central situation in the state, on Jones’ Creek, 
a few miles from its entrance into Delaware Bay. 

837. Wilmington is the most important town in the state. It carries on an 
extensive Hour trade, and has numerous manufactories. 


MAP OF TIIE MIDDLE STATES. 

What bay and river has Delaware on the E. ? e. Length of the bay ? Its 
navigation ? 

What two towns in the N ? n. e. What one near the eastern coast, and 
about midway of the state ? r. What one S. of the last ? d. 

Delaware. Q. Wiiat is the comparative size and populat ion of Delaware I 882. 
What is said of the surface 1 883. 

Q,. For what is this state noted 7 884. What canal crosses the northern part 7 

885. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 127 

What swamp in the S. ? 1. Which and where is the largest town ? n. 
What is said of it ? 837. What of Dover ? 836. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


Map of the U. S . — What are the names of the Southern states ? Which 
border on the Atlantic ? Which on tiie Gulf of Mexico ? 

What states bound the Southern Division on the N. ? What province and 
territory on the W. ? What territory in the S. ? 

Which of these states is most north-easterly ? Which the most south- 
westerly ? 

Which is the largest state in this division ? Its capital ? d. Which the 
smallest? Its capital ? s. Why have these states a milder climate than 
other divisions of the Union ? 492. 


How are the 
Maryland bounded ? 

Virginia bounded ? 

North Carolina bounded ? 
South Carolina bounded ? 
Georgia bounded ? 

Alabama bounded ? 

Mississippi bounded ? 

District of Columbia bounded ? 
Florida bounded ? 


Southern States 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 


bounded ? 

Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 


888. The Southern States comprise Maryland, 
Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Ala- 
bama, Mississippi, and Louisiana. The District of Co- 
lumbia and the Territory of Florida are also included 
in this division. 

88b. That portion of the Southern States which ex- 
tends along the Atlantic, varying in width from 50 to 
100 miles, is a low, sandy plain ; but little elevated 
above the level of the sea, and is therefore called “ The 
Low Country.” The country around the gulf of Mex- 
ico is likewise low and level. 

890. The land in the low country is divided into large 
and extensive tracts, called plantations, and their pro- 
prietors are called planters. The estates of the plant- 

Southern States. Q. What do the Southern States comprise? 888. What 
parts are called the low country ? 889. How is the land of the low country divided 1 
890. With what does the low country abound ? 891. 

Q.. What is the face of the country and soil ? 892. Climate? 893. Proprietors of 
the upland regions ? 894. 

Q,. What is said of the different classes ? 895. Of what are the Southern people 
fond ? 896. W hat are the productions ? 897. 


128 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


ers being large, they necessarily live at considerable 
distances from each other, and cultivate their lands 
principally by the aid of negro slaves. 

891. The low country abounds in forests of pitch-pine, called pine barrens, 
and is most generally unproductive, except on the borders of rivers and 
creeks where it is very fertile. 

892. The country farther back from the coast first becomes elevated and 
hilly, and then mountainous. The soil, in the upland legions, is in general 
more fertile than that of the low country. 

893. The climate, in the low country, is in summer, 
hot and unhealthy ; in winter, mild, with but little or no 
snow. In the more elevated regions, the climate, in 
summer, is milder and more salubrious than in the low 
country. 

894. The proprietors of the upland regions are 
chiefly farmers with smaller estates, in general, and 
fewer slaves, than are possessed by the planters in the 
low country, and they frequently labor on their lands 
themselves. 

895. The richer class in these states are generally 
intelligent, refined, and remarkably hospitable, but the 
poor are usually rude and ignorant. 

896. The southern gentlemen are fond of amuse- 
ments, among which, the pleasures of the chase are the 
most attractive. 

897. Tobacco, wheat, and Indian corn, are the principal productions of 
the upland or northern parts, and cotton, ric«, and sugar, of the less elevated 
regions. 


MARYLAND. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Maryland bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

898. Maryland has for its most distinguishing natural 
feature the Chesapeak Bay, which divides the state 
into two parts, called the Eastern and Western Shores. 

899. The whole of the Eastern Shore is low and 
level, and a part of the W e stern Shore, south of the 
head of tide w ater of the bay. The parts above, are 
first hilly, then mountainous. 

900. In the elevated regions are some remarkably productive valleys, and 
in general, the soil is very good. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 129 

901. The Chesapeak and Delaware Canal, which connects the north ends 
of the bays of the same names, is partly in this State. 

902 The Baltimore and Ohio Rail Road, from the waters of the Chesa- 
peak across the Allegany mountains to the Ohio river, almost 350 miles in 
length, is now [1835] in progress, and a considerable portion west of Balti- 
more is already finished, and in actual use. When completed, this will be 
the most stupendous work ever undertaken in America. 

908. Maryland is distinguished for great commercial 
enterprize. The principal exports are flour and to- 
bacco. 

904. Towns. Annapolis is situated on the Severn, 30 miles south of 
Baltimore. 

905. Baltimore, a city, stands on the north side of Petapsco river, 14 miles 
above its entrance into Chesapeak Bay. It is advantageously situated for 
commerce, both foreign and inland, and commands a great portion of the trade 
of the adjacent states. The exports are principally flour, grain, tobacco, and 
pork. It is one of the first flour markets in the world. The city contains many 
magnificent buildings, and two splendid monuments, both of marble. One 
was erected to the memory of those who fell in the battle at North Point, in 
1814 ; the other to the memory of Washington. On the summit of the 
last, is a statue of that illustrious man, the extreme height of which is 167 
feet. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

By what water is Maryland divided ? Which part is the largest, the east- 
ern or western part ? 

What town near the Atlantic coast ? 1. What two others a little S. of 
Kent Island, on the eastern shore, or eastern part ? n. e. What one N. of 
the same island ? r. [The r here is the last letter of the word Chester , in 
Chester Town. 

What large town nearly W. of Chester Town ? e. What one S. E. of 
the last on the same side of the bay ? s. What nearly W. of Easton ? U-o. 

What is the length and course of the Chesapeak ? Its navigation ? 

What two towns nearly N. W. from Baltimore, about midway the stat e 
from E. to W. ? k. s. What one in the western part of the state ? d. 

Will you describe the largest river? c. Its navigation? What states 
does it bound ? Describe the second river in size ? a. Its navigation ? 

Where is the largest town ? e. The next three ? s. k. s. 

What is said of Baltimore and its monuments ? 905. 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

906. This District formerly belonged to Maryland 
and Virginia, constituting a portion of each of those 
states respectively, and was by them ceded to the Uni- 

M ary land. Q,. What is the most distinguishing natural feature of Maryland ? 
898. What is said of the surface ? 899. Soil ? 900. 

a. What canal in this state ? 901. What rail-road ? 902. For what is this state 
distinguished ? 903. What are the exports 1 904. 

District of Columbia.— Q.. What was the District formerly? 906. What has 

6 * 


130 


S OUT IIE II N STATES. 


ted States in 1790. In 1800, the seat of government 
removed from Philadelphia to Washington, in this 


\ r T •'» CS 
\ V do 


j y 


istnct, where it is now permanent. 

907. The District is 10 miles square, lying on both 
les of the Potomac, which passes through it diagonal- 

nearly in its centre. It is about IT) miles from the 

_ * 

mouth of that river, and nearly 300 from the sea. The 
surface of the District is uneven, and the soil light and 

sandy. 

%■ 

908. Towns. Washington, the capital of the United States, is situated 
on the Maryland side of the Potomac river, 295 miles by the course of the 
river and the Chesapeak bay from the Atlantic. . The site cf the city is on a 
point of land formed by the junction efthe Potomac and its Eastern branch, 
and reaches along each stream for nearly two miles. 

Its situation is pleasant and healthy, and its plan regular and extensive. 
The houses are so scattered as to give the city almost the appearance of 
several small and distinct villages. Among the public buildings may be no- 
ticed the Capitol and the President’s house, both of which are situated on 
little eminences, a little more than a mile apart, and both visible at the same 
time from almost every part of the city. 



TIIE CAPITOL. 

The Capitol, in which building the Congress of the United States meets, 
is the most superb edifice in America. It is built of white free stone, and is 
382 feet in length. The President’s house is also a very handsome structure. 
Both cf these buildings, with many others at Washington, were burnt, during 

it since become 1 900. What is its extent ? 907. How many square miles are con- 
tained in ten miles square 1 

Q. What is the situation of this District ? 907. What its surface ? 907. 


1 Diagonally, from one corner to its opposite, dividing tbesquare into equal parts. 



SOUTHERN STATES. 131 

the last war with Great Britain, in 1814, by the British troops under Gen. 
Ross, but were soon rebuilt with great splendor. 

The compietion of this city, on the plan originally intended, wall make it 
one of the most magnificent in the world, and measurably worthy of the im- 
mortal Washington, from whom it derives its name, and who lirst selected 
it for the Capital of the Union. 

909. Alexandria and Georgetown , the other two towns in the District, are 
both situated on the Potomac : Alexandria below Washington and George- 
town above. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

Q. What three towns in the District of Columbia ? a. e. n. On which 
side of the river is each ? Which is the more northerly ? Which the more 
southerly ? Which is the largest? How do the two remaining ones com- 
pare in size ? 

Where is Washington situated ? 908. What is sa’d of its situation ? 908. 
What of its public buildings ? 908. Describe the Capitol ? 90S. What is 
said respecting the completion of this city ? 903. 


VIRGINIA. 

Map of the U. S. — How is Virginia bounded? Its Capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

910. Virginia is distinguished for being the lamest 
and first settled of any in the Union; for being the 
birth place of Washington, Jefferson, Madison and 
Monroe, four Presidents of the United States ; for being 
one of the most populous states, and among the first m 
political importance and influence. 

911. Virginia is naturally divided into two portions, 
b y the Blue Ridge, a branch of the Allegany mountains. 
The western division is hilly and mountainous, but the 
eastern, though hilly in the interior, is level, low and 
swampy near the coast. 

912. Wheat, tobacco, and Indian corn, are the staple 
productions. Coal, iron, and gold, recently discovered, 
are found in this state, and there are also Salt Springs. 

913. The Natural Bridge over Cedar Creek, 12 miles S. W. of Lexington, 
is a great curiosity. The sides of the gap, or chasm, over which it extends 
are almost perpendicular for a distance of more than 15 rods, or 250 feet, 
being in width, at the bottom, 45 feet. Over this chasm a huge rock of lime- 
stone, 60 feet broad, in the middle, extends completely across, forming a 

Virginia. Q.. For what is Virginia distinguished ? 910. What are the divis- 
ions of this state and the surface of each? 911. What are the productions? 912. 
What curiosity is mentioned ? 913. What is said of the counties in this state ? 814. 


132 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


perfect bridge. Through this deep and narrow channel, the river flows, 
forming, from the margin of the stream below, a most imposing and sublime 
spectacle. 



NATURAL BRIDGE. 


914. In Virginia, and in most of the Southern States, the counties are not 
divided into townships, as in the Northern States, and the Court House, 
which is generally situated near the centre of the county, frequently has not 
houses enough around it to form a village. 

915. Towns. Richmond stands on the north side of James river, at the 
Falls, 150 miles from its mouth. This river is navigable for ships nearly to 
the city. It is advantageously situated for trade, and is surrounded with 
romantic and beautiful scenery. 

916. Norfolk , the principal sea-port town in the state, stands on the east 
branch of Elizabeth river, 8 miles above its passage into Hampton Roads. 
It has a good harbor and excels in commerce every other town in Virginia. 

917. Yorktown , on York river, is memorable for the surrender of the 
British army under Lord Cornwallis, in the revolutionary war. 

918. Mount Vernon , formerly the residence of George Washington, is 
a pleasant eminence on the Potomac, 16 miles from Washington City. 
Here his remains were deposited at his death, and his estate, including his 
mansion house and grounds, still belong to a branch of his family. 

919. Monticello , two miles from Charlottesville, is fgmous for having been 
the seat of Thomas Jefferson, formerly President of the United States. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 

What are the principal mountains in Virginia ? y. e. r. What is the gene- 
ral direction in which they run ? 

What large town in the S. E. part of the state near the mouth of James’ 
river ? k. What one on the S. side of York river not far from its mouth ? k. 

What important town S. of Richmond on the Appomatox ? g. What 
one W. of the last on the main branch of James’ river in Campbell county ? 
g. What nearly N. of the last on a small branch of the same river ? n. What 
near Carter’s mountain N. W. from Richmond ? Ce. 

What two capes on the coast of this state ? y. s. Is any part of Virginia 








SOUTHERN STATES, 


133 


bounded N. by the Eastern division of Maryland ? What inlet on the coast 
of Virginia ? k. 

What flourishing town N. of Petersburg on James’ river ? d. What near- 
ly N. of the capital on the Rappahonnoc ? g. What in the E. part of the 
state on the Potomac at the mouth of the Shenandoah ? y. 

Which is the largest river in this state ? Ohio. Will you describe the sec- 
ond in size ? c. What important branch has it ? h. Describe it ? What 
three other large rivers flow into the Chesapeak ? k. k. s. 

Will you describe the navigation of the Rappahannoc? g. James? g. 
York ? What canal intersects the S. E. corner ? 

Where is Richmond, the largest town? Where the second in size? k. 
The third ? g. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

What flourishing town in the S. of Virginia ? n. What one near the 
parallel of 40° ? g. On what river is it ? o Which are the three more im- 
portant branches of the Ohio in this state ? a. a. y. Their course ? 

What is said of Richmond? 915. Norfolk? 916. Yorktown? 917. 
Mount Vernon ? 917. Monticello ? 918. 


NORTH CAROLINA, 

Map of the U. S . — How is North Carolina bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

919. North Carolina is a large state, and greatly 
excels in agricultural productions. 

920. Along the coast are numerous islands, and the 
mouths of rivers are obstructed by sand bars, which 
render access by water both difficult and dangerous. 
Hence the commerce of this state is comparatively 
small. 

921. The western part of the state is mountainous and the interior hilly. 
The coast for about 80 miles back is low and sandy, being covered in many 
places with extensive pine forests, which yield, in abundance, pitch, tar, 
turpentine, and lumber. Cotton, rice, and tobacco, constitute, however, the 
most valuable exports. 

922. The Great Dismal Swamp extends through a 
part of this state and a part of Virginia. 

923. The gold mines of this state have recently at- 
tracted much attention. The gold is found in grains 
or masses from the smallest particles, to lumps weigh- 
ing two pounds or more. 

North Carolina. O. What is said of the extent of this state, and its attention 
to agriculture ? 919. What of the coast and commerce'? 920. What of the sur- 
face, productions, and exports'? 921. 

Q. What swamp is partly in this State ? 922. What is said of the gold mines ? 
923. 


134 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


924. Towns. Raleigh , 1 so called from Sir Walter Raleigh, is plea- 
santly situated W. of Neuse river, near the centre of the state. 

925. Newbern , stands at the confluence of the Trent and Neuse rivers, 120 
miles S. E. from Raleigh. 

925. Wilmington , is situated on the east side of Cape Fear river, 35 milc3 
from its mouth. The exports of this town exceed in value the exports of all 
the other towns of the state together. It has a favorable situation for trade, 
but an unfavorable one for health. 

927. Fayetteville , on Cape Fear river, has more inland trade than any other 
town in the state. 

92S. Salem, 113 miles from Raleigh, is noted for being the principal town 
of the Moravian settlement, and for being the seat of a Moravian Female 
Academy, which has four buildings of brick, each four stories high. 


MAP OF THE MIDDLE STATES. 


What a^e the principal sounds of North Carolina ? o. e. Length and 
course of each ? 

What considerable town on the N. of Albemarle Sound, and near the 
mouth of Chowan river ? n. What one on the Roanoke S. of Welden ? 
x. What near the mouth of the Tar? n. What near the mouth of the 
Neuse ? n. 


What flourishing town in W ake county on the Neuse ? h. What on the 
Cape Fear, nearly W. of Newbern ? e. What one on the Yadkin? y. 
W hat N. of the last on a branch of the Yadkin ? m. 

Where is the largest town ? n. What rivers flow into Albemarle sound ? 
n. e. What into Pamlico sound ? r. e. Describe the navigation of the 
Tar ? o. n. Also that of the Neuse ? What cape on this map ? s. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What other cape do you find on this map in North Carolina ? r. Will you 
describe Cape Fear river ? Yadkin? Cahawba ? What is the navigation 
of the Cape Fear ? n. e. 

What flourishing town on the Cane Fear near its mouth? Wn. What 
mountains in the W ? e. 

What is said of Raleigh? 921. Newbern? 925. Wilmington ? 925. 
Fayetteville ? 927. Salem ? 923. 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 

Map of the U S . — How is South Carolina bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

929. South Carolina corresponds generally, in re- 
spect to soil and surface, with North Carolina. 

930. On the coast, in the summer season, the climate 
is frequently unhealthy, and often proves fatal to 
strangers. 


South Carolina. Q,. What state does South Carolina resemble, and in what 
respects 1 929. What is said of the climate 3 930. What proportion of the popula- 
tion of tiie low country are slaves ? 931. 


1 Raleigh, Raw'-ly. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


135 


931. In the alluvial or low country, negro slaves perform nearly all the 
labor, being in that section of the state, more than three times as numerous 
as the whites. This division, comprising less than one third of the territory 
©f the state, contains more than half the whole number of slaves, and but 
about one fifth part of the white population of the state. 

932. Although South Carolina has no good harbors, 

O eo 7 

s every southern At- 
lantic state. 

933. The white population consists principally of 
wealthy planters or farmers. The slaves comprise 
more than one half the entire population, it being the 
only state in the Union in which there are more slaves 
than freemen. 

934. Towns. Columhia is pleasantly situated near the centre of the 
State, at the confluence of Broad and Saluda rivers, which, when united, 
form the Congaree. It is a healthy place. 

935. Charleston , a city and seaport is situated on a tongue of land formed 
by the junction of Cooper and Ashley rivers, which communicate with the 
ocean, 7 miles below. The plan of the city is regular, its streets crossing 
each other at right angles. It is more healthy than most of the southern 
cities, and is much resorted to by persons from the low country, in the sickly 
season. It ranks as the sixth in commerce in the United States, and is high- 
ly distinguished for the hospitality and refinement of its inhabitants. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What considerable island on the coast of South Carolina ? 1. What town 
on it ? t. What commercial town near Sullivan’s Island ? n. What at the 
mouth of the Pedee ? n. 

What two rivers form the Santee ? a. e. What two form the Congaree? 
d. a. What town at the junction of the last two ? a. 

What town nearly N. of the capital in Fairfield county ? o. What one 
nearly E. of the last in Kershaw county ? n. 

Will you describe the largest river? h. Its navigation? h. a. Describe 
the two next ? e. e. Their navigation ? What large branch lias the Great 
Pedee on the W . ? k. Will you describe the Edisto ? 

Where is the largest town ? n. The second in size ? a. 

What is said of Columbia ? 934. Charleston? 925. 


GEORGIA. 

Map of the U. S . — Plow is Georgia bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

936. Georgia like that of the Carolinas, is low, 
marshy, and barren on the sea coast ; in the middle 
parts, hilly, and in the northern, mountainous. The 
staple production is cotton. 


it excels in the value of its import 


Cl. What is said of its harbors? 932. Whites and slaves ? 933. 

Georgia. Q,. What is the face of the country and staple production ? 93(5, 


136 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


937. The coast is bordered with a chain of islands, 
producing an excellent kind of cotton, called sea Island 
cotton, which much excels that grown in the uplands. 
Rice is also cultivated on these islands. 

938. The climate resembles that of North and South 
Carolina in its general characteristics. 

939. Georgia has valuable gold mines, and numer- 
ous mineral springs which are considerably celebrated. 

940. A swamp called the Okefenokee, extends through a part of this state 
and a part of Florida, and is 180 miles in circumference. It is much infest- 
ed with aligators, snakes, frogs, and myriads of moschetoes, which last in- 
sects are of no inconsiderable annoyance to the people in the vicinity during 
the season of summer. 

941. That part of Georgia now called the Western Counties has continu- 
ed to be in the possession of the Creek and Cherokee tribes of Indians, till 
within a recent period. The Creeks lately ceded their territory to the state, 
and have emigrated to Alabama and to the Arkansas territory. Some of the 
Cherokees have given up their lands and emigrated beyond the Mississippi. 
The remaining portion of the tribe still reside in Georgia. In consequence 
of the benevolent exertions of missionaries, the Cherokees have made fur- 
ther advancements in civilization than any other Indians in America. 

942. Towns. Mil ledge ville, near the centre of the state, on Oconee 
river, 90 miles W. of Augusta, and about 300 from the sea by the course of the 
river, is a flourishing place. 

943. Savannah , stands on the S. W. side of the Savannah river, 18 miles 
from its mouth. It is built on a sandy plain, elevated about 40 feet from the 
surface of the river. The plan of the city is that of a regular parallelogram, 
and is beautifully decorated with a fine species of tree, called the Pride of 
China, there being ten public squares planted with them. Savannah is a 
place of great trade in cotton, rice, and tobacco, particularly the first, the 
annual exportation being about 120,000 bales. This city suffered much by 
the great fire in 1820, but has regained, in a great degree, if not entirely, 
its former standing. 

944. Augusta, is situated on the same river, 127 miles by land above Sa- 
vannah, and 120 N. W. from Charleston, S. C. It is regularly built, and has 
a flourishing trade especially in cotton, sending annually about 90,000 bales 
to Savannah and Charleston. Macon is a flourishing town on the Oak- 
mulgee. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

Which are the four largest islands on the coast of Georgia ? w. s. o. d. 
What town near the mouth of the Altamaha ? ' n. What near the mouth of 
the Savannah ? h. What other large town on the same stream ? a. 

What two rivers form the Altamaha ? e. e. What capital town on the 
Oconee ? e. What town in Bib county on the Oakmulgee ? n. What town 
between the two streams, and a little N. W. of the capital ? o. 

What is said of the islands, and their productions! 937 What of the climate! 
838. Mines! 939. 

Q,. Will you describe the swamp ! 940. What parts of the state have been in 
the possession of the Indians ! 941. 


1 Altemaha, (al-ta-ma-haw'.) 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


137 


What two rivers unite and form the Apalachicola ? t. c. What flourish- 
ing town on the Chatahoochee, about 300 miles from the Gulf of Mexico ? s. 

What Indians in the N. W. ? e. What is their most flourishing village ? 
N-Ea. 


Will you describe the largest river ? h. The three next ? Ce. Oe. Oe. 
Their navigation ? e. n. s. 

Will you describe Ogcchee ? Altamaha ? Satilla ? St. Marys? 

Where is the largest town ? h. The second ? a 
What is said of Savannah ? 943. Augusta? 944. 


ALABAMA. 


Map of ’ the V. S . — How is Alabama bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

945. Alabama is a large and newly settled state, 
many parts of which are exceedingly productive. It is 
distinguished for the rapid increase of its population. 
Its numerous navigable streams afford great .commer- 


cial advantages. 

O • . 

946. In climate, surface, and productions, it resem- 
bles Georgia and the other southern states. 

CD 

947. A great part of Alabama is inhabited by Cher- 
okees, Creek, and Choctaw Indians. 


948. Towns. Tuscaloosa, a flourishing town is situated at the Falls, 
and head of steamboat navigation, on the Black Warrior, a branch of the 
Tombeckbee river. It is nearly in the centre of the state, and derives its 
name from the river on which it stands. Tuscaloosa , in the Choctaw lan- 
guage, signifying black warrior. 

949. Mobile , is situated at the junction of Mobile river and Mobile bay, 59 
miles by land from Pensacola, and 33 from the Gulf of Mexico. Cotton is 
the principal article of export, nearly 200,900 bales of which are annually ex- 
ported to Europe and the Northern States. 

950. Blakeley , on the east side of the Mobile river, near the head of the 
bay, and 15 miles from Mobile, has a good harbor and considerable com- 
merce. 


MAP OF Tilt: SOUTHERN STATES. 

What two towns of Alabama near the mouth of the Mobile river? e. y. 
What bay near these towns ? e. What bay W. of Mobile bay ? a. 

What two rivers form the Mobile ? e. a. What two the Alabama ? a. a. 
What large branch has the Tombeckbee ? r. 

What town on the Alabama W. of Montgomery ? a. What capital on 
the Black Warrior ? a. What two in the northern part of the state ? Fe. 
He. 

What shoals in the N. ? e. What mountains terminate in the N. ? d. 


Alabama. Q,. What is said of the extent, productiveness, population, arid size of 
Alabama 1 945. What of its climate, surface, and productions 1 940. By whom is 
a great part inhabited 7 947. 


138 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


What large river intersects the northern part of this state ? e. Will you 
describe the two next ? e. a. 

Where is the largest town ? e. What is the navigation of the Tombeck- 
bee? s. Black Warrior ? a. Alabama? C-Fs. 

What is said of Tuscaloosa ? 948. Mobile ? 949. Blakely ? 950. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Mississippi bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

951. Mississippi is mostly a level, healthy, and fer- 
tile state, yielding large quantities of cotton, rice and 
sugar. Considerable quantities of Indian corn are also 
cultivated. Cotton constitutes the principal article of 
export. 

952. The northern sections of this State, which are more elevated than the 
southern, and in some parts exceedingly productive, are inhabited by the 
Chickasaw and Choctaw Indians. The number of the former is about 6000, 
and of the latter about 20,000. Both tribes have made considerable progress 
in the arts of civilized life. There are missionary stations at Elliot, Mahew, 
and other places, the object of which is to extend to the natives the blessings 
of Christianity, as well as civilization. 

953. This state and Alabama formerly comprised what was called the 
Mississippi Territory. 

954. Towns. Jackson, a new town, occupying a central position in the 
state, nearly opposite the head of pearl river, 180 miles from its mouth, is a 
flourishing place. 

955. Natchez is finely situated on a bluff, or high point of land, on the 
Mississippi, about 300 feet above the level of the river. It is 320 miles by 
the course of the river N. of New Orleans, in the midst of a populous, rich, 
and highly cultivated country, a great part of the trade of which it concen- 
trates. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What town in the southern part of Mississippi near the mouth of Pearl 
river? o. Which are the two more important towns on Pearl river ? o. n. 

What flourishing town on the Mississippi W. of Monticello ? z. What 
town near the junction of Big Black with the Mississippi ? n. 

What Indians in the northern part of this state ? w. w. Which are their 
principal villages ? Me. t. w. 

Will you describe the longest river ? i. Its navigation ? z. What two 
rivers form the Pascagoula ? y. f. 

Will you describe the Pearl river ? Which are the two more important 
branches of the Mississippi in this state ? k. o. 

Where is the largest town? z. What is said of it? 955. What of Jack- 
son? 954. 

Mississippi. Q. What is said of the surface, soil and climate of Mississippi ! 
951. What of its productions and imports 1 951. Describe the Indians of this 
state and the section of country they inhabit 1 953. 






SOUTHERN STATES. 


139 


LOUISIANA. 

Map of the U. S.-~ How is Louisiana bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

956. Louisania is the most southern state in the On- 
ion, exhibiting every variety of soil from the most fer- 
tile to the most sterile. 

957. Its surface except a small section in the N. 
which is rather hilly, presents an unvaried level or plain, 
consisting of marshes, swamps, prairies, alluvions and 
forests of pine, hickory and oak. 

958. The prairies are immense plains, chiefly covered with reeds, a spe- 
cies of coarse grass, 4 or 5 feet in height. Alluvions are level, fertile lands, 
lying on the margins of rivers. 

959. The land in Louisiana is often lower than the rivers, being protected 
from inundation by levees, as they are called, which are large banks thrown 
up by the sides of rivers. The levees on the margin of the Mississippi, are 
in some places 40 feet high. 

960. This stream does, notwithstanding, sometimes overflow its banks, 
rising to the astonishing height of 60 feet above low water mark, and delug- 
ing of course an immense extent of country. 

961. By an actual survey, made by order of the general government, five 
millions of acres were found subject to periodical inundations from this riv- 
er, and the greater part consequently rendered unfit for cultivation. On its 
banks is found some of the best land in the world. 

962. The staple production of the state of Louisiana, 
is sugar ; cotton is also cultivated, and rice in the low 
country ; oranges flourish in the southern part of the 
state. 

963. Its commercial and agricultural resources are 
immense ; its climate warm, and in many places un- 
healthy. 

964. The whole country belonging to the United States, west of the Mis- 
sissippi now comprising a part of Louisiana, the state of Missouri, and the 
Territories of Arkansas and Missouri, formerly belonged to France, and was 
called Louisiana, in honor of her king, Louis XV. In 1803, France ceded it 
to the United States for fifteen millions of dollars. 

965. Towns. New Orleans, is situated on the east side of the Mis- 
sissippi river, 105 miles by the course of that river from its mouth. The 
city is lower than the levee on the margin of the river, or even than the 
river itself when high, so that all the streets have a gradual ascent of several 
feet as they approach the river. It possesses superior advantages for com- 
merce, commanding an inland navigation by steamboats of more than 20,000 

Louisiana. Q,. Wiiat is the situation and soil of Louisiana'? 956. What of 
its surface? 957. Prairies? 958. Levees? 959. Rise of the Mississippi ? 960. 

C4. How much land is inundated ? 961. What are the productions? 962. 

Q,. What are its main resources and what its climate ? 963. How came the 
United States ill possession of Louisiana ? 964. 


140 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


miles. If we add to this the vast extent and the amazing fertility of the 
great Mississippi Valley, the trade of which it concentrates, the increasing 
facilities which will probably be afforded by rail-roads and canals, it is obvi- 
ous that in commercial importance, New Orleans must equal, at no very 
distant period, any city on the Globe. It already excels every other city in 
the United States, except New York, in the amount of its exports of domes- 
tic produce. 

966. Some idea may be formed of the immense trade of the city of New 
Orleans, from the fact that not unfrequently there may be seen at one time 
engaged in lading and unlading, 1500 flat boats, 50 steam-boats, besides 
ships, brigs, and schooners, whose masts at a distance resemble large and 
extensive forests. 

967. Baton Rouge, stands on the east bank of the Mississippi, about 140 
miles above New Orleans, and on the first high ground on the river in that 
direction. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What lakes do you 'find in the S. E. part of Louisiana ? n. 1 e. 2 What 
bavs in the S. W ? n. u. 3 

What large town on the Mississippi, W. of Lake Rorgne ? s. What one 
W. of New Orleans on the same stream ? De. What one on the Mississip- 
pi W. of Madisonville ? e. What two N. of the last in the counties of E. 
and W. Feliciana ? e. n. 

Which are the two most flourishing villages on the W. of the Mississippi ? 
Aa. s. 4 On what river are they ? d. 

Will you describe the river next in size to the Mississippi ? d. Its naviga- 
tion ? Which is the largest branch of the Red river? a. 5 

Where is the largest town ? s. Describe it ? 965. What is said of its 
trade 966. What of Baton Rouge ? 6 967. 

FLORIDA. 

Map of the U. S. — IIow is Florida bounded ? Its capital ? Chie^ 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

068. The Territory or Florida, like most of the 
southern part of the Union, has a low country which is 
sandy, marshy, and barren ; and the soil of the Terri- 
tory generally, is not remarkably fertile. 

969. In the interior, which is more elevated than the low country, the soil 
becomes better, and in the northern parts, there are some fertile tracts. 

070. Cotton, rice, sugar, indigo, oranges, figs, and 
olives, are the principal productions. 

971. Florida was ceded by Spain to the United States in 1819, and in 132*2, 
East and West Florida formed one territorial government. 

Florida. &. What is a Territory 7 225. What is said of Florida in respect to 
surface and soil 7 968- What of the interior 7 969. Northern parts 7 969. 

Cl, Wluit are the principal productions 7 970, How did the United States obtain 
this territory 7 971. 


1 P oucii art rain, (pon-sluir- train/) 

2 Borgne, (born.) 

3 Calcasiu, (kai'-ka-soo.) 


4 Natchitoches, (nak'-e-tosh.) 

5 Washita, (wasli'-e-law.) 

6 Baton Rogue, (ba'tn-roozh.) 


WESTERN STATES. 


141 


973. Towns. Tallahassee is anew, flourishing and healthy town, axd 
is situated 9 miles from St. Mark's, and 26 N. of Apalachee Bay. It -was 
first laid out in 1825, and now contains more than 300 houses. 

973. Pensacola is on the west side of Pensacola Bay, 50 miles E. of Mo- 
bile. Here is a navy-yard, and one of the best harbors in the Gulf of Mex- 
ico. St. Augustine , situated on a small bay, near the Atlantic, is by more than 
forty years, the oldest town in the United States. It has houses now stand- 
ing which were erected many years before the first settlement of Virginia. 
It has a bland and temperate climate, and is a place of resort for invalids 
from the northern states. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What lake in the S. of Florida ? e. What river runs N. from that lake ? 
s. What considerable town on the coast ? e. What one on the St. John’s 
near the sourqc of the Nassau ? e. 

Where is the capital town ? e. What islands near the mouth of the Ap- 
alachicola ? x s. What cape near these islands ? s. 

What flourishing town in the W. ? Pa. On w hat ay is it ? a. What 
island and inlet W. of the bay ? a. 

Into what bay does the Perdido river flow ? o. Into what the Escambia ? 
a. Describe the Apalachicola? 

"Where is the largest town? a. What is said of it? 973. What is said 
of the capital ? 972. What of St. Augustine ? 973. 


WESTERN STATES. 

Map of the U. S . — How many and what are the Western States ? Which 
of these is the most southern ? Which the most eastern ? Which the 
most western ? 

Which states are bounded by the Mississippi on the W ? Which is 
bounded by it on the E. ? Which are bounded by the Ohio river? Which 
of the Western States and territories are intersected by the parallel of 40° 
Which territory is the smallest ? a. 

How are the Western States bounded ? 


Tennessee bounded? 

Kentucky bounded ? 

Ohio bounded ? 

Indiana bounded ? 

Illinois bounded ? 

Missouri bounded ? 

Michigan bounded ? 

Arkansas bounded ? 

North West Territory bounded? 
Missouri Territory bounded ? 
Oregon Territory bounded ? 


Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 


Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Larges Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 


974. The Western States comprise Tennessee, 
Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Michigan, 
and Arkansas, with theTerritories of Huron or North- 


1 Apalachicola, (Ap-a-lak-i-co'-la.) 


142 


WESTERN STATES. 


West, Missouri, and the Oregon ; all except the last 
lying in the valley of the Mississippi. 

975. The Mississippi V alley, so called from the riv- 
er of that name, embraces all that vast tract of coun- 
try which is watered by the Mississippi and its numer- 
ous branches, between the Alleghany and Rocky Moun- 
tains, being more than 3000 miles wide. 

976. The Western States are distinguished for their 
large and navigable rivers, their united length amount- 
ing to more than 20,000 miles ; for their extensive 
prairies ; for their mild and generally healthy climate 
and fertile soil ; for having been the latest settled grand 
division of the Union ; and the unexampled rapidity of 
their increase in population, wealth, and political im- 
portance. 

977. The surface is generally level, abounding in 
prairies, except in the eastern parts of Tennessee and 
Kentucky; though there are no considerable mountains 
even in those States. 

978. The Western States have a great variety of 
climate, being in the south warm, and in the north cold. 
The temperature of winter varies more, and the quan- 
tity of snow is less, than in the same parallels, in the 
Atlantic States. The climate may generally be called 
healthy, though some parts are not so, especially in the 
vicinity of swamps and marshy prairies. 

979. Owing to their recent and rapid settlement, the 
Western States have comparatively few settled minis- 
ters, and but few schools, though the latter are rapidly 
increasing, provision being made in many sections for 
their establishment by law. 

980. This division of the United States abounds in tumuli , or mounds of 
earth, which appear to be the remains of forts or ancient fortifications, indi- 

Western States, Q,, Where are the Western States situated 7 974. What 
does the Mississippi valley embrace 7 975. 

Q. For what are the Western States distinguished"? 976. What is the surface? 
977. Climate 7 978. 

Ci. What is said of ministers and schools? 979. What abound here and what is 
said of them ? 980. What are the Prairies ? 981. 


WESTERN STATES 


143 

eating the existence of a civilized people long before the discovery of this 
continent by Columbus. 

981. The prairies, called in Asia, steppes , and in South America,/>aw/)as, 
are low and sometimes marshy plains, frequently extending further than the 
eye can reach, and affording rich pastures for immense herds of Buffaloes or 
bisons, elk, deer, and horses. The whole plain sometimes appears almost 
black with buffaloes, there being, as is asserted, as many as 10,000 in some 
single herds. 



A BUFFALO HUNT. 

982. The Indians hunt these buffaloes on horseback and kill them, either 
by piercing them with their arrows, or by driving them down deep precipices 
where they are killed by the fall. 

983. The principal products of the soil are wheat. 
Indian corn, cotton, tobacco, and hemp. 

984. The Mississippi, which name, in the language of the natives, signifies 
the Father of Waters, is the principal river of the Western States. It rises 
in the marshes and swamps of the unexplored regions north-west of the 
United States, and receives in its course a vast number of large and naviga- 
ble streams. The great Mississippi Valley is drained by this river, the wa- 
ters of which are compressed into an astonishingly deep and narrow chan- 
nel of only about half a mile in width, being unquestionably, in proportion 
to the volume of water which it bears to the ocean, the narrowest river on 
the globe. 

985. Its course is so exceedingly crooked, forming a continual succession 
of uniform curves at such regular intervals, that the natives used to deter- 
mine their progress up and down the river by the number of the bends which 
they had passed. 

986. The Missouri is the largest tributary stream of the Mississippi, and 
even larger than the Mississippi itself at their confluence, so that it looses its 
name in an inferior stream. The length of the Missouri, added to that of the 
Mississippi, after their junction, would make a distance of almost 4500 miles, 
a greater length than that of any other river in the world. 

Q,. How are the Buffaloes caught? 982. What are the principal productions? 

983. Will you describe the Mississippi ? 984, What is said of its course? 985. 
What of its largest tributary stream ? 986. 



WESTERN STATES 


144 

987. The Missouri is formed by three head streams, namely, Jefferson, 
Madison, and Gallatin, so called by Lewis and Clarke, their discoverers. 
The sources of these streams, which are in the- Rocky Mountains, are so 
near the sources of the Columbia river, which flows into the Pacific, that a 
person may drink from the springs of each without travelling more than a 
mile. 

This stream has a more rapid current than the Mississippi, and is therefore 
more difficult of ascent. 

988. The Mississippi is navigable to the Falls of St. Anthony, about 2000 
miles from its mouth, but the navigation is much obstructed by sawyers, snags, 
falling banks, &c. 

989. By sawyers are meant large trees whose roots are at the bottom, and 
whose tops arc at the surface of the river ; by snags, trees, stumps, roots, 
&c. at the bottom ; and by falling banks, great masses of the bank with large 
trees growing on them falling suddenly into the river. These impediments 
are now much less numerous and much less dangerous than formerly, owing 
to exertions made to remove them. 



STEAMBOAT LADEN WITH COTTON DESCENDING THE MISSISSIPPI. 


990. Formerly a passage up this stream by keel boats and flat boats, to the 
mouth of the Ohio, 960 mile?, occupied 8 or 10 weeks ; now the same is 
performed by steamboats in as many days. 

991. In 1810 was seen the first steamboat on this or its tributary streams ; 
now there are more than 160, besides about 500 flat boats, which an- 
nually descend the stream. These boats give employment to about 40,000 
men. 

992. If we consider the numerous branches which the Mississippi has, 
which are each several times larger than the Connecticut, also the vast num- 
ber about the same size, besides innumerable smaller ones, we may have 
some idea what an immense mass of water must swell the Mississippi for 
many miles above its mouth. 

Q,- What is said of the source of the Missouri 1 ? 987 . What of its current? 987. 
Navigation ? 988 . Sawyers ? 989 . 

Q,. What facilities are afforded by steamboats in the navigation of the Mississip- 
pi? 990 . Number of boats on the river ? 991 . 

Q,. What will enable us to form some idea of the size of the Mississippi? 992. 
What change takes place towards its mouth ? 993. 


WESTERN STATES. 


145 


993. The change which takes place in the waters of the Mississippi, after 
the junction with the Missouri, its rival stream, 1 is worthy of notice. From a 
clear, gentle, and smoothly gliding stream, it immediately becomes a muddy, 
rapid, and foaming mass of waters, sweeping and rushing along into the Gulf 
of Mexico. 


TENNESSEE.. 

Map of the U. S. — IIow is Tennessee bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

994. This state is divided into East and West Ten- 
nessee, by the Cumberland Mountains, which intersect 
it from N. E. to S. W. 

995. The western part is generally level ; the east- 
ern hilly, and in some parts mountainous. 

996. Tennessee has a mild and healthy climate ; a 
soil somewhat broken and unproductive, except in the 
valleys, and on the margin of rivers, where it is exceed- 
ingly fertile. 

997. Cotton, tobacco, wheat and Indian corn, are 
the principal productions. 

998. The western part of the State is inhabited chiefly by Chickasaw In- 
dians, and the south-eastern by the Cherokees. These Indians pay consider- 
able attention to education, and have adopted many of the usages of civil- 
ized life. They keep cattle, sheep, &c. and erect mills and other buildings. 
There are among them numerous missionary stations of which that at Brai- 
nerd is the principal. 

999. Towns. Nashville stands on the south bank of Cumberland river, 
handsomely built on several rocky eminences, in the midst of a populous and 
fertile region of country. It is the most commercial town in the State, car- 
rying on an extensive steamboat navigation. 

1000. About ten miles above Nashville is a delightful residence called the 
Hermitage, celebrated as the private dwelling of General Andrew Jackson, 
President of the United States. 

1001. Knoxville is situated on the Holston, 22 miles above its junction with 
Tennessee river. It is the most important place in East Tennessee. 


MAP OF THE SOUTHERN STATES. 

What mountains on the eastern borders of Tennessee ? n. d. y. e. What 
mountains traverse the interior ? d. What is their course ? 

What flourishing town on the Holston, in 36° N. latitude ? e. What 
town on the same stream near the borders of the state ? Re. What S. of 
the last on the French Broad river ? Ge. 

Tennessee. Q,. How is Tennessee divided ? 994. Its surface ? 995. Climate 
and soil? 996. Productions? 997. What Indians in this state? 998. Describe 
them? 998- 


7 


146 


WESTERN STATES. 


What town in Blount county a little S. of the French Bread stream? c* 
What missionary station S. of the Tennessee, near the borders of the state ? d- 
What town N. of Brainerd near the parallel of 36° ? tra. What one W. 
of Brainerd on Elk river? Fe. What one N. of the last in the interior of 
the state? Mo. On what river is the capital ? d. 

Which are the three main head streams of the Tennessee ? h. n. d. 

Will you describe the largest river? e. Its navigation? e. Will you 
describe the second river in size ? d. Its navigation ? e. 

Where is the largest town ? e. Where the second ? e. What is said of 
Nashville? 999. Knoxville? 1001. 




KENTUCKY. 


Map of the U. S . — How is Kentucky bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers. 

1002. Kentucky in the south-east part is mountain- 
ous ; along the Ohio it is hilly ; the remaining portions 
of the State arc level or gently undulating. 

1003. Kentucky has a mild and healthy climate, a 
soil generally rich, and in the interior exceedingly 
fertile. 


1004. Hemp, tobacco, wheat, Indian corn, rye, &c. 
are the principal productions. 

1005. From the numerous salt springs in this State, a large supply of salt 
is furnished, not only lor its own consumption, but in part for Ohio and Ten- 
nessee. Iron ore and beautiful marble also abound. 

1006. There are several interesting curiosities in this State; one called 
the Mammoth Cave is the most remarkable. It is said by those who have 
explored it, to he 16 miles long, and to contain numerous windings and 
apartments, one of the latter cf which has an area of about 8 acres, over- 
hung by one vast arch, in seme places 100 feet high, without a single column 
or pillar to support it. The entrance is horizontal, and large enough for 
teams to pass for several miles. 

1007. Towns. Frankfort is in a deep valley on Kentucky river, CO 
miles from its mouth. 

1008. Lexington stands on a branch of the Elkhorn, 25 miles from Frank- 
fort. It is the greatest manufacturing town in the State. 

1009. Louisville, on the rapids of the Ohio, is the most commercial town 
in the State, and bids fair to become one of the largest cities in the west. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

Which are the five largest rivers of Kentucky that flow into the Ohio ? e. 
d. n. y. g. On what river is Frankfort? y. What flourishing town E. of the 
capital in Fayette county ? n. What IS. of the last in Scott county ? n. 

What county town on the Ohio at the mouth of Licking river ? t. W T hat 
one on the same river N. E. of the capital in Mason county ? e. 

Kentucky. Q. What is said of the surface of Kentucky ? 1002. What of ti e 
climate and soil? 1003. Productions? 1004. £alt springs and minerals? 1005 
Describe the most interesting curiosity ? 1000. 


WESTERN STATES. 147 

What large town on the Ohio nearly W. of Frankfort ? Le. What one in 
the south part of the state in Logan county ? e. 

What river in this state is next in size to the Tennessee and Ohio ? d. 
Will you describe the Kentucky ? Its navigation ? t. 

Where is the largest town ? e. The second ? n. The two next ? t. e. 
What is said of Frankfort ? 1007. Lexington ? 1008. Louisville ? 1009. 


OHIO. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Ohio bounded ? Its capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers. 

1010. Ohio is situated between Lake Erie on the 
N. and the Ohio river on the S., and is the most popu- 
lous of all the Western States. On the S. it gradual- 
ly inclines towards the river, and on the N. towards the 
lake. 

1011. The southern parts are hilly, but not moun- 
tainous ; the northern, level, and in many parts marshy. 

1012. The great fertility of its soil and the mildness 
of its climate have attracted emigrants in such num- 
bers, that it has outstripped every Western State, in 
the rapid increase of its population, in which it ranks as 
the fourth State in the Union. 

1013. In agriculture, manufactures, and commerce, 
it excels many of the older Atlantic States. 

1014. Wheat is the staple production. Indian corn, 
rye, barley, oats, and hemp, are also extensively raised. 
Indian corn not unfrequently yields from 50 to 100 
bushels to the acre. 

1015. Ohio has mines of pit coal, and numerous salt 
springs. The State takes its name from the Ohio river, 
one of the most beautiful streams in the world. 

1016. The northern declivity, bordering on the lake, forms what was 
formerly called New Connecticut, but is better known now as the W'estern 
Reserve, and contains three millions of Acres. It belonged to Connecticut, 
and many parts of it have been sold by that State, mostly to native emi- 
grants, for the benefit of the school fund. A great part of it is still in her 
possession. 

Ohio. Q. How is Ohio situated! 1010. Its surface! 1011. Fertility! 1012. 
In what respects does it excel the older Atlantic states ! 1013. 

Qt. What are the productions of this state ! 1014. What are its mines, and 
whence the name of the state ! 1015. What is meant by the Western Reserve ! 1016. 


148 


WESTERN STATES, 


1017. Towns. Columbus, on the Scioto river, is a new and flourishing 
town, and occupies a central situation in the State: 

1018. The city of Cincinnati is situated on the north bank of the Ohio 
river, 122 miles above Louisville, 455 below Pittsburg by the course of the 
river, and 300 by land. It is the greatest emporium of the western country, 
and next to New Orleans, much the largest town in the United States, west 
of the Allegany mountains. The city is advantageously and beautifully 
situated. It stands partly on the first and partly on the second bank, as they 
are called, the lower being about 50 or 60 feet above the river, at low water 
mark, and the upper bank about the same distance above the lower. The 
greatest difference between high and low water mark is about 58 feet ; but 
in February, 1832, the Ohio rose to the unprecedented height of 64 feet above 
low water mark, causing much damage to this city, especially on the lower 
bank. 

1019. The growth of Cincinnati in population, trade, and commerce has 
been exceedingly rapid. In 1800, only 36 years ago, it contained but 750 
persons ; now it has about 30,000. It is extensively engaged in trade and 
manufactures, and may justly be considered one of the most flourishing cities 
in the United States. 

1020. Steubenville, Zanesville , Cldlicothe, Sandusky and Cleveland are all 
flourishing towns. There are several other considerable towns in Ohio with 
a prosperous trade. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

What lake on the N. of Ohio ? e. Its length and navigation ? Which 
are the principal rivers that flow into Lake Erie from Ohio ? d. a. y. e. 

What flourishing town in the N. E. on Lake Erie ? a. What on the same 
lake at the mouth of Cuyahoga? d. What on the Sandusky ? y. 

What two flourishing county towns in the eastern part, south of the 
parallel of 41° ? Wr. N-Ln. What important towns on the Scioto ? Ce, 
s. h. Why is Circleville so called? Ans. From its situation on two 
remarkable mounds, one of which is a circle. 

What important town on the Hockhocking ? s. What on the Musking- 
um? a. m. e. For what is Marietta remarkable? Ans. For being the 
oldest town in the state ? 

On what river is Dayton ? i. What flourishing county town E. of Day- 
ton, three miles from the Little Miami ? Xa. What town on the Ohio at 
the' mouth of the Miami ? i. 

Which are the principal streams of Ohio that flow into the Ohio river ? 
i. i. o. g. m. Describe the navigation of the Maumee ? 

Where is the largest town? i. The second ? s. What is said of the 
situation of Cincinnati ? 1003. What of its growth ? 1009. Which are 
enumerated as flourishing towns ? 1020„ 


INDIANA. 

Map of the U. S. — How is Indiana bounded? Its capital ? Chief Towns 
Principal Rivers ? 

1021. Indiana in the southern part, along the Ohio 
river, is hilly ; the other parts are generally level, 
much more so than Ohio. It has a greater proportion 


WESTERN STATES. 


149 


of prairies than that State, and they are generally large 
and fertile. 

1022. The soil for the most part is extremely rich 
and fertile, repaying the labors of the husbandman 
with luxuriant crops of wheat, Indian corn, rye, oats, 
hemp, flax, &c, 

1023. Near Vevay the grape vine is successfully cul- 
tivated by a company of Swiss settlers. 

1024. Towns. Indianapolis, the seat of government, is a flourishing 
town on the west branch of White river. Its increase of population has been 
exceedingly rapid. 

1025. Vincennes is pleasantly situated on the Wabash. This town, New 
Albany, and Madison are the three most commercial towns. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

What lake in the N. W. corner of Indiana ? n. Its length and navigation ? 

What important towns on the Wabash, in Indiana ? y. m. s. What one 
on the Ohio nearly opposite Louisville ? y. What one S. W. of the last 
in an adjoining county ? n. 

What two flourishing towns on the Ohio in the S. E. corner of the state ? 
y. n. What one N. of Vevay in Franklin county ? e. 

What two rivers unite and form White River ? k. k. On which is the 
capital ? Where does White river flow ? h. 

Will you describe the largest river ? o. The second ? h. Its navigation ? 
s. Describe White Water river ? 

Where are the two largest towns ? s. y. What is said of Indianapolis ? 
1024. Vincennes ? 1025. Which are the three most commercial towns ? 1025. 


ILLINOIS. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Illinois bounded ? Its capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers ? 

1026. Illinois is generally a level State, abounding 
in extensive and fertile prairies. 

1027. Some of the land in this State is exceedingly 
productive, especially that on the banks of the rivers. 

1028. The principal productions are wheat, rye, In- 
dian corn, oats and hemp. Ores of copper, iron, and 
coal, are found in Illinois, also numerous salt springs. 

1029. Towns. Vandalia is a new and flourishing place on the Kaskas- 
kia river, about 70 miles from St. Louis. 

Indiana, (4. What is said of the surface and prairies of Indiana ? 1041. What 
of the soil and crops ? 1022. What of the vine ? 1023. 

Illinois. Q,. What is the surface of Illinois ? 1026, Its soil 1 1027. Produc- 
tions I 1028. 


WESTERN STATES 


1030. ICaskaskia stands on the river of the same name, 11 miles from its 
junction with the Mississippi. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

What lake in the N. E. of Illinois ? n. What two county towns in the 
8. W. corner of Illinois ? a. o. What three flourishing towns on the Kas- 
kaskia ? Ce. a. a What one in Madison county N. W. of Carlyle ? e. 
What county town in Edward county S. E. from Yandalia? n. 

Will you describe the largest river ? i. Its navigation ? The second 
river ? o. The third river ? h. The fourth ? s. Its navigation ? 

What is said of Yandalia? 1029. Kaskaskia? 1030. 


MISSOURI. 

Map of the U. S . — How is Missouri bounded? Its capital? Chief 
Towns? Principal Rivers? 

1031. Missouri abounds in plains and prairies, and 
is generally level, except in the southern part, through 
which a branch of the Ozark Mountains extends. 

1032. The climate is agreeable and healthy, and the 
soil, in general, exceedingly productive. 

1033. The principal productions are Indian corn, 
also called maize, wheat, rye, oats, cotton, &c. The 
principal exports are lead and furs. 

1031. Near the river Merrimac in this State are the famous lead mines, 
sufficiently productive to supply the whole world. 

1035. 1'owns. Jefferson Citv is a new town, situated on the Missouri, 
120 miles from its mouth. 

1036. St. Louis'- on the Mississippi, 13 miles below the mouth of the 
Missouri, and about 1200 miles above New Orleans, is, next to that city the 
most commercial town on the river. From its central position in the Mis- 
sissippi valley, audits proximity to the mouths of several large rivers, it en- 
joys facilities for trade not surpassed by any inland town in the world. 


MAP OF THE WESTERN STATES. 

What mountains in Missouri ? k. Their height? What important towns 
on the Mississippi ? S-Ge. m. s. What on the Missouri ? Cn. Fn. Jn. s. 

Will you describe the Missouri? Its navigation? Which is its largest 
branch from the S. ? Oe. 

What Indians in the S. W. ? Ds. Ss. Ks. Where is the largest town ? s. 
What is said of it ? 1036. What of Jefferson or Jefferson city ? 1035. 

Missouri. Q. What is the surface of Missouri ? 1031. The climate 7 1032* 
Productions 1 1033. Mines? 1034. 


ISt. Louis, (st. loo'-e.) 


TERRITORIES. 


151 


TERRITORIES. 


1007. The Territories of the United States are 


Michigan, Arkansas, Florida, North-West, Missouri, 
and Oregon, besides the District of Columbia. 

1038. These territories are large tracts of land but 

O 


thinly settled,- being mostly in possession of the Indians, 
and subject to the general government of the United 

States. 

1039. The three most thickly settled, Florida, Michigan, and Arkansas, 
have each a Governor, who is appointed by the President of the United 
States. They have each a legislature chosen as in the several States, and 
also send one delegate each to Congress, who has all the privileges of other 
members, except the right to vote. 

1040. When the population of a Territory amounts to 60,000, it is allowed 
to become a State, provided it petition Congress to that effect, and receive 
from that body its sanction to the proposed form of government. 

1041. While a territory contains but a few scattered settlers, it lias no 
political government, as is the case with the North-West, Missouri, and 
Oregon Territories, which are chiefly covered by vast and unexplored 
forests. 


MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 

Map of the JJ. S . — How is Michigan bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1042. Michigan Territory has generally a level 
surface, a fertile soil, and a healthy climate, 

1043. Wheat, maize, barley, oats, peas, apples, and 
grapes, are the principal productions. 

1014. Towns. Detroit is pleasantly situated on a river of the same 
name, between the lakes Erie and tot. Clair. It is noted for its fur trade. 

1045. MichiUmaekina *.' on an island of the same name, 9 miles in circum- 
fo ence, is a noted resort of Indians and fur-traders. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How is the Territory of Michigan bounded ? What is the capital ? t 
What four lakes around it ? n. n. r. e. What strait connects two of these 
lakes? k. Which of these lakes are navigab.e, and for what? The length 
of each ? Depth of' the largest ? How in ray feet are 300 fathoms ? 

What Indians in the N. ? Os. Ms. What towns in the S. E. bordering 


i v mu nr. 


Territories. (>. Name the Territories of the United States'? 1037. 
these Territories 1 10JS. Wxiich three are most thickly settled 1 1039. Under what 
circumstances may a Territory become a State '? 1040. Have ali the Territories a 


governor 1 1041. 


Michigan Territory, Cl. What is the surface, soil, and climate of Michigan ? 
1044. Productions 1 1043. 


Michilimackinac, (mack-e'-naw.) 


152 


TERRITORIES. 



A HERD OF WILD HORSES. 

on Lake Erie ? s. h. What towns in the interior ? w. n. What rivers flow 
into Lake Michigan? d. h. What does Detroit river connect? What 
the St. Mary’s ? 

What is said of Detroit ? 1044. Michilimackinac ? 1045. 


ARKANSAS 1 TERRITORY. 

Map of the U. S. — How is Arkansas bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1046. Arkansas Territory is a large tract of coun- 
try but little explored. The eastern part towards the 
Mississippi is generally low, level, marshy and unheal- 
thy ; but the interior, being traversed by the Ozark 
Mountains, is more elevated, healthy, and pleasant. 

1047. The western part has immense prairies, over which roam in vast 
herds, wild horses, buffaloes or bisons, elks, and deer. 

1048. The land bordering on the rivers is very fertile. Tobacco, cotton, 
wheat, maize, and rice, are the principal productions. 

1049. The Arkansas is the chief river in the Territory, and is navigable 
b) steamboats, when high, nearly to the mountains. 

1050. Salt and hot springs abound in this Territory. The latter are much 
frequented for their medicinal qualities, and the water in some of them is 
said to be hot enough to boil an egg. 

1051. Towns. Little Rock, sometimes called Arkopolis, is situa- 
ted on the Arkansas river, 300 miles from its mouth. Arkansas is on the 
river of the same name, 60 miles from its mouth. 

.Arkansas Territory. Q, What is the surface of Arkansas'? 1046. What is 
said of the western part ? Ki47. Productions'? 1048. The Arkansas river? 1049. 
8 pi mgs'? 1050. 


1 Arkansas, (ar-kan-saw.'; 




TERRITORIES 


153 



MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How is the Arkansas Territory bounded ? What is the capital ? k. 

What division of Mexico S. W. of this Territory ? Ts. What large riv- 
ers has this territory ? i. s. d. e. 

What towns on the Arkansas ? y. a. n. k. Where is Batesvilie ? 
Union ? 

Where is Little Rock, and what is said of it ? 1051. What is said of 
Arkansas ? 1051. 


MISSOURI TERRITORY. 

1052. This vast Territory extends from the Missis- 
sippi to the Rocky Mountains, being about 900 miles n 
length, and 800 in breadth. 

1053. This country is principally a wilderness, wholly 
in possession of the Indians, excepting a few military 
posts on St. Peter’s river and the Missouri. 

1054. The soil, in the eastern and south-eastern parts, and on the rivers, is 
rich and fertile ; the remaining portions are mountainous and barren. 


.Missouri Territory. Q.. What is the extent of Missouri Territory ? 1052. 
What is the state of the country ? 1053. What is said of the land ? 1054. 

Q,. What mountains on the W. ? 1055. In what does this Territory abound ? 1050. 

7 * 


1055. The Rocky Mountains on the W. of this Territory are the highest 
within the limits of the United States. They rise abruptly with a steep and 
rugged front, to the he : ght of 11 or 12 thousand feet, or almost 24 miles, 
above the level of the sea. Their peaks are covered with perpetual snow. 

1056. This territory abounds in the largest herds of buffaloes, bears, deer, 


TENTS OF THE M AND AN INDIANS. 


15*4 


TERRITORIES, 


and other wild animals. Numerous companies cf hunters of these animals* 
annually extend their ranges even beyond the Rocky Mountains, procuring 
in abundance buffalo skins, with various kinds of furs. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How is the Missouri Territory bounded ? What is the principal settle- 
ment ? C-Bf. 

What three head streams has the Missouri? .Tn. Mn. Gn. What branch 
has the Missouri, two and three fourths as large as the Connecticut? Ye. 
What ones two and a half times as large ? Be. Ks. 

What Indians in the N. W. ? t. What Indians inhabit those portions 
near the Falls of St. Anthony ? x. 


NORTH WEST, OR HURON TERRITORY. 

1057. This territory is mostly inhabited by Indians, and has been but little 
explored except by hunters. 

1058. The surface in the N. is hilly and mountainous, but elsewhere it is 
generally level and fertile, containing many extensive prairies. 

1059. In the territory are found lead, iron, and copper mines. There are 
but few settlements, the principal of which are Green Bay, and Fort Craw- 
ford, or Prairie du Chien. 1 

1060. The government is connected with that of Michigan Territory, but 
it has beeh proposed to allow it a separate government, under the name of 
the Wisconsin, or Huron Territory. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How is the North West Territory bounded ? What large lake on the N. ? 
Sr. What considerable branch of the Mississippi in the S. W. ? On. 2 

What tribe of Indians in the S. ? Wo. W^hat two straits in the eastern 
part ? s. k. What do they connect ? 

What river between Lakes Huron and Superior ? s. Where is Green 
Bay settlement ? W'hat Indians near ? Ms. Where is Grand Portage ? 
What two lakes in the N. W. ? s. y. What mine near Lake Superior ? r. 


OREGON TERRITORY, 

1061. This territory lies between the Rocky Moun- 
tains and the Pacific Ocean, extending from the Rus- 
sian Possessions on the N., to Mexico on the S. It is 
chiefly inhabited by Indians and is but imperfectly 
known. 


North West Territory. Q,. By whom is this Territory inhabited? 1057. 
What is said of the surface and soil ? 1058. What minerals are found ? 1059. 

Q,. What settlements are there? 1059. What is the government? 1060. 

Oregon Territory. Q.. Where is the Oregon Territory situated and by whom 


1 Prairie du Chien, (pra-ry-du-sheen' .) ( 2 Ouisconsin, (wis-con -sin.) 


TERRITORIES. 


155 


1062. The climate is healthy, and milder, especially 
on the shores of the Pacific, than in the same parallels 
on the Atlantic. 

1063. Along the banks of the Columbia river and its branches, the land is 
said to be fertile, abounding in heavy timbered forests, composed in part of 
various species of firs, which sometimes grow to the astonishing height of 
about 300 feet. 

1064. The principal river is the Columbia, so named by Capt. Grey, of 
Boston, Mass., from his ship of that name, he having been the first modern 
navigator who explored the stream. Previous to this, it was called the Ore- 
gon. It has two branches named after Lewis and Clarke, who, in 1805, ex- 
plored this region of country under the direction of the President of the Uni- 
ted States. After crossing the Mississippi, they travelled westward across 
the Rocky Mountains, and descended the Columbia to its mo-uth. Having 
wintered west of the mountains, they returned in safety, pursuing nearly the 
same route east, which they travelled west. 

1065. In 1811, a trading establishment was formed by the American Fur 
Company at the mouth of the Columbia, called Astoria, from John Jacob 
Astor, Esq., of the city of New York, and is the only settlement of import- 
ance made by the whites in this territory. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

What mountains on the E. of Oregon Territory ? y. Their height ? 
What is the most south-western branch of the Columbia ? h. What island 
in the N. W. part of the territory? s. What gulf near the island ? Ga. 
What are the principal capes on the Oregon coast ? y. t. t. y. d. 

What sound in the N. W. ? a. What island near ? s. Where is Whit- 
by's bay ? Where is Astoria ? What lake from the S. extends up into 
this territory ? s. What is the course of Columbia river? What Indi- 
ans in the S. ? h. e. 


TRAVELS ON THE MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

Q. Which way is Eastport in Maine from you ? What course from East- 
port to Portsmouth in New Hampshire ? What rivers would you cross 
in travelling the distance by land ? Pt. Kc. An. From Portsmouth to 
Rhode Island which is the most direct route, that by land or water ? What 
capes, towns, &c. would you pass on the coast in going by water ? 

Which is the most direct route from Providence to Hartford, by land or 
water? What bay, sound, and river, do you sail in by water? Which is 
much the shortest route, that by land or water ? How can you get from Hart- 
ford to New York by water ? 

In visiting Albany by water, from Boston, what capes would you double ? 
What islands would you pass ? What sound ? W nat river would you sail 
up ? What towns would you find as you sail up the Hudson ? 

What mode of conveyance would you take from Albany to Lockport and 
Buffalo, near the lakes ? What towns would you pass on the canal ? 
What course from Buffalo to Pittsburg ? To New York ? From New York 

inhabited 7 1061. What is said of the climate 7 1052. Where is the land fer- 
tile 7 1063. 

Cl. What is the principal river, and whence its name? 1014. What is said of 
its brandies 7 10j 4. Want trading establishment in this territory 7 1065. 


156 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


to Philadelphia ? V hat towns would you pass through in going by land ? 
V* hat waters would you sail in if you go by water ? 

\V hat is the course from Philadelphia to Baltimore by land ? By water ? 
What waters would you sail in ? Plow can you get from Baltimore to 
W ashington by water ? What public buildings will most likely attract your 
attention here ? V hat distinguished man would you like to see here ? 
What do you expect would be the appearance of V ashington, thickly set- 
led like Boston ? 208. 

From Washington what is the course by land to Richmond in Virginia ? 
How can you get there by water ? Course from there to Raleigh ? From 
Raleigh to Milledgeville in Georgia ? 

Q. What course would you take and what towns pass in sailing up the 
Mississippi, from New Orleans to the Falls of Ft. Anthony ? In sailing up 
the Missouri from its mouth to the Council Bluff ? Of what are you in dan- 
ger when ascending the Mississippi ? 288. W'hat course do you take, and 
what towns do you pass, in sailing up the Ohio, from its mouth to Cincinnati ? 

$3^ As an additional exercise, it' the Teacher lias time, let him require the Learn- 
er to tell what course lie would, take to vis<t the capital of his own state, at the same 
lime naming it: then what course from liis own capital, to the capital of an adja- 
cent state, naming it as before ; next, the course from the last capital to some other, 
in another state, and so on till the Learner has travelled over the whole United States, 
Ly naming all the capital towns, and the several courses from one to the other, as 
first suggested. 

The above is designed as only one question to be answered by one scholar. If 
the Teacher wishes to continue the exercise, he can repuire another scholar to begin 
with the capital town of a distant state, and proceed as above directed, and in like 
manner beginning with as many different capitals as there are schoiais. 


Q. In what state, and which is the largest town in the United Slates ? 


N-Yk. in N-Yk. 






Second ? 

Pa. 

Penn. 

Ninth ? 

Wn. 

D.C. 

Sixteenth ? Pd. Me. 

Third ? 

Be. 

Md. 

Tenth ? 

Pe. 

R. 1. 

Seventeenth ? Pg. Penn. 

f ourth ? 

Bn. 

Ms. 

Eleventh ? 

Rd. 

Ya. 

Eighteenth ? N-ITn. C't. 

Fifth ? 

N-Os. Lou. 

Twelfth ? 

Bn. 

N. V. 

Nineteenth ? Le. Ky. 

Sixth ? 

On. 

S. C. 

Thirteenth ? 

Rr. 

N. Y. 

Twentieth ? Nk. N J. 

Seventh ? 

Ci. 

Oo. 

Fourteenth ? 

Ty. 

N. Y. 

Twenty-first ? Ed. Ct. 

Eighth ? 

Ay. 

N. Y. 

Fifteenth ? 

Sm. 

Mass. Twenty-second ? Nk. Va. 


BRITISH AMERICA. 

Map of Norik America. — IIow is British America bounded ? Its capital ? 
Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 1 

i 

i^66. British America extends from the Atlantic to 
the Rocky Mountains, comprising ail that part of 
Worth America which is N. of the United States, ex- 
cept the Russian Possessions and Greenland. 

1067. Nearly nine tenths of this vast region are in 
the possession of the native Indians, whose number is 
not accurately determined. The white population is 
about one million. 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


157 


1068. British America comprehends the four Prov- 
inces of Lower Canada, Upper Canada, Nova Scotia, 
and New Brunswick ; the islands of Newfoundland, 
St. Johns, Cape Breton, and the Bermudas ; and the 
extensive country of New Britain. 

1069. The king of England appoints a Governor 
General over the whole country, and over each sepa- 
rate province a subordinate governor, who takes the 
title of Lieutenant Governor. The Governor General 
resides at Quebec. Each province has its own legis- 
lature elected by the people. 

1070. With the exception of the Bermuda islands, 
the winters are long and severely cold ; the summers 
short and hot. Except in the southern parts, the soil 
is generally unproductive. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What mountains on the W. of British x^merica ? y From what divisions 
do they separate British America ? s. What large river in the N. W. ? s. 
What large sea in the N. ? r. Into what does McKenzie’s river flow ? r. 
What Ocean on the N. ? c. What two large bays in British America ? s. 
s. Which territory is the largest, British America, or the United States ? 
Which extends farthest E. and W. ? Which N. and S. ? 


LOWER CANADA. 


1071. This province is situated on both sides of the 
St. Lawrence, and is separated from Upper Canada 
by Ottawa (or Utawas) river. 

1072. The country is hilly and mountainous with a 
fertile soil, especially in the valleys, and a healthy cli- 


mate. The greater part of the country is covered 
with forests and inhabited by Indians. 

1073. The difference in the temperature of the air 
is very great at different seasons of the year ; the ther- 


British America. CL What is the extent of British America? 3000. Popula- 
tion? 1067. Political divisions ? 1008. Government? 1060. Climate? 1070. 

Lower Canada. CL How is this province situated ? 1071. What is its surface, 
soil, and climate ? 1072. What the diflerer.ee of temperature ? 1073. 

CL What are the productions ? 1074. What is said of the falls ? 1075. The set- 
tlement of the Canadas ? 1076. 


158 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


mometer rising in summer sometimes to 109° above 0, 
or zero, and sinking in winter to 40° below 0. 

1074. Lower Canada produces wheat, maize, and 
other articles common to the United States. The ex- 
ports are grain, flour, lumber, furs, pot and pearl ashes. 

1075. The Falls of Montmorenci, 8 miles below Quebec, are worthy of 
notice. The river falls over a precipice of about 245 feet perpendicular 
descent, presenting a wonderful scene of grandeur and beauty. 

1076. The Canadas were first settled by the French in 1608, but with 
Quebec fell into the hands of the English in 1759, who have since kept pos- 
session of the whole country. 

1077. Towns. Quebec is the capital, not only of Canada, but of all 
British America. It is built on a promontory on the N. W. bank of the St. 
Lawrence, at the confluence of the St. Charles with that river, nearly 400 
miles from the sea. It is divided into the Upper and Lower towns, the former 
being built upon the summit of a rock of marble and slate, and the latter 
round the base of the eminence. 

1078. The fortifications of Quebec are worthy the attention of travellers. 
The citadel in the Upper town has been building for several years, and is de- 
signed to be of impregnable strength. The rock comprises an area of five 
or six acres, enclosed by a wall forty feet high, with a deep ditch in front, 50 
feet wide, blasted out of solid rock. Near the city lie the celebrated plains 
of Abraham, the scene of a battle in which the brave English General, 
Wolfe, and the no less brave French General, Montcalm, at the head of their 
respective armies, met, fought, and died, the former in the moment of victory. 
This event decided the fate of Quebec, which, from that time, September, 
1759, passed from the possession of the French into that of the English, who 
have retained it to this day. 

1079. Montreal, on an island of the same name in the St. Lawrence, 180 
miles by the course of the river above Quebec, has an extensive commerce, 
being the great emporium of the fur trade in that country, and also of the 
trade between the United States and Canada. From this place to Quebec, 
on the margin of the river, the country for about a mile in breadth, comprises 
the more populous parts of Lower Canada, and indeed all that may be called 
inhabited. This strip, for its whole length, has the appearance of one con- 
tinued village. 


MAP OF TIIE UNITED STATES. 

What is the largest river in Lower Canda ? e. Describe it. Will you 
describe the Saguenai ? St. Maurice ? Utawas ? 

What two rivers partly bound Lower Canada on the W. ? e. s. What 
rivers flow into the St. Lawrence from the S. ? 1. s. e. 

Will you describe the navigation of the St. Lawrence ? 1. What towns 
on the St. Lawrence ? c. 1. What is said of the situation of Quebec ? 
1077. What of the fortifications ? 1078. What of Montreal ? 1079. 

In what direction is Quebec from the capital of the United States ? From 
Montpelier in Vermont ? From Boston in Massachusetts? Were you to 
start for Quebec from the place in which you now are, towards what point 
of compass would you travel ? 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


159 


UPPER CANADA. 

1080. This province has in general a level surface, a 
fertile soil, and a climate healthy and cold, though 
mildei than that of Lower Canada. 

1081. Except the settled parts in the south, the 
whole country is a wilderness and inhabited by Indians. 

1082. The productions and exports are similar to 
those of Lower Canada. 

1083. Towns. Toronto, on the north-west part of Lake Ontario, has a 
fine situation and a good harbor. 

1084. Kingston stands on the north-east extremity of Lake Ontario, 190 
miles from Montreal. It has a fine harbor, a flourishing trade, is the most 
important town in this province, and the principal British naval station on 
Lake Ontario. 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

What river on the S. E. of Upper Canada ? e. What lakes between this 
province and the United States ? Ws. y. r. n. r. e. o. What bay and 
lake near the interior ? r. g. What lake S. E. of Gloucester Bay ? e. What 
tribe of Indians near here ? 

What river flows into the St. Clair ? s. What river connects Lake St. 
Clair with Huron ? r. Where is St. Mary’s river ? What town on the St. 
Lawrence ? n. What on Lake Ontario ? o. What is said of Toronto ? 
1083. Kingston ? 1084. 

In what direction is Kingston from Quebec ? From Washington ? From 
your residence ? In how many ways can a man at New York get to Kings- 
ton by water ? Will you describe the one through Long Island Sound into 
the ocean ? What river, canal and lake will he take to go the other way ? 


NEW BRUNSWICK. 

1085. This province has Maine on the W. and the 
Gulf of St. Lawrence on the E., and contains about 
100,000 inhabitants. 

1086. The climate is similar to that of Lower Can- 
ada, except that it is more humid. Its surface is mode- 
rately uneven, its soil generally good, and it abounds in 
forests of excellent timber. 

1087. The principal exports are lumber, gypsum, or 

Upper Canada. Q,. What is said of the surface, soil and climate of this province 7 
1080. Which parts are inhabited, and by whom 7 1981. What are the produc- 
tions 7 1082. 

New Brunswick. What is the population of New Brunswick 7 1085. Surface 
and soil 7 1086. Exports and fisheries 7 1087 


160 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


plaster of Paris, fish, and furs. The salmon and her- 
ring fisheries are very valuable. 

1033. There is a college at Frederickton, the seat of government, and 
common schools are patronized by government. 

1039. The Bay of Fundy, which lies between this province and Nova Sco- 
tia, is remarkable for its high tides, which in some places rise at times to the 
height of 60 feet. 

1090. Towns. Frederickton, the capital, is situated near the head of 
sloop navigation, on the St. John’s river, 80 miles from its mouth. 

1091. St. John , on the same mer, 3 miles from its mouth, is the most 
flourishing town in the province. 

MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What river and gulf N. of New Brunswick? e. What bay on the 
S. E. ? y. Which is the largest town ? n. What is said of it ? 1091. 
What of the capital ? 1090. 

What peninsula S. E. of New Brunswick ? N-Sa. In what direction is 
New Brunswick from Boston? How would you. sail from Boston to St. 
Johns ? From Quebec to St. Johns ? 


NOVA SCOTIA. 

1092. Nova Scotia is about half as larga as New 
Brunswick, and contains about the same number of in- 
habitants. 

1093. The country has an uneven surface, generally 
an unproductive soil, and a cold, healthy climate. 

1094. The principal exports are fish, timber, and 
plaster of Paris. 

1095. Towns. Halifax, on Chebuctobay, occupies a central position 
in the peninsula, lias an excellent harbor, considerable trade, and is the 
principal naval station of the English in this region. 

1096 Liverpool and Annapolis are flourishing towns. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

Q. What bay partly divides Nova Scotia from New Brunswick ? y. 
What cape in the S. ? e. What two islands lie N. of this peninsula ? n. s. 

Q. Wnich is the largest town in Nova Scotia ? x. What is said of it ? 
1095. What other towns are mentioned and what is said of them ? 1096. 
What course is it from the District of Columbia to Nova Scotia ? What 
course is Halifax from the town in which you live ? 

O. What is said of the institutions of learning? 1088. What of the Bay of 
Fundy 1 1089. 

Nova Scotia, (i. What is the extent and population of this province 7 1092. 
What the surface and soil ? 1093. Exports ? 1094. 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


161 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1097. This island is thinly settled and but little 
known. It abounds in bays and harbors, has a rough 
and barren soil, though it is in general well timbered. 

1098. Its climate is cold and damp, subject to fogs 
and frequent storms of snow and sleet. 

1099. The native inhabitants of the interior are a 
barbarous race called Red Indians, from their habit of 
painting their faces that color. 

1100. Newfoundland is valuable principally for its fisheries. The cod 
fishery carried on here is the richest in the world, and gives employment to 
many thousands, and food to many millions. The forests abound in game ; 
but little grain is produced, and there are but few cattle. 

1101. Towns. St. Johns, a city and the capital of the island, has a good 
harbor and considerable trade. The other principal towns are Placentia and 
Bonavista. 


St. JOHNS, OR PRINCE EDWARD, AND 

CAPE BRETON. 

1102. These are small islands, thinly inhabited, valu- 
able chiefly for their fisheries. 



MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What province is W. of the Island of St. Johns ? N-Bk. What island E. 
of St. Johns ? n. Wiiat is its principal town ? g. 1 What large island N. E. 
of Cape Breton? d. What cape has it ? y. What strait on the N. ? e. 
What does it connect and what does it separate ? 

What is the largest town, and what is said of it ? 1101. What other two 
towns has it ? 1101. W hat large bank near this island ? d. What do you 
mean by banks ? Shoals or bars of sand. For what is this bank celebrated ? 
For its cod fishery. What small island N. of St. Johns ? i. What one S. 
of Cape Breton ? e. 

What course would you take to visit Newfoundland ? 


BERMUDAS OR SOMER ISLANDS. 


1103. This cluster consists of about 400 islands, called 
Bermudas, from Juan Bermudez, their discoverer. 


Newfoundland. Q. Will you describe the settlement and soil of Newfoundland ? 
1097. What is its climate? 1096. Native inhabitants? 1099. Fisheries? 1100. 
Wiiat is said of St Johns, Prince Edward, and Cape Breton ? 1102. 


1 Louisburg, (loo'-e-burgc 


162 


BRITISH AMERICA 



SNOW HUTS OF THE ESQUIMAUX. 

1107. This country is generally a barren and dreary 
waste, composed of frightful mountains and gloomy 
valleys, covered with lakes caused by the rain and snow. 

1108. The cold is so severe that vegetation is stinted, 
and in latitude 60° entirely ceases. 


» 


Bermudas. Q,. What is said of the Bermudas? 1103. What of their size and 
barrenness? 1104. What of the climate? 1105. To whom do these islands be- 
long ? The English. What course would you take to get there ? 

N ew Britain. U. What is said of the extent and divisions of New Britain ? HOP. 
What is the surface generally? 1107. 


of the cold and vegetation ? 1108. What gives the principal 


1101. These islands are, for the most part, so small 
and barren, that they have neither inhabitants or names. 

1105. The climate is exceedingly healthy and pleas- 
ant, being almost a perpetual spring ; the singing of 
birds is heard during the whole year. 

O */ 


NEW BRITAIN. 

1106. New Britain is a vast country, comprising all 
British America north of the Canadas ; and except a 
few forts and trading houses, is wholly in the possession 
of the Indians. It comprises the subdivisions of Labra- 
dor, East Main, and New Wales. 


DANISH AMERICA. 


163 


1109. The fur trade, which gives the principal value to this country, is car- 
ried on chiefly by the Hudson Bay Company and the North West Company. 
Wild animals, such as bears, beavers, moose, otters, martins, foxes, &c. are 
numerous. 

1110. In winter, the inhabitants, wrapped in furs and skins, travel in sledg- 
es drawn by dogs at the rate of GO miles in a day. In summer they cross the 
streams in canoes made of birch bark, so light that they carry them on their 
shoulders with their baggage besides. 

1111. The Esquimaux 1 Indians inhabit the coast, and rove from place to 
place, without any fixed habitation. They are of a brown color, small in 
stature ; filthy and disgusting in their appearance, and employ themselves 
principally in hunting and fishing. They eat their food raw, in which they 
differ from all other native Americans. They are &o savage, covetous, faith- 
less and mischievous, as to render it difficult to have much trade or com- 
merce with them. 

MAr OF NORTH AMERICA. 


What large bay in New Britain ? s. In what part is Labrador ? On 
which side of Hudson’s Bay is East Main? On which side is New Wales ? 
What bay in the north of Hudson’s bay? e. What in the south? s. 
What island in the northern part of this bay ? n. 

What rivers flow into James’ Bay ? y. e. n. What are the two principal 
rivers that flow into Hudson’s Bay ? n. n. What inlet on the west of Hud- 
son’s Bay ? Cd. What rivers flow into the Arctic Ocean from New Britain ? 
Ms. e. What straits lead into Hudson’s Bay? d. s. 

What Indians on the coast of Labrador? x. What Indians west of the 
Esquimaux? x. Which is the largest lake in New Britain ? e. What one 
S. E. of that? w. What three in the 8.1 

What strait on the north ? Bs. What Islands N. W. of this strait ? e. e. 
By whom and when were these islands discovered ? By Capt. Parry, in 1819. 
On this island he and his crew passed the winter foil owing the period of its 
discovery. What two straits and what hay did Capt. Parry sail through in 
reaching this island? s. s. s. By what is New Britain separated from 
Greenland ? 

What considerable island N. of Hudson’s strait? s. Why is it colder in 
New Britain than where you reside ? 492. What course would you take to 
James’ Bay? How can a person get to Melville Island from Boston by 

water ? 


GREENLAND. 

1112. Greenland is a vast tract of land towards the 
North Pole, belonging to Denmark. It was formerly 
considered to be a part of the main land, but late dis- 
coveries favor tiie idea that it is an island. 

1113. The aspect of this country is exceedingly 
dreary, exhibiting alternate mountains of rocks and ice, 

value to this country 1 1109. What animals are found here 1 1109. Mode of 
travelling! 1110. What Indians inhabit the coast I 1111, Describe their modes of 
life 1 1111. 


1 Esquimaux, (es'-ke-mo.) 


164 BRITISH AMERICA, RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS 


except in the southern parts, where there is a scanty 
vegetation and a few stinted trees. 

1114. Rein-deer, arctic foxes, white bears, sea-wolves, and sea cows, 
abound in and around Greenland, and the country is principally valued for 
these animals and the whale fishery on the coast. 



DANGERS OF THE GREENLAND WHALE FISHERY. 

1116. The Greenlanders are of low stature, rude? 
and ignorant ; living almost wholly on the flesh of ani- 
mals, and clothing themselves with their skins. They 
are supposed to be in number about 20,000. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What mountains in Greenland ? s. k. What island on the western coast ? 
o. What is the southern cape? 1. Which are the two principal settle- 
ments ? Jb. Gb. 

What island east of Greenland ? d. What bay stretches along the west- 
ern coast of Greenland ? s. 


RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 

1117. Russian America lies west of the Rocky 
Mountains, extending nor 
to the Arctic Ocean. 

Greenland. ( i- Where and what is Greenland? 1112. What is its aspect? 
1113. What its animals and trade ? 1114. Describe the Greenlanders ? 1116. 

Russian Possessions. Q,. Where does Russian America lie? 1117. What is 
said of its climate and inhabitants ? 1118. 


therly from the United States 


RUSSIAN AMERICA. MEXICO. 


165 


1118. It is a cold and dreary region, inhabited by 
Indians exclusively, except about one thousand Rus- 
sians, who are employed in the fur trade with the na- 
tives. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

How are the Russian Possessions bounded ? What mountains are there ? 
s. y. What strait on N. W. ? s. What does it connect? What does it 
separate? What cape in the N. W..? s. What cape in Asia opposite 
this? t. 

What peninsula on theW\ ? a. What gulf near this peninsula ? n. 

Which are the three principal islands on the coast? k. s. s. Which 
is the farthest N., Russian America or the state of Maine ? What course is 
it from you to Russian America ? Describe the track which a vessel must pur- 
sue to get there ? Describe the most direct route by land ? 


MEXICO. 

Map of N. America — How is Mexico bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns? Principal Rivers ? 

1119. Mexico was discovered by the Spaniards, and 
remained for nearly three centuries a Spanish prov- 
ince ; but in 1812 it became an independent republic, 
resembling in its main features, the government of the 
United States. 

1120. The States of Mexico lie at about an equal 
distance from Europe and Asia, and their shores are 
washed by two oceans. 

1121. The surface on both coasts is low and level, 

gradually rising towards the interior, till it reaches the 
height of 7000 feet, or about one mile and one third, 
where it abruptly spreads out into broad and extensive 
plains, some of which are sixteen or seventeen hundred 
miles in length, forming what are called “Table 
Lands a remarkable spectacle on the summits of lofty 

mountains. 

1122. The low land is hot and unhealthy; the interior less so, and at an 
elevation of 5000 feet, or about one mile, the atmosphere is bland and de- 
lightful, possessing the characteristics of uninterrupted spring. 

Mexico. Q,. What is said of the discovery and present condition of Mexico ? 
1119. Where are the Mexican states situated ? 1120. 

O. What is the surface? 1121. What are the Table Lands? 1121. Climate? 
1122. Mountains ? 1123. 


166 


MEXICO. 


1123. From the surface of the Table Lands there often shoot up peaks of 
mountains to a great elevation, their tops being covered with perpetual snow. 
The highest of these is Popocatapetl, which is about 17,000 feet, almost 3? 
miles above the level of the sea. This peak, as well as several others in the 
vicinity, is volcanic. 

1124. The soil of the country for the most part, is 
exceedingly productive, yielding two or three crops of 
Indian corn in a year. 

1125. The other principal productions are tobacco, indigo, sugar, cotton, 
mahogany, logwood, and a great variety of fruit and grain. The agave or 
American aloe, the liquor of which is called pulque, is extensively cultivated. 

1126. Mexico has been celebrated lor its silver mines, which are the richest 
in the world, yielding an annual income of about 22 millions of dollars, ten 
times as much as all the mines of Europe. One of these mines is regarded 
as a great curiosity, being excavated about eight miles in length, and over 
1G00 feet in depth. 

1127. This country, previous to its discovery and conquest by the Span- 
iards, under Fernando Cortez, was the seat of a powerful and civilized em- 
pire, governed by the famous Montezuma. By what means the aborigines 
attained to the degree of refinement in which they were found, is still a mat- 
ter of uncertainty, as is also their origin in this country. 

1128. The only religion which is tolerated here is 
the Roman Catholic. The number of clergy is about 
10,000, including four thousand monks and nuns. 

1 129. More than one third of the inhabitants are sub- 
dued Indians, nearly one quarter whites, of European 
extraction, and the rest mixed races. 

1130. Towns. Mexico, the metropolis of tlie whole Mexican republic, 
is the oldest, and one of the most populous cities in America. It is situated 
midway between the oceans, near Lake Tezcuco, in a most delightful valley, 
230 miles in circumference, and bordered by high ranges of mountains, at an 
elevation of about 7,500 feet, or more than one and a half miles above the level 
of the sea. 

1131. The city is laid out in an exact square, each side being four miles in 
length, and is, says Humboldt, “ one of the finest cities ever built by Euro- 
peans in either hemisphere.” It is remarkable for its regular and wide streets, 
its uniform and splendid edifices, and for having the richest mint 1 in the world. 
The city is said to contain no less than 20,000 beggars, called leperos, who are 
miserable beings. 

1132. Puebla, 2 - the next city in population, is situated on a plain nearly as 
high as Mexico, and 70 miles S. E. of it. 

1133. Guanaxato* and Zacatecas are celebrated for their rich silver mines, 
and Xalapa 1 or Jalapa for producing and giving name to the purgative xalap , 
now written jalap, much used in medicine. 

Q,. What is the soil? 1124. Principal productions'? 1125. Mines? 112G. The 
former government ? 1127. 

Q,. What is the religion and number of the clergy ? 1 128. Inhabitants ? 1129. 


3Guanaxato, (gu-aw-naw-hu a'-to.) 
4 Xalapa, (hal-lap' pa.) 


1 Mint, a place where money is coined. 

2 Puebla, (pu-a'-blaw.) 


167 


GUATEMALA. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What peninsula on the west of the Mexican republic ? a. What gulf? a. 
What is its length? Which is the largest river that flo\V3 into this Gulf ? o. 

What peninsula in the S. E. ? Yn. What three bays near the peninsula ? 
y. s. e. Will you describe the river Brazos ? 

What mountains in this country ?s. Their length and height ? In about 
what latitude is the volcano of Popocatapetl ?■' 

What two towns in the northern parts of Yucatan ? a. y. What town 
IN. of Valladolid? Go. What two towns nearly N. of Guanaxato ? i. s. 

What lakes in the N. W. ? s. o. On what river is Moncioya ? Ne. In 
what part of Mexico >s the province of Texas? What river between Texas 
and the 8. W. part of the U. S. ? e. Which rivers of Mexico are naviga- 
b'e ? How far and to what places ? 

Where is the largest town ? o. The second ? Pa. The Third ? Zs. 
Where is Valladolid ? Vera Cruz ? San Felipe? 

What is the situation of Mexico ? 1130. What is said of the plan of the 
city, its mines and beggars ? 1131. What of Puebla ? 1132. Guanaxato 
and Zacateca ? 1133. Xalopa or Jalapa ? 1133. 


GUATEMALA OR CENTRAL AMERICA. 

Map of N. America. — How is Guatimala bounded? Capital? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1134. Guatimala or Central America, was formerly 
a Spanish province, but in 1823, it became an indepen- 
dent republic, with a President and Vice President like 
the United States. 

1135. The climate, soil, productions and surface, 
correspond in general with those of Mexico. 

1133. The Andes in their course, pass through Guatimala, where there are 
20, or perhaps, more volcanoes constantly burning, from which eruptions are 
frequently taking place, accompanied with terrible earthquakes. 

1137. The principal exports are indigo, cocoa, and 
cochineal. The part bordering on the bay of Hondu- 
ras, abounds in mahogany and logwood. Cattle and 
sheer) are abundant. 

JL 

1138. The population is composed chiefly of Indians, 
they being in number about two millions. 

1139. Towns. Guatemala,- the capital of the republic, is situated in the 
midst of a delightful valley, nearly one mile above the level of the sea. It 
formerly stood 25 miles S. ofits present site, on the declivity of a volcanic 
mountain, from the eruptions of which it frequently and severely suffered. 

Guatimala. Q,. Wiiat is said of the government of Guatimala ? 1134. Wherein 
does Guatimala correspond with Mexico? 1135, Its mountains? 1136. Produc- 
tions and exports ? 1137. Population? 1138. 

1 Popocatapetl, (po-po-ca-ta'-pet-ik) | 2 Guatemala, (gw ah-te-ma'-la ) 


108 


WEST INDIES,. 




At one time in 1773, about 62 years ago, 8000 families were destroyed. It has 
a good harbor and several magnificent edifices. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What bay on the N.' of Guatemala? s. What cape on the E. ? s. i 
What bay runs up considerably into the land on the N. ? Ae. What river in \ 
the S. E. ? n. What lake near the western coast ? a. What outlet has j 
it ? n. With what sea then is it connected? n. 

Where is the largest town ? a. The second ? o. The third ? a. Fourth? 
n. What towns in the S. on the Isthmus of Darien ? o. a. What is said a 
of Guatemala ? 1139. 


WEST INDIES. 

1140. The West Indies are a large collection of is- 
lands between North and South America. The Baha- 
mas are the most northern, Ferdinand the most south- 
ern, Barbadoes the most eastern, and Cuba the most 
western. 

1141. They were called Indies by Columbus, who believed them to be a 
part of India, which was the object of his search. When the mistake was dis- ; 
covered they retained the name, the term West being prefixed, to distinguish j 
them from the Indies of the eastern hemisphere, which are now called East 
Indies. 

1142. The West Indies are divided into four groups, 
Great and Little Antilles, Bahamas, and Caribbean 
Islands. 

1143. The seasons, as in other tropical regions, are 
divided into w r et and dry. The climate in summer is 
excessively hot and unhealthy ; in winter mild and 
healthy, being from December to May, the finest win- 
ter on the globe. 

1144. In mid-summer the nights are eminently beautiful ; the moon is so 
brilliant that the smallest print is legible by her light, and in her absence her 
place is supplied by the brightness of the Milky Way, and the radiance of the 
planet Venus, which is such as to cast a shade. This is succeeded by the 
autumnal rains and sickly season. 

1 145. Between the months of August and October, the islands are visited 
with tremendous hurricanes, which oftentimes do extensive injury to ships, 
towns and villages. 

West Indies. Q-. Which islands of this cluster are most northern, which most 
southern, eastern, & c. ? 1140. Why were the West Indies so called ? 1141. 

Q. What groups do they comprise? 1142. What are their seasons and cli- 
mate? 1143. 

Q,. What is said of summer ? 1144. Hurricanes? 1145. Soil and productions ? 

1146. Population ? 1147. 


... 




WEST INDIES 


169 


1146. The soil is in general exceedingly fertile, producing sugar-cane, from 
which are manufactured sugar, molasses, and that poisonous drink, rum. 
Cotton, coffee, indigo, pimento, cocoa, medicinal drugs, tobacco, maize, 
guava, plantain, &c. are extensively cultivated. Oranges, lemons, limes, 
pomegranates, citrons, pine-apples, &c. grow in great perfection ; also yams, 
potatos, &c. 

1147. Thenumbei of inhabitants is reckoned at about 3,000,000, of whom 

2.500.000 are Blacks , and about 500,000 Whites. The blacks are mostly 
slaves except in Hayti, and the islands belonging to Great Britain. By a late 
act of the British Parliament, which took effect in August, 1834, nearly 

700.000 slaves were set at liberty on these islands. 


1143. TABULAR VIEW 

OF THE PRINCIPAL WEST INDIA ISLANDS. 


BAHAMAS. 


Islands. 

Belonging to | 

Sq. Ms. [ 

Pop’n. | 

Chief Towns. 

Bahama, 

Providence, 

Abaco, 

Guanahani, &e. 

G. Britain, 
G. Britain, 
G. Britain, 
G. Britain, 

5,500 

16,000 

. 

Nassau. 

GREAT ANTILLES. 

Hayti, 
Cuba, 
Jamaica, 
Porto Rico. 

Independent, 

Spain, 

G. Britain. 
Spain. 

28,000 

,50,000 

6,400 

400 

005.000 

704.000 

400.000 

225.000 

Port Republican. 

Havana. 

Kingston. 

St. Juan. 

CARIBBEAN ISLANDS. 


Gauda!oupe,i 

France, 

075 

126,000 

Basse Terre.* 

Marigalante, 

France, 

90 

12,000 

Basse Terre. 

Martinique, 

France, 

370 

112,000 

St. Pierre. 

Antigua, 

G. Britain, 

93 

36,000 

St. John’s. 

St. Christopher, 

G. Britain, 

70 

24,000 

Basse Terre. 

Dominica, 

G. Britain, 

29 

19,000 

Rosseau. 

Monsterr-at, 

G. Britain, 

78 

8,000 

Plymouth. 

Tortola, &x. 

G. Britain, 

90 

7,000 

Road Harbor. 

Nevis, 

G. Britain, 

20 

11,000 

Charlestown. 

Virgin Gorda, 

G. Britain, 

80 

8,o 00 


Anguilla, 

G. Britain, 

30 

800 


Barbadoes, 

G. Britain, 

166 

101,000 

Bridgetown. 

Grenada, 

G. Britain, 

110 

29,000 

St. George. 

Trinidad, 

G. Britain, 

1.700 

52,000 

Port of Spain. 

St. Vincent, 

G. Britain, 

130 

25,000 

Kingston. 

St. Lucia, 

G. Britain, 


18,000 

Carenage. 

Tobago, 

G. Britain, 

140 

14,000 

Scarborough. 

Santa Cruz, 

Denmark, 

100 

33,000 

Santa Cruz. 

St. Thomas, 

Denmark, 

40 

5,000 


St. Eustatia, 

Holland, 

22 

14,000 

The Bay. 

St. Martin, 

Sweden, 

90 

6,000 


Curagoa, 

Holland, 

600 

12,000 

Williamstadt. 

St. Bartholomew, 

Sweden, 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia. 

Margaritta. 

Columbia, 

350 

15,000 

Ascension. 


1149. Cuba, the largest island of the West Indies, and the most important, 


IGaudalqupe, (gaw'-da-loop.) 

8 


| 2Basse Terre, (bas-tar'.i 


170 


WEST INDIES. 


has on its coast a level surface, and a very productive soil, yielding sugar, to- 
bacco, and coffee, in abundance. The tobacco of Cuba, from which are man- 
ufactured Spanish cigars, is esteemed the best in America. 

1150. Havana, the capital of Cuba, is the largest and most important city 
of the West Indies, and is the place of the greatest trade. It has the best har- 
bor in the world. 



CATCHING TURTLES ON THE COAST OF CUBA. 

Marine Turtles, esteemed a great delicacy by epicures, abound upon the 
coast of this and other West India Islands, and are taken in great numbers, 
during the night, when they go on shore to deposit their eggs, as represented 
in the above cut. 

1151. Hayti, signifying the mountainous, was called by Columbus, Espani- 
ola, [Hispaniola] and by the French and English, to whom formerly it jointly 
belonged, it was named St. Domingo, after its capital city. The inhabitants 
are chiefly blacks and mulattces, descendants of Africans, who rose in re- 
bellion against the whites, their masters, expelled them from the island, and 
asserted their independence, which they have successfully maintained to this 
day. The language mostly spoken is French, and their form of government 
republican. r l ’heir Chief Magistrate is styled the President, to whom they 
give a salary of $40,000, being $15,(100 more than is given by the people of the 
United States to theirs. They have about 40,000 regular troops, and 113,000 
militia. Their revenue is 4,000,000. 

1152. The principal towns of Hayti, are Port Republican, Cape Haytien, 
and St. Domingo. 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

What large West India island S. of Florida? Ca. What cape in the 
western part of it ? o. What four towns has it ? a. s. r. o. Which i 3 
the largest ? a. 

Which is the second island in size ? Hi. Which is the largest town ? 
n. What are the other principal towns? n. e. o. 

What island near Cape Sable in Florida ? t. To whom does this island 
belong ? The United States. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 171 

On what island is Kingston ? a. What island E. ofllayti ? o. W hat small 
one E. of the last ? z. 

What direction is Cuba from Hayti ? Cuba from Washington, the capital 
of the United States? Which is most easterly, Cuba or Mexico? 
Which has the highest latitude, Hayti or the city of Mexico ? Jamaica or 
Cuba ? 

What cluster of islands N. E. of Cuba ? Bs. What course are the Bahamas 
from Florida? What cluster N. E. of them? Bs. What course is Cuba 
from where you reside ? 


QUESTIONS ON THE TABULAR VIEW. 1148. 

What island has the greatest number of square miles ? Which the great- 
est number of inhabitants ? Which the second in population ? 

Which are the four largest islands ? Which are their capitals ? What go- 
vernment owns Cuba? Bahama? Jamaica? Porto Rico? Hayti? St. 
Chistophers ? Dominica ? Barbadoes ? Trinidad ? Santa Cruz ? g Of 
what island is St. Juan the capital ? 

Will you describe Cuba ? 1149. What is said of Havana ? 1150. Tur- 
tles of Cuba? 1150. By what differeat names has Hayti been called? 
1151. Will you describe the inhabitants ? 1151. Their government, chief 
officer, troops, and revenue ? 1151. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 

1153. South America, the southern half of the New 
World, is in form a great peninsula, thinly settled and 
for the most part uncultivated. 

1154. It is in length about 4,600 miles from the 
straits of Magellan to the isthmus of Darien, and in 
breadth about 3000 miles from ocean to ocean, con- 
taining 6 a millions of square miles. 

1155. South America is distinguished for the salubri- 
ty of its climate, the fertility of its soil, the value of its 
productions, and for the extent and grandeur of its 
mountains and rivers, 

1156. It differs from North America in having a less 
number of inland seas, gulfs, and large bays. It sur- 
passes every other quarter of the globe in its rich and 
extensive mines of gold, silver, platina, mercury, and 
diamonds. In Chili there is scarcely a mountain with- 
out gold, or a river without golden sands. 

South America. Q, .What is said of the form and settlement of South Ameri- 
ca 1 1153. What of its extent 1 1154. 

For what is this Grand Division distinguished ? 1155. In what particulars doee 
it differ from other divisions of the globe ? 1156. 


172 


SOUTH AMERICA 


1157. That most useful root, the potato, is a native of the Andes, growing 
wild around Lima in Peru, and other places. It is cultivated by the natives 
under the name of papas. Cinchona, or Peruvian bark, grows here in great 
abundance. 



THE TAPIR — PECCARY — LAMA — ARMADILLO — ANT-EATER — JAGUAR — CON 

DOR AND AMERICAN OSTRICH. 

1158. The most remarkable animals of South America are the Jaguar or 
American Tiger, the Lama or Peruvian Camel, the Vicuna or Peruvian 
Sheep, and the Condor, a species of the vulture. The Condor is the largest 
bird of flight known in the world. Its eggs are from 3 to 4 inches long, its 
quills 3 feet in length, and its wings, when extended, measure about 13 feet. 

1159. The climate in the south is cold, much more 
so throughout the peninsula than in other regions in the 
same latitude, and is for the most part salubrious, except 
in the low plains, where it is hot and frequently un- 
healthy. 

1160. Even under the equator, the heat is not very oppressive, owing to 
the elevation of the country, and its narrowness in this part. 

1161. The population is composed of Whites , In- 
dians , Negroes , Mulattoes , Mestizoes , and Samboes; 
making in all about 15 millions, with space and fertile 
soil enough for the support of more than 500 millions. 

1162. The whites are mostly Creoles, or those born in America, and Cka- 
patones, or those born in Spain. The mulattoes are descendants of whites 
and negroes, the mestizoes of whites and Indians, and the samboes of negroes 
and Indians. 

Q,. What vegetables are found here 7 1157. What animals 7 1158. Describe 
the Condor ? 1158. 

Q,. What is the climate 7 1159. What is said of the heat under the equator 7 1160. 

Q,. What is the population 7 1161. Who are the Whites and Mulattoes? 1162. 




SOUTH AMERICA. 173 

1163. The higher classes are well educated, though the standard of moral- 
ity is not high, and the lower classes are both ignorant and vicious. 

1164. Since the South American States, which for- 
merly were chiefly in the possession of Spain and Por- 
tugal, have become independent republics, they have 
given much attention to the subject of education. The 
result of this has been the establishment in various places 
of schools and universities. 

1165. The Andes of South America is an immense 
chain of mountains, extending throughout its whole 
length from N. to S., varying from 50 to 150 miles from 
the sea coast, and so high as to be visible 180 miles from 
the shore. 

1166. Formerly, Chimborazo was considered their highest peak, but late 
surveys make Sorato, in Bolivia, the most elevated point, being 25,250 feet, 
almost 5 miles, above the level of the sea, a few feet lower than Jahavah, 
that lofty peak of the Himmaleh Mountains in Asia. 

1167. The Andes have a vast many other points of prodigious height, 
which, even in the torrid zone, are covered with perpetual snow, at an eleva- 
tion of 15,000 feet, or about 3 miles, the point fixed on by Humboldt as tbe 
snow line under the equator. 

1168. The people of New England look on the White Mountains as a 
grand and si blime spectacle ; with what admiration and wonder then must 
a person gaze on the lofty Andes, which rise almost four times as high ! 
From their summit, no one has as yet been permitted to look, on account of 
their steep and rugged ascent, as well as from the peculiar state of the at- 
mosphere, which in regions less elevated, causes fainting, and the blood to 
spirt from one’s face, as was the case with Humboldt and his companions. 

1169. The Andes are volcanic throughout almost their whole extent, and 
in many places eruptions are constant. Among them is Cotopaxi, the most 
formidable and the most elevated on the globe. The flames from this peak 
have been known to rise to the astonishing height of 3000 feet, nearly one 
mile above its crater, and its “ roarings have been heard at the distance of 
600 miles. ”* 

1170. When Humboldt, in ascending the Andes, had reached the crater of 
Pinchincha, he climbed a rock hanging over it, and looked down upon the 
mouth of the volcano, which he describes as being a large black and yawning 
gulf, so immense that the summits of other mountains might be distinctly 
seen within it. 

Q,. What is the state of Education 1 1163 and 1164. Describe the Andes? 1105. 

Q.. What is said of Chimborazo ? 1160. What of the otherpeaks ? 1167. What 
of a view from the loftiest summit ? 1168. 

Q. Have the Andes any volcanoes ? 1160. What happened to Humboldt in as- 
cending these mountains? 117o. What is Humboldt’s description of a thunder 
storm, seen from a high elevation ? 1171. 


* Bell’s Geography, vol. vi. p. 36. 


SOUTH AMERICA 


174 



HUMBOLDT VIEWING THE CRATER OF PINCHINCHA. 

1171. The same traveller speaks of ascending the Andes so high that he 
could see the forked lightning darting from the clouds beneath him, and hear 
the pealing thunder, when all was tranquil and delightful above and around 
him. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

Which part of S. America does the equator cross, the northern or south- 
ern ? In which latitude then is the greater part of it ? Why ? About 
how many degrees of north latitude has it ? IIow many of south latitude ? 
How then is it situated with respect to latitude ? 

In what hemisphere is South America ? Which part would the meridian 
of 35° west longitude from Greenwich cut ? Which the meridian of 81° ? 
How then is South America situated with respect to longitude ? 

Which four divisions lie wholly in the torrid zone ? Ca. a. u. a. What 
large one almost wholly in the same zone ? 1. How do you know that 
any of these places are in the torrid zone ? Which divisions are wholly 
in the temperate zone ? Pa. i. Which mostly in the temperate zone ? s. 


How is South America 
Colombia bounded ? 

Guiana bounded ? 

Peru bounded ? 

Bolivia bounded ? 

Brazil bounded ? 

United Provinces bounded ? 
Chili bounded ? 

Patagonia bounded ? 


bounded ? Largest Town 
Capital ? 

Capital ? 

Capital ? 

Capital ? 

Capital ? 

Capital ? 

Capital ? 


Largest 

Largest 

Largest 

Largest 

Largest 

Largest 

Largest 


and River 
Town and 
Town and 
Town and 
Town and 
Town and 
Town and 
Town and 


River ? 
River ? 
River ? 
River ? 
River ? 
River ? 
River ? 


Where is the island of Trinidad ? Joannes ? Martin Vas ? Faulkland ? 
Aurora ? Georgia ? Terra del Fuego ? Chiloe ? Massafuero ? St. Fe- 
lix ? Juan Fernandez ? Quibo ? 

W here is Cape Vela ? Orange? North? St. Roque ? St. Francisco ? 
Frio ? St. Maria ? St. Antonio ? Blanco ? 



COLOMBIA. 175 

Which is the most northerly cape ? a. Which the most easterly ? e. 
Which the most southerly ? n. Which the most westerly ? o. 

Where is Lake Maracaybo ? Titicaca ? [See meridian 70°.] 

Where is the Gulf of Venezuela ? Gulf of Darien ? 

Where is the Bay of Panama ? Bay of All Saints ? (E. of Bl.) Parana- 
gua Bay ? r 

What are the principal islands ? 

What are the principal capes ? 

What are the principal lakes ? 

What are the principal gulfs ? 

Where are the Andes ? What mountains between Guiana and Amazonia ? 
e. What do the Straits of Magellan separate ? What isthmus on the N. 


COLOMBIA. 

Map of S. America. — -How is Columbia bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1172. Colombia in 1829 was divided into the three 
republics of New Grenada, Venezuela, and Equa- 
tor, which are the present divisions of the country. 

1173. The Republic of Colombia, as it recently existed, was compo- 
sed of the countries previously known as New Grenada, and Caraccas , or 
Venezuela. The north-west part was formerly called Terra Firma , and the 
south-western once formed the province of Quito. 

1174. The surface of Colombia in the west is moun- 
tainous ; in the east, it consists of vast plains, and on 
the Oronoco it is much subject to inundation. 

1175. Colombia has every variety of climate from 
intolerable heat and uninterrupted summer to perpetual 
snow. Except in the low land, it is generally healthy. 

1176. Most of the soil, especially the valleys and 
plains, produce grain, cotton, coffee, cocoa, tobacco, 
and indigo. These articles, with hides and cattle, con- 
stitute the chief exports. 

1177. The Congress of Colombia in 1S2S made provision that the avails 
of the convents, which had been suppressed, should be applied to the sup- 
port of a university in every department, a college in every provincial capi- 
tal, a grammar school in every canton, and a primary school in every parish, 
being the most extensive system of education ever planned. 

1178. Tequendama, on the river Bogota, 15 miles S. W. of the City of 
Bogota, is one of the most extraordinary cataracts in the world. The river, 
which just above the Falls is 140 feet wide, is suddenly compressed to 35 
■feet, and rushes perpendicularly down a rock, making at two bounds a de- 
scent of nearly 600 feet into an unfathomable abyss. 

Colombia. What are the present divisions of Colombia, and when were they 
made? 1172. Of what was Colombia formerly composed ? 1173. 

Q,. Wliat is the surface ? 1174. Will you describe the climate ? 1175. What are 
the productions and exports ? 1176. 


176 


GUIANA. 




1179. In the isthmus of Darien or Panama is a chain 
of mountains throughout its whole length, serving the 
purpose of an eternal barrier between its adjacent 
oceans. 

1180. The natives of the country wear no clothes, 
and m many places build their huts upon the trees, to be 
elevated from the damp soil and the reptiles engendered 
in the putrid waters. 

1181. Towns. Santa Fe de Bogota or Bogota, the capital of New 
Grenada, is situated in the midst of a large and fertile plain, which is eleva- 
ted about 8500 feet above the level of the sea. 

1182. Quito 1 2 , the largest city in the three divisions of Colombia, and the 
capital of the Republic of the Equator, is situated on the side of the volcanic 
mountain Pinchinca, 9500 feet, or nearly two miles above the level of the 
sea. This city, notwithstanding its proximity to the equator, has, on account 
of its elevation, a mild and delightful climate. It is subject to dreadful 
earthquakes and tempests, on which account the houses are generally built 
but one story high. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

What mountains in the western part of Colombia ? s. Which is the lar- 
gest river ? o. Describe it. For what is the Oronoco navigable ? 

Which is the next river in size ? a. Describe it. What branch has it ? a. 
For what is the Magdalena navigable ? o. What river in the E. of Colom- 
bia? Eo. a 

What two celebrated peaks of the Andes in the S. W. ? i. o. What 
large town near ? o. 

What bay and gulf on the north and south sides of the isthmus of Darien ? 
a. n. What island 8. W. of Panama Bay ? o. What ports on the isth- 
mus of Darien ? o. a. What ports on the Caribbean sea ? Ca. a. o. s. a. 

What town on the Oronoco of the same size as Hartford in Connecticut? 
s. What one S. of Lake Maracaybo of the sarpe size ? s. What one 8. W. 
of the last, one and a half times as large ? a. What S. W. of the last and 
twice as large ? n. 

Which of the great circles that surround the earth passes through Colom- 
bia ? What town N. of Quito on the western coast ? s. What town in 
the S. W. on the Maranon Alto ? n. 

What are the three republics of Colombia ? Va. a. r. In what part is 
each and its capital ? s. a. o. 

What is said of the situation of Bogota? 1181. What of Quito? 1182. 

GUIANA. 3 

Map of S. America. — Ilew is Guiana bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers ? 

Q,. What provision was made for education 7 1177. What r< markable cataract is 
mentioned ? 1178. What is said of tiie mountains in the isthmus of Darien 7 1179. 
How do the natives there construct their houses and for what reason 7 1180. 


3 G liana, n lie a na.) 


1 CiiuTO, (kee'-to.) 

2 EssEiiUiBO, (es-se-quc'-bo.) 


PERU. 


177 


1 183. Guiana was formerly a larger country than at 
present, comprising not only its present divisions of 
English, Dutch, and French Guiana, but also Spanish 
and Portuguese Guiana. These are now included, the 
former in Colombia, the latter in Brazil. 

1184. Guiana has mostly a level surface, a fruitful 
soil, and a hot, unhealthy climate. 

1185. The productions are sugar, coffee, cotton, 
maize, cocoa, and indigo. 

1135. Towns. Stabroek 1 is the capital of English Guiana, Paramari- 
bo, on Surinam river, of Dutch Guiana, and Cayenne , 2 the capital of 
French Guiana, is on an island of the same name. The last town has a fine 
harbor, and is noted, as is the country of French Guiana, for the production 
of Cayenne pepper. 


MAP OE SOUTH AMERICA. 

What river on the N. W. of Guiana ? o. What does it separate ? What 
town at the mouth of the Essequibo ? o. What at the mouth of Demarara 
river ? k. 

What mountains in the south ? e. What towns on the coast ? m. o. e. k. 
What is the capital of each division ? 1186. 

PERU. 

Map of S. America . — How is Peru bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1187. Peru was the seat of the famous empire of the 
Incas, who commenced their reign in the twelfth centu- 
ry. Their subjects, the Peruvians, had attained to a 
degree of civilization surpassing all the other tribes in 
America. 

1183. Peru was conquered by the Spaniards, under Pizarro, who treated 
the innocent natives with great cruelty. It then formed a Spanish viceroy- 
alty, and so continued till within a few years, when it became an independent 
rep lblic. 

1189. This country is distinguished for its rich mines 
of gold, silver, mercury, and lead. 

1190. The principal productions are cotton, grain, 
sugar, pimento, and cinchona, called also Peruvian or 

Guiana. G. What is said of the divisions of Guiana 1 1183. The soil, surface, 
and climate? 1184. Productions ? 1185. 

Peru. Q,. Will you describe the empire of the Incas, and the condition of their 
subjects ? 1187. What have been the political changes of Peru 1 1188. 


1 Stabroek, (sta'-brook.) 

8 * 


| 2 Cayenne, (ki'-an.) 


178 


BRAZIL. 


Jesuit’s bark, which is famous for its medicinal qualities 
all over the world. 

1191. The Andes intersect Peru, and their summits 
are covered with perpetual snow. 


1192. The eastern portion of the country is flat, consisting of pampas , or 
vast plains, covered only with grass, and occupied solely by Indians. 

1193. The middle region, lying between two ridges of the Andes, has, for 
the most part, a fertile soil, and in consequence of its great elevation, a mild 
and healthy climate. 

1194. Near the base of the mountains are vast sandy plains or deserts, 
with a sickly climate, and without any sunshine for more than six months of 
the year. Rain seldom falls in Peru. 

1195. Peru has a thin population, and no good roads, bridges, or canals, 
all articles being generally transported on the backs of mules and lamas. 

1196. Towns. Lima, the capital of Peru, has a most delightful situation 
in the midst of a spacious valley, 700 feet above the level of the sea, and 
about 8 miles from it. The city, which is in the form of a triangle, and laid 
out in squares, is wholly surrounded by a massive brick wall with seven 
gates for entrances. The houses arc low, generally but one story high, and 
covered with coarse linen cloth or reeds, without any regard to rain, which 
seldom falls here. 

1197. Cusco or Cuzco , the ancient capital of the Empire of the Incas, was 
founded, it is said, by Marco Capac, the firs Inca of Peru, who, together with 
his wife, claimed to have descended from the moon. The buildings are of 
stone, and its cathedral is a most superb edifice. It is a large town, and 
contains numerous monuments of ancient splendor. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

Where does Peru appear to be the thinnest settled, judging from the num- 
ber of towns in different parts ? What are the principal cities that lie along 
the coast of the Pacific ? Aa. Aa. La. To. On which side of the moun- 
tains are all the last ? What town among the Andes ? Ta. 

What two large cities E. of the mountains ? a. o. What course is 
Peru from you ? How could you visit it, by land or water ? Can you de- 
scribe the course by land ? By water ? 

What two large branches has the Amazon in Peru ? o. e. Where is the 
largest town? a. The two next? a. o. What is said of Lima ? 1196. 
Cusco ? 1197. 


BRAZIL. 


Map of S. America . — How is Brazil bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1198. Brazil is a country of vast extent, being 2300 
miles, in length, and 2000 in breadth. It is much the 


Q,. For what is this country distinguished ? 1189. What are the principal pro- 
ductions 1 1190< Mountains'? 1191. 

Q,. What arc pampas 1 1192.. What is the climate and soil 1 1193 and 1194. 
Ponulation and obstacles to transportation ? 1195. 


179 


BRAZIL. 

largest division of South America, and comprises nearly 
two-fifths of the whole peninsula. 

1199. It has in general a healthy climate, a fertile 
soil, and a diversified surface of mountains and valleys, 
hills and plains. The scenery of the country is repre- 
sented as beautiful. 

1200. There is scarcely to be found on the globe a finer country than Bra- 
zil, one blessed with a more genial climate, a more fertile soil, a greater 
number of navigable rivers, or more famed for the production of gold and 
diamonds. Silver is also found, and besides diamonds, many other precious 
stones, as emeralds, crystals, &c. Hindostan is the only country, except 
Brazil, that produces diamonds. 

1201. The principal productions are cotton, sugar, 
coffee, grain, and tropical fruits, besides various kinds of 
dye-woods. 

1202. Immense herds of cattle are found in the interior of the country 
and also wild horses, which are hunted for their hides only. 

1203. The parts along the coast, and in the S. 1C. are settled by the whites ; 
the rest of the country is occupied by Indians who live in open hostility with 
the whites. 

1204. Brazil was first settled by the Portuguese, and therefore became a 
colon} of Portugal. In 1806, the King of Portugal, with his family, emigra- 
ted to Brazil, and resided there till 1321, which is the only instance of any 
portion of America being governed by a king in person. In 1821, the king 
returned to Portugal, and in the same year, independence was declared, and a 
limited monarchy established. Don Pedro, the son of the king mentioned 
above, was called to the throne, but has recently abdicated it in favor of his 
son, and returned to Europe and has since died. 

1205. Towns. Rio Janeiro is delightfully situated on a small bay, 3 
miles wide in front of the city, at the mouth of the river Rio Janeiro. The 
bay forms one of the best harbors in the world, and is, with the city, sur- 
rounded by a lofty mountain, which gives to the bay the appearance of a fine 
lake. The adjacent scenery is represented as inimitably beautiful. This 
city, as well as Pernambuco, is a large and flourishing place, and has an ex- 
tensive commerce. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

What two rivers partly bound Brazil on the S. W. ? Py. Pa. Which 
is the largest river ? n. What was the country on this river and west part 
of Brazil formerly called ? Aa. 

What was the original name of the river and the adjacent country ? Ma- 
ranon. Why was the name altered to Amazon ? Because women were 
seen armed on the river, the ancient name for warlike women being Ama- 
zons. 

What are the principal rivers that flow into the Atlantic ? Pa. o. s. n. 

Q,. What town near the mouth of the Tocantines ? a. What on the 

Brazil. Q,. What is the extent of Brazil ? 1198. Its climate? 1199. What 
comparison is made ? 1200. 

(4. VVliat are the productions? 1291. Animals? 1202. Indian i? 1213. De- 
scribe the settlement oi' this country ? 1201. 


180 


BOLIVIA. 


# 


coast near the mouth of Itapecura ? m. What the six largest on the coast 
S. of cape St. Rogue ? a. o. a. o. s. e. 

Q. What town N. of Santos on a branch of the river Paranaiba? 1. 
What N. E. of the last on a branch of the same river ? a. What one on a 
branch of the Paraguay near St. Pedro del Rey ? a. By whom is Amazonia 
inhabited? [See Amazonia on the map.] 

What mountains on the W ? 1. What island at the mouth of the Ama- 
zon ? s. 

Will you describe the river Tocantines ? St. Francisco? Paranaiba ? 

Where is the largest town ? o. What is said of it ? 1205. The second 
in size ? r. 

Vv hat two branches of the Amazon nearly four times as long as the 
Connecticut ? Ma. Ue. What one two and a half times as long as the 
Connecticut? Xu. What two branches about twice as long? Ts. No. 

How far and for what is the Amazon navigable ? How long is it ? What 
is its comparative size ? The largest in the world. How many branches 
has it in ail ? Three hundred. How wdde is it at its mouth ? 


BOLIVIA. 

Map of S. America . — How is Bolivia bounded? Its capital? Chief 
Towns? Principal Rivers? 

1206. The Republic of Bolivia, once included in Peru, afterwards in 
Buenos Ayres, became independent a few years since, assuming its present 
name in honor of the late Gen. Simon Bolivar, generally known by the 
name of the Liberator. 

1207 . Its soil and productions are similar to those of 
Peru, and it has in general a mountainous surface. 

1208 . The western part is intersected by the Andes, 
some of whose summits tower to a prodigious height, 
particularly Sorato, which is represented as higher than 
Chimborazo in Colombia. 

1209 . Bolivia is famous for its rich silver mines, 
among which, Potosi is the most celebrated and the 
richest in South America. 

121 A Towns. La Plata, or Chuquisaca, is the capital, and situated 
in the western part near the mountains. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

Q. What seaport in the W. o,f Bolivia ? r. What two towns in the S. on 
a branch of the Pilcomayo river ? o. a. 

What lake on the W ? a. What is the principal river on the N. ? y. 

Where is the largest town ? i. The two next ? a. z. What is said of 
the capital ? 1210. 

Bolivia. Q. What political changes have taken place in Peru ? 1200. Its soil 
and p* Auctions? 1207. Mountains 1208. Mints'? 1209. 


UNITED PROVINCES. 


181 


UNITED PROVINCES. 

\ 

Map of South America . — How are the United Provinces bounded ? Its 
capitals? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers? 

1211. The United Provinces, as they recently exist- 
ed, comprised the Argentine Republic, the Republic of 
Uruguay, and the Dictatorship or State of Paraguay, 
which are now separate and independent states. 

1212. This country was previously known, 1st, as Spanish America ; 2d, 
as Buenos Ayres ; 3d, as the United Provinces of South America, and 4th, as 
the Argentine Republic, and sometimes as the Republic of Buenos Ayres. 

1213. These provinces have generally a scattered 
population, and extensive portions are known only to 
roving Indians. 

1214. The northern part is mountainous, gradually 
declining in the central and southern parts, where the 
country seems spread out into extensive plains called 
pampas , resembling the western prairies of the United 
States. 

1215. These plains are clear of wood, and covered with high grass, ex- 
tending further than the eye can reach ; being in some places more than 
1000 miles long, and 500 miles wide. On these plains immense herds of 
cattle and wild horses graze and range, and are often hunted for their skins 
only. “ It has been calculated that 12,000,000 horned cattle and 3,000,000 
horses, besides great numbers of sheep roam in these vast natural pastures.” 

1216. The chief sources of wealth to the inhabitants 
consist in vast herds of cattle, horses, and mules. The 
exports are hides, tallow and beef. 

1217. This country has in general a healthy climate 
and a fertile soil, which is capable of producing various 
kinds of fruits and vegetables, common to the torrid and 
temperate zones. The subject of agriculture has re- 
ceived but little attention. 

1218. In Paraguay there is a celebrated production called Malle, or Para- 
guay tea. It is exported in large quantities to various parts of South Amer- 
ica, where it is much prized. 

1219. The population of Paraguay is about 150,000, 
of whom 5000 only are whites, the rest are Mestizoes 
and Indians, a simple and inoffensive race. All the 


United Provinces. Q,. What are the present divisions of these Provinces 7 1211. 
By what names were they previously known 1 1212. What is said of their popula- 
tion 1 1213. What of the surface 1 1214. Describe the plains 7 1215. 

Q,. What are the chief sources of wealtli and exports 1 121G. Climate and soil 1 

1217. 



Q,. What celebrated vegetable is mentioned 1 1218. 
Paraguay and its political condition ? 1219. 


What is the population of 


132 


UNITED PROVINCES. CHILI. 


powers of government have become by various revo- 
lutions, concentrated in the hands of one man, Doctor 
Francia, who rules with absolute sway under the title 
of Dictator. 

1220. He maintains a most rigid police in every part of his dominions, 
and has prohibited all intercourse with foreigners ; and interdicted the en- 
trance of the citizens of neighboring provinces into his territories under the 
penalty of death, and those of all other countries, of perpetual detention. 

1221. His regime though rigid is paternal, and his people appear happy. 
There is perfect security of person and property ; lyceums and public schools 
are every where established ; and every inhabitant is required to know how 
to read, write, and keep accounts. Every body is compelled to work, and 
mendicity is unknown. Assumpcion is the capital, and a limited foreign 
trade, which is regulated by treaty, is permitted through the towns of Itapua 
and New Coimbra on the frontiers of Brazil. 

1222. Towns. Buenos Ayres, 1 so called from the purity of the atmos- 
phere, is the capital of the Argentine Republic, and stands on the river La 
Plata, about 180 miles from its mouth. The dwelling houses are about 6,500 
in number, and mostly built of brick. The public buildings are of beautiful 
white stone, found near the city. The river is thirty miles wide here, but 
the frequent storms render the navigation dangerous, and a large sand bank 
in front of the city, prevents the approach of large ships within 8 miles of it. 
The commerce, population, and wealth of Buenos Ayres, are rapidly in- 
creasing. 

1223. Monte Video, 2 the capital of Uruguay, has an excellent harbor, 
and a considerable trade in hides, tallow and dried beef. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

What republic in the A' V r . of the United Provinces, and its capital ? Ae. s. 
What two in the E. ? Uy. Py. Their capitals ? n. o. Which of the last 
two divisions is most northerly ? 

What two towns at the mouth of the La Plata? Mo. s. Which are the 
two larger ones on the Paraguay ? e. n. 

What town N. W. of Santa Ee ? a. What one in the N. W. near the 
source of the Salado ? a. What two near the source of the Dulce ? n. a. 
What one at the source of the Colorado ? n. What S. of the last on the 
mountains ? a. 

What mountains in the W. ? s. Where is the largest town ? s. The 
second ? n. The next ? a. The three next ? o. a. a. What three of the 
same size with Newark in New Jersey, or Hartford in Connecticut ? a. e. n. 

Will you describe the two largest rivers? a. y. Navigation? n. What 
is the length of the La Plata, added to its longest branch ? 2250 miles. Where 
does the La Plata flow ? 

Will you describe Assumncion ? 1221. Buenos Ayres ? 1222. Monte 
Video? 1222. 


CHILI . 3 

Map of S. America . — How is Chili bounded ? Its capital ? Chief 
Towns? Principal Rivers ? 

Cl. What is said of the police established by Doct. Francia? 1221). What of his 
regimen ? 1221. 

1 13uenos Ayres, (bwa-nos-ai'-rese,) in I 2 Monte Video, (mon-te-vee'-de-o.) 

Spanish signifies good air. I 3 Chili, (chee'-Je.) 


PATAGONIA. 


183 


1224. Chili is comparatively a narrow strip of land, 
lying between the Andes on the E., and the Pacific on 
the W., gradually rising in elevation as it recedes from 
the coast and approaches the mountains. It is fertili- 
zed and beautified by numerous rivers, about 50 of 
which flow into the Pacific. 

1225. The climate is remarkably pleasant and salu- 
brious ; the weather generally serene, and the soil ex- 
ceedingly fertile, being one of the most delightful coun- 
tries on the globe. 

1226. It however rarely rains in the northern parts, and in some parts 
never, its place being supplied by abundant dews. Earthquakes, as well as 
volcanoes, are common ; 14 of the latter in the Andes are said to be in a 
state of constant eruption. 

1227. Chili is rich in mines of gold, silver, copper, 
tin, and iron, and produces plentifully, maize, rye, barley, 
pulse, wine, oil, sugar, cotton, and fruits of various kinds. 

1228. The Auricanians, a celebrated tribe of Indians, 
inhabit the southern part of Chili. They are enthusi- 
astically attached to liberty and have never been con- 
quered. 

1229. Towns. Santiago, the capital, is situated in a pleasant plain, 90 
miles from the Pacific. The private houses are mostly built of clay, baked 
in the sun, and the public buildings are generally of brick or stone. 

1230. Valparaiso is the most commercial town in Chili, has an excellent 
harbor, and considerable trade. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

What mountains on the E. of Chili ? s. What are the more important 
towns on the coast ? Sa. Va. n. o. 

Where is the largest town ? o. What is said of it ? 1229. Where are 
the two next ? a. n. The next ? o. What is said of it ? 1230. 

What three islands some distance from the coast? x. o. s. 


PATAGONIA. 

How is Patagonia bounded ? 

1231. Patagonia is a cold, barren, and uncultivated 
region, but little known. It is inhabited by various 

Chili. Q,. 'What is the situation of Chili, its surface, and number of rivers l 

122 . 

Q. What is the climate? 1225. Rains and Earthquakes? 1226. Mines? 1227. 
JCefcribethe Indians of this country ? 1228. 

Patagonia. Q. What is said of Patagonia ? 1231. By whom is it inhabited ? 
1231 


184 


EUROPE 



PATAGONIAN HOUSES. 

Indian tribes, some of whom are of great stature, and 
exceedingly ferocious. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

What rivers of Patagonia flow into the Atlantic ? o. s. e. What strait 
on the S. ? n. In what part are the Andes? What desert in the N. E. ? 
a. What island in the S. ? o. By whom is Terra del Fuego inhabited ? 
By the rudest Indians. What islands on the western coast? e. a. s. What 
Archipelago ? s. 


EUROPE. 

3 232. Europe, the smallest grand division of the 
globe, lies principally in the North Temperate Zone, 
extending about 3000 miles from E. to W., and about 
2500 miles from N. to S. It contains nearly 3^ millions 
of square miles, and about 200 millions of inhabitants. 

1233. Europe is distinguished for the learning, refine- 
ment, bravery, and enterprise of its inhabitants ; for the 
salubrity of its climate, and general fertility of its soil ; 
for the flourishing condition of the arts and sciences ; 
its extended commerce ; its numerous, large and well 

Europe. Q,. What is the situation, extent, and population of Europe? 1232. 
For what is Europe distinguished 7 1233. 






EUROPE. 


185 


built cities, and its political influence, by which it has 
heretofore controlled, in a great degree, the other divis- 
ions of the globe. 

1234. The climate is much milder than that of Asia 
or America in the same latitude, and is naturally divided 
into three regions : — 

1235. 1st. The warm region, below 48° N. lat., 
which has a pleasant spring, a warm summer, and a 
short winter, producing the olive, vine, mulberry, and 
orange, the last in a wild .state. 

1236. 2d. The temperate region, from 48 to 65° N. 
lat., where grain, grass, fruits, and esculent vegetables 
flourish. 

1237. 3d. The cold region, from 65° to the extreme 
north, where nothing but reindeer-moss and a few stint- 
ed shrubs can grow, and few animals, except the rein- 
deer, can live. 

1238. The means of a common education are not so 
generally diffused in Europe as in the United States. 
The higher and wealthier classes enjoy advantages 
greatly superior ; they esteem no expense too great to 
secure a liberal and polished education. 

1239. In some parts of Europe the lower classes are 
extremely ignorant, it being as difficult to find a person 
among them who can read or write, as it is to find one 

O 7 

in New England who cannot do both. The best pro- 
vision made for instructing the common people is in 
Scotland, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, 
and Prussia. In many of these countries, particularly 
in Scotland and Prussia, there are parish schools similar 
to the common district or public schools in the United 
States. 

1240. The literati 1 of Europe have attained to great- 
er eminence in the various departments of science than 

Q.. What is said of the climate generally? 1234. What of the first division? 
1235 What of the second ? 1236. What of the third 7 1237. 

Q,. What is said of the means of a common education ? 1238. What comparison 
is instituted l 1239. What countries have the best provisions for schools? 1239. 


1 Literati, learned men. 


186 EUROPE. 

in any other part of the world, owing in a great measure 
to the exclusive attention which they are encouraged 
to bestow on a single subject or pursuit. 

1241. Europe has numerous colleges or universities, 
which are on a much larger scale than those in the 
United States, containing frequently from two to three 
thousand students. 

1242. The political divisions of Europe are the three 
empires of Austria, Russia, and Turkey; seventeen 
kingdoms, namely, Great Britain, France, Spain, Por- 
tugal, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, 
Sardinia, the two Sicilies, Greece, Prussia, Bavaria, 
Saxony, Hanover, and Wirtemberg, besides about 40 
small states, being principally duchies, principalities, &c. 

1243. The most powerful nations, sometimes known 
as the five great powers, are Russia, Great Britain, 
France, Austria, and Prussia. The nations which excel 
in the number of their scientific and learned men, are 
the English, French, and German. 

1244. The prevailing religion of Europe is the 
Christian, except in Turkey, where the Mahomedanis 
established. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Is Europe in the northern or southern hemisphere? Is it also in the 
eastern or western ? On what continent is Europe ? In which latitude 
north or south ? How many degrees does it extend north ? IIow many 
south ? 

In which longitude is Europe ? Why in both ? How many degrees does 
it extend east ? [See map of the world.] How many west ? In what 
zone is Europe ? What then should be its climate ? 


IIow is Europe bounded ? Largest town and River ? 

England bounded? Capital ? Largest Town and River? 

Scotland bounded ? Capital ? Largest Town and River ? 

Ireland bounded ? Capital ? Largest Town and River ? 

Norway bounded ? Capital ? Largest Town and River ? 

. 

What is the comparative rank of the literati in Europe? 1240. What is said of 
the universities ? 1241. 

Q,. How many and what empires has Europe 1 124*2. How many and what king* 
doins ? 1242. What other political divisions are there 1 1242. 

Q,. Which are the leading powers of Europe 1 1243. In what do the English, 
French and Germans excel ? 1243. What is the prevailing religion of Europe ? 1244. 


Sweden bounded ? 

EUROPE. 

Capital ? 

Russia bounded ? 

Capital ? 
Capital ? 

Prussia bounded ? 

Turkey bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Austria bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Italy bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Switzerland bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Germany bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Denmark bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Belgium bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Holland bounded ? 

Capital ? 

France bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Spain bounded ? 

Capital ? 

Portugal bounded ? 

Capital ? 


187 

Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 


LAKES. 

W here is Lake Ladoga ? Ra. Onega? Wenner? Sn. Wetter? Con- 
stance and Geneva ? Loth in Switzerland. Repeat the principal Lakes. 


GULFS AND BAYS. 

Where is the Bay of Biscay ? Gulf of Lyons ? Gulf of Venice ? Gulf 
of Taranto ? Gulf of Bothnia ? Gulf of Finland ? Gulf of Riga ? Which 
are the principal gulfs ? 

SEAS. 

Where is the Mediterranean Sea ? Archipelago ? Sea of Marmora ? 
Black Sea? Sea of Azoff? White Sea? Baltic Sea? North Sea? 
Irish Sea ? How many seas do these make ? Repeat their names. 


CHANNELS, 

Where is the English Channel ? St. George’s Channel ? North Chan- 
nel ? Bristol Channel ? 

STRAITS. 

W hat strait leads from the Black Sea to the Sea of Marmora ? e. What 
one between the last sea and the Archipelago ? s. Where is the strait of 
Otranto? Strait of Messina ? Bonefacio ? Gibraltar? Dover? Skager 
Rack ? Cattegat ? 

ISLANDS. 

What island N. W. of Norway ? Ln. Where is Iceland? Shetland 
Islands? Faroe Islands? Orkney Islands? Hebrides 1 or Western Isl- 
ands? Anglesea and the Isle of Man? Scilly Isles? Isle of Wight? 
W hat are those islands in the English Channel W. of France called ? 
Ans. Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney and Stark Islands. 

Where is Belleisle ? Rhe Island? Ivica? Minorca? Majorca? Which 
of the last three is largest ? Where is Sardinia ? Corsica ? Sicily ? Ne- 
gropont ? Scio ? Patmos ? Rhodes? Candia? Cyprus? Which are 
the two largest islands in the Baltic Sea ? Gd. Od. Where is Aland ? 
Zealand ? Funen ? 

CAPES. 

What cape in the S. of Greece ? Mn. Where is cape Spartivento ? 
Cape St. Vincent ? Cape Finisterre ? Cape Ortegal ? Land's End ? 
Cape Clear? Cape Naze? Cape North? 

1 Hebrides, (heb'-ri-des.) 


LAPLAND 


188 


TENINSULAS. 

What two kingdoms in the S. W. of Europe form a large peninsula? PI. 
Sn. What peninsula in S. of Greece ? a. What one borders on the 
Black Sea ? a. What peninsula in the northern part of Denmark . 

Jutland. 


MOUNTAINS. 

What mountains in the N. E. of Europe ? 1. Where are the 
mountains? Dofrafield mountains? Carpathian mountains ' , 

mountains? Appenines? Alps? Pyrenees? Cantabrian mountains . 
Sierra Morena ? Toledo mountains ? 


Olonetz 
I lac mu s 


VOLCANOES. 

On what island is Mount Hecla? Id. Where is 
volcanic mountain in Italy ? s. 


Mount Etna ? What 


LAPLAND. 



LAPLAND HUTS. 


1245. Lapland is divided into three parts called 
Russian Lapland in the E., Swedish Lapland in the S., 
and Danish, or Norwegian, Lapland in the N. 

1246. Lapland lies principally in the 1 rigid Zone, 
and comnrises all the northern part of Europe which 
is west of the White sea, being the most northerly di- 
vision. It is a cold, dreary, and barren country, thinly 
inhabited, without any towns larger than small villages, 


Lapland. a. Wlmt three parts has Lapland and where are they 1 
Lapland situated with respect to the other divisions of Europe. 1~ u> 
climate, soil, and population I 12-10. 


1245. How is 
. What is ns 




NORWAY. 


189 


and though equal to France in extent, its population 
does not exceed 65,000. 

1247. The Laplanders are of low stature, dark com- 
plexion, ignorant and superstitious, but great patriots, 
and happy in their way. 

1248. In summer they live in tents, in winter, in huts sunk in the ground 
covered with birch-twigs and earth, with a hole in the top for the smoke to 
escape. They build their fires in the middle of these huts, around which 
they set on their heels. At their meals they place their food on the ground, 
and take it with their fingers. 

1249. The chief wealth of Lapland consists in reindeer, which are used 
for food, clothing, beasts of burden, travelling on sledges which they will 
drag 60 or 100 miles in a day. A wealthy Laplander often owns a thou- 
sand or more of these animals. 

1250. Towns. The capital of Russian Lapland is Kola, and of Swe- 
dish Lapland, Tornea. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What is the principal river of Lapland ? a. Where is the largest town ? 
Ka. What one on the northern part of the Gulf of Bothnia ? a. Of what 
.are Kola and Tornea capitals ? 1250. 


NORWAY. 

Map of Europe . — How is Norway bounded ? Its capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers ? 




NORWEGIAN^ CARIOLE. 

1251. Norway is a cold, mountainous, and excepting 


Q~ Will you describe the Laplanders 1 1247. Their mode of life ? 1248. Their 
wealth! 1249. 








190 


SWEDEN. 


a few places in the south, an exceedingly barren re- 
gion ; though abounding in beautiful and sublime 
scenery. 

1252. It has extensive forests of pine, oak, elm, and 
fir, and the birch supplies them both with fuel and a 
species of wine. 

1253. The chief sources of wealth to the Norwegi- 
ans are timber from the forests, large quantities of 
which are exported, fisheries, and mines of iron, copper, 
and silver. 

1254. The Norwegians are an honest, frugal, and 
courageous people, generally well versed in the com- 
mon branches of education. 

1255. On the coast of Norway is a celebrated vortex or whirlpool called 
the Maelstroom, 1 which has such a furiously eddying current as to draw in 
and swallow up every thing within its reach, even large ships, whales, &c. 

1256. Norway, which was annexed to Denmark in 1397, and in 1814 to 
Sweden, was once an independent kingdom, governed by its own heredita- 
ry sovereigns. Sweden still retains possession of it. 

1257. Towns. Christiana is the capital ; Bergen and Dronthevn 2 
have considerable commerce. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What mountains has Norway ? d. What do they separate ? Which is the 
principal river ? a. Is Norway a broad or a narrow country ? 

What islands N. W. of Norway ? n. What dangerous whirlpool near 
these islands ? m. 

Which town is most southerly ? d. What is said of Bergen and Dron- 
theim ? 1257. 

Which is the most northerly cape of Norway ? h. Where is Cape 
Naze ? How can you sail from Bergen to Tornea in Lapland ? What di- 
rection is Norway from you ? How can you visit Bergen ? 


SWEDEN. 

Map of Europe. — How is Sweden bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers ? 

1258. Sweden is in general, a level, barren and thinly 
settled country, abounding in lakes and rivers. 

Norway. Q.. What is the climate and face of the country of Norway ? 1253. 
What forests has it ? 1252. In what consist the chief sources of wealtli ? 1253. 
What is the character of the Norwegians? 1254. What is said of the Maelstroom ? 
1255. What was Norway formerly, and what is it now ? 1256 
Sweden. Q,. Will you describe Sweden ? 1258. What is said of the winters 
and climate ? 1259. 


1 Maelstroom, (mawl'-strum.) 


| 2 Drontheim, (dron'-tim.) 


SWEDEN 


101 


1259. The winters are long and cold, the summers 
short and hot ; like Norway, the climate of Sweden is 
exceedingly healthy. 

1200. The principal articles of export are iron, cop- 
per, alum and tar. Swedish iron is considered the best 
in the world. 



VIEW OF TABERG IRON MINE, SWEDEN. 


1261. The lakes form the most interesting natural feature of Sweden, 
being sheets of pure, transparent water, and filled with fish. Lake Wetter 
is remarkable for receiving 40 rivers, though it lias but one outlet through 
the Matala into the Baltic. 

1262. The Swedes are characterized by bravery, politeness, honesty and 
morality. They are generally well educated, and on account of their viva- 
city, are often called the French of the North. 

1263. Towns. Stockholm, the capital, is situated on seven rocky isl- 
ands, in the strait leading from Lake Malar into the Baltic Sea. It is built 
on piles driven into the ground, and contains a castle, a magnificent royal 
palace, and several handsome edifices. 

1264. Gottenburg, in the south-west, is advantageously situated for trade 
and commerce, and is, in these respects, as well as in population, the second 
town in Sweden. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What mountains on the W. of Sweden ? d. Their length, course, and 
height? Where is Dal river? What lakes has Sweden ? r. r. What town on 
the Baltic ? a. What town on the Cattegat ? g. What two towns nearly 
opposite to Aland ? m. 1. 

Ci. What are the exports 1 1260. Describe the lakes'? 1261. What is the char- 
acter of the Swedes? 1262. 



W2 


RUSSIA. 


What islands in the Baltic belong to Sweden ? Od. Gd. To whom does 
Aland belong ? To Russia. What is the soil of the first two ? Fertile. 
What large gulf east of Sweden ? a. 

Where is the largest town ? m. What is said of it ? 1263. The next 
town? g. Describe it? 1264. Which extends fartherest N. Sweden or 
Norway ? 


RUSSIA. 

1265. The Russian Empire exceeds every other in 
extent of territory, and forms about one seventh part oi 
the whole habitable globe. It embraces the half of 
Europe, all the north of Asia, and vast territories on the 
north-west coast of America. 

1266. Asiatic Russia is much larger in extent than 
European Russia, but by far less populous, both how- 
ever being less thickly settled than the more southern 
regions of Asia or America. 

126/. The population consists of four classes, the 
nobility, clergy, common people, and peasants, or serfs, 
the last class being the property of the crown or of in- 
dividual nobles : the amount of the whole may be stated 
at 35 millions. 

1268. The Russians were formerly a rude and an ignorant people, but insti- 
tutions for the purposes of instruction are becoming numerous and excellent, 
in 1818, the Petersburg Bible Society had 128 branches, and had printed the 
Bible in 28 different languages. 

1269. There were in Russia 3253 manufacturing establishments of various 
kinds in 1825. Great quantities of brandy are distilled, of which more than 
120 millions of gallons are consumed in the country. In 1820, there were 
more than 60 millions of sheep in Russia, and the wool from Odessa, was 
considered equal to the best Spanish. Gold and platina, recently found on 
the Ural mountains, bid fair to become sources of considerable profit. 

1270. The principal productions are wheat, rye, oats, barley, Indian corn, 
hemp, &c. The chief exports are hemp, flax, timber, iron, grain, tallow, and 
leather. The last of these articles is much celebrated. Russia has also 
mines of silver and copper. 

1271. The commerce of this country, which is very extensive, is carried on 
through its adjacent seas. Inland navigation is also extensive, reaching from 
the Black and Caspian Seas, to the Baltic and Arctic Ocean. 

1272. The Russians are generally a well formed, robust, and courageous 
race of men, with tolerably fair complexions. 

Russia. Q,. What is the comparative extent of the Russian Empire ? 1265. 
What does it embrace 7 1265. Which is the largest, and most populous Asiatic or 
European Russia ? 1266. What is said of the population ? 1267. 

Q,. What is the character of the Russians ? 1268. What is said of the manufactu- 
ring establishments ? 1269. What of their wool 1 1269. 

Q,. What are the principal productions ? 1270. Commerce ? 1271. Russian 
character? 1272, Fashions'? 1273. Government? 1274. 


EUROPEAN RUSSIA. 


193 


1*273. The h'gher c'asses follow the French and English fashions, and all 
are clothed in furs, for nearly six months of the year. 

1274. The empire of Russia is governed by a sovereign, who is absolute and 
despotic in the fullest sense of those terms. 


EUROPEAN RUSSIA. 

Map of Europe . — How is European Russia bounded ? Capital ? Chief 
Towns? Principal Rivers ? 

1275, Russia in Europe, formerly called Muscovy is 
mostly a level country, and abounds in extensive plains 
and majestic rivers. 

1276. The southern parts are mild and productive; 
the remainder is cold, and in some portions barren. 

1 1277. In winter, the people often amuse themselves by sliding down hills 

which they first make with timbers, and then cover them with ice. In 
travelling daring the winter months, the inhabitants use sleds, and the more 
wealthy, when they wish for better accommodation, place on these sleds 
small houses. 

1273. Towns. St. Petersburg, the metropolis of the Russian Empire, 
the residence of the imperial family, was founded by Peter the Great, in 1703. 
The small wooden houses of the poor exhibit a striking contrast to the superb 
edifices of the nobility, standing as they do side by side. The city is regu- 
larly built, with broad streets and contains many most magnificent buildings. 

1270. Moscow, the ancient capital, and still the place of the Emperor’s 
coronation, situated on the river Moskwa, from which the city derives its 
name, and which runs in a winding course through it, is one of the most popu- 
lous cities in Europe. It has few advantages for commerce, the river on 
which it stands being small, and except for rafts, navigable only in the spring. 
It was burned t.o the ground in 1812, by the Russians, who thereby prevented 
Bonaparte from making it a p'ace of winter quarters for his troops. The 
conflagration of the city was so brilliant and grand as to be aptly described by 
Bonaparte, “an ocean of flame.” It has since been rebuilt with greater 
splendor than it formerly exhibited, but is remarkable for the same contrast in 
its edifices as is St. Petersburg. 

1280. Cronsfadf, the principal naval station of Russia, is a seaport on an 
island in the gulf of Finland, 20 miles from St. Petersburg. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What mountains in the N. E. of Russia? 1. Their length and height ? 
What seas border on Russia ? n. f. k. c. e. What two large lakes has 
Russia ? a. a. What mountains in the N. W. ? z. Length ? What gulls 
on the W. ? a. d. a. What peninsula in the S. ? a. 

Which is the longest river in Russia ? a. Which is the next ? r. 1 What 
ones flow into the Caspian Sea? a. 1. What into the sea of Azoff? n. 
What into the Black Sea ? r. g. r.* What one crosses Poland ? a. What 

What is said of European Russia? 1275. What of its climate and soil ? 1278. 
Wiiat of their amusements ? 1277. What is their mode of travelling? 1277. 


1 Dneiper, (ne'-per ) 


9 


1 2 Dniester, (nesc'-ter.) 


194 


POLAND, 


one crosses the N. E. of Russia? Ya. What one falls into the gulf of 
Riga ? a. 

With what lakes does the Volga appear to be connected ? Oa. La. How 
is the navigation from the head of this stream continued on to the Baltic ? By 
means of a canal leading from this river into the Neva, and thence to the 
Baltic. 

What large town at the mouth of the Volga n. What one at the 
mouth of the Dneister ? a. What other on the same stream ? r. What 
near the mouths of the Bog and Dneiper ? n. 

Which is the largest town on the Dneiper ? v. Which on the Moskwa ? 
w. What on the Volga near the canal ? r. 

What town on the Gulf of Riga ? a. W T hat on the Gulf of Finland ? t. 
What on lake Ladoga ? g. On what river is Archangel ? a. 

On what gulf is Abo ? d. Which is the largest town on the Don? a. 
W r hich at the mouth of the Volga? n. 

Where is the largest town ? g. W T hat is said of it ? 1278. W r here is the 
second town in size ? w. Describe it ? 1279. Where is the third town ? n. 
Where the three next ? Oa. Ta. Ra. 


POLAND. 

Map of Europe . — How is Denmark bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal River ? 

1281 . Poland, formerly one of the most powerful 
kingdoms of Europe, was, in 1795 , conquered and di- 
vided between Prussia, Austria, and Russia. 

1282 . In 1815 , a small portion of ancient Poland 
w r as erected into a kingdom, subject to Russia, and go- 
verned by a Viceroy appointed by the Emperor. 

1283. In 1830, the Poles, exasperated by the tyrannical conduct of their 
Viceroy, the Arch Duke Constantine, brother of the late Emperor Alexander, 
and also of Nicholas, the present emperor, sought to regain their liberty, but 
were unsuccessful. They were subdued by the Russians, and many of them 
now roam in foreign climes, preferring a life of exile to one of servitude and 
chains in their own country. Some of them have visited the LTnited States, 
familiarly known as the “ Polish Exiles.” 

1284 . The inhabitants are in person tall, robust, and 
handsome ; courteous in their manners and hospitable 
to strangers. They are composed of two classes, the 
poor or peasants, and the rich or nobility. The for- 
mer are servile, and, as a class, the most illiterate in 
Europe ; the latter are haughty and generally v 7 ell ed- 
ucated. 

1285. Poland is for the most part level, and in many places marshy, pre- 
senting the general appearance of one vast plain. 

Poland. U. What is said of the political condition of Poland 7 1281. What 
occurred in 1815 7 1282. What in 1830 7 1283. Describe the inhabitants 7 1284. 


DENMARK 


195 

1286. It has a cold climate and an exceedingly productive soil, so well 
adapted to the raising of grain, that Poland is often called “ The granary of 
Europe.” 

1287. A species of manna in Poland deserves notice. It falls on the grass 
during the night, in the months of May and June, and is collected in the 
morning in sieves. The Poles esteem it a great delicacy and have various 
modes of dressing it. 

1288. Towns. Warsaw, the capital, is favorably situated for commerce, 
and possesses an extensive inland trade. It presents the same striking con- 
trast of hovels and palaces as the larger cities of Russia. 

1289. Cracow , the ancient capital of Poland, has become a free city, under 
the protection of Austria, Prussia, and Russia, and has in connection with a 
small district adjacent to it, obtained the title of the Republic of Cracow. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

In what part of the Russian empire is Poland ? What is the capital ? w. 
On what river is it ? a. What is said of it ? 1288. 

What was the ancient capital ? 1289. In what part of Poland is it ? What 
is said of it and the adjacent country ? 1289. Describe the largest river ? 

How can you get from the Atlantic Ocean to Poland by water ? How from 
the Black Sea across Russia by water ? How can you get into the Black 
Sea by water from North America ? 


DENMARK. 

Map of Europe . — How is Denmark bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal River ? 



MT. HECLA AND HOT SPRINGS. 


1290. Denmark is composed chiefly of the peninsu- 
la of Jutland and the islands of Zealand and Funen. 

Q,. Wliat is the surface of Poland 7 1285. What the climate 7 1286. What re- 
markable article of food is mentioned 7 1287. 


HOLLAND. 


1 96 

4 # 

1291. It is mostly a level country, and the greater 
part of it fertile, with a thick hazy atmosphere, and a 
moist, but healthy climate. 

1292. Denmark has great commercial advantages, 
which it has not failed to improve. 

1293. The Faroe islands and Iceland belong to Denmark. Iceland is a 
cold and mountainous region, celebrated for its volcano and its hot springs. 
These springs spout large columns of water to the height of 150 feet, attended 
with a loud noise like that of cannon, and by a trembling of the adjacent earth 
to a considerable distance. 

1294. The Danes are an enlightened nation, and 
are characterized by intelligence, morality and hospi- 
tality. 

1295. Towns. Copenhagen, the capital, is situated on the east coast of 
Zealand. It has a good harbor and an extensive commerce. 

1276. Elsineur is a noted seaport, where all vessels passing into or out of 
the Baltic pay toll or duty, as a remuneration to the Danish king for the light- 
houses on the coast. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What course is Denmark from Prussia? From Sweden ? From France 
From where you live ? 

What town in the N. ? g. What canal connects the Baltic with the 
North Sea ? The canal of Kiel. What separates Denmark from Sweden and 
Norway ? S-Rk. Ct. What two islands in the W ? d. n. What large town 
on Zealand ? n. What one S. W. from Funen ? g. 

Which is the largest town? n. What is said of it ? 1295. What of El- 
sineur ? 1276. 

Where are the Faroe Isles ? To whom do they belong ? 1193. How can 
you sail from St. Petersburg to Berlin ? 

What are the chief towns of Denmark ? Principal rivers ? 


HOLLAND. 

How is Holland bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1297. Holland and Belgium formed, till within 
a recent period, but one kingdom under the name of 
the Netherlands, but since 1830, they have been sepa- 
rated. 

1298. Holland is by far the most level country in 
Europe, resembling a large marsh that has been 
drained. 

Denmark. Q,. Of what is Denmark composed 1 1290. What is said of the sur 
face, climate, &c. ? 1291. Commerce 7 1292. Islands and springs 7 1293. 

Holland. Q,. What is said of the political condition of Holland and Belgium 7 
1297. What is the surface of Holland 7 1298. 


HOLLAND. 


197 


1299. The surface is lower than that of the waters around it, and by many 
the country is thought to have once formed the bed of the sea. Large dikes 
or banks of earth raised and kept up with great labor and expense, alone pre- 
vent an inundation. These dikes have sluices, on the opening of which the 
water rushes in and overflows the country. 

1300. The soil is for the most part very fertile, and 
in a high state of cultivation. The meadows and pas- 
tures are exceedingly rich and productive, and the 
butter and cheese are much celebrated. 

1301. The climate is damp and chilly, and in many 
parts unhealthy. 

1302. Holland abounds in canals, which serve the 
same purposes as roads in other countries. 

1303. The inhabitants are usually called Dutch. Once they had a most ex- 
tensive and flourishing trade, and were considered the most commercial peo- 
ple in the world. Holland has been styled the mart of Europe. Their trade 
is now greatly diminished. 

1304. The Dutch are an honest, patient, remarkably industrious, neat and 
frugal people. 

1305. Towns. Amsterdam, the capital of Holland, is one of the most 
commercial cities in the world. It stands on the Zuyder Zee in a low 
marshy place, and is built on piles driven into the ground. Its chief security 
from attack by an enemy, consists in the facility with which the surrounding 
country can be inundated by means of the sluices. Its harbor is one of the 
finest in Europe, and the city contains many splendid public edifices, among 
which is the Stadthouse, now the royal palace. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Which is most northerly, Holland or Germany ? Where is the Zuyder 
Zee ? What river has Holland on the S ? e. 

Where is the largest town ? m. What is said of it ? 1305. Where is the 
second? e. The third? n. \ 


BE LGIUM. 

How is Belgium bounded ? Capital ? Chief towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1308. Belgium was once known as the Austrian and 
French Netherlands. It was called Netherlands, or 
the Low Countries, from its situation, although it is 
in general more elevated than Holland, and the air is 
less damp. 

Cl. How can this country be inundated, and how prevented? 1299. 

Cl. What is said of the soil? 1300. What of the climate ? 1301 Canals? 1302. 
Inhabitants and trade ? 1363. Dutch character ? 1304. 


198 


BELGIUM. 


1307. The country is mostly level, with a fertile 
soil, which produces grain, flax, hemp, and various 
fruits. 

1308. Belgium is distinguished for its agriculture, manufactures, and for the 
perfection to which its inhabitants have carried certain branches of the fine 
arts, particularly painting. That brilliant style of painting known by the ap- 
pellation of the Flemish school, had its origin here. 

1309. Towns. Br ussels is one of the most beautiful cities of Europe, 
and is much celebrated for its magnificent squares, public buildings, walks 
and fountains, as well as for its manufactures of lace, carpets, camlets, 
and other articles. The famous field of Waterloo is in the vicinity of 
Brussels. 

1310. Antwerp , on the Scheldt, is noted for its commerce. Ghent is the 
city at which the last treaty of peace between Great Britain and the United 
States was made and signed. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Which is farthest N. Belgium or Austria? What river on the N. ? e. 
Which is the most northerly town ? p. Which the most westerly town ? t. 
For what is it celebrated ? 1310. 

Which is the largest town ? s. Describe it ? 1309. Where is the second ? 
t. The third ? p. The fourth ? e. 

What celebrated place in the vicinity ? 1309. Whose fate was decided 
at that battle ? Bonaparte’s. 

In what direction is Belgium from the United States ? 


BRITISH EMPIRE. 

1311. The British Empire comprises the islands 
of Great Britain, Ireland, and the adjacent islands. 
The first two named are sometimes known by the 
name of Britain. 

1312. Besides these, the English own in Asia, the greater part of Hindos- 
tan, Malacca, with Singapore, Ceylon and other isles ; — in the Pacific, New 
Holland, Van Diemans’s Land, and their dependencies ; — in Africa, the colo- 
ny of the Cape of Good Hope, the islands of St. Helena and Ascension, 
Sierra Leone, Mauritius, and other less important places ; — in North Ameri- 
ca, Upper and Lower Canada, Labrador, New North Wales, Newfoundland, 
Nova Scotia, the islands of Cape Breton and Prince Edward, New Bruns- 
wick, also Jamaica and other islands in the West Indies; — and in South 
America, Demerara, Essequibo, and Berbice. 

1313. If we include the inhabitants of all the foregoing places, the king of 
England has more subjects than any other monarch in the world, and if we 
except the Emperor of China, more than twice as many. 

Belgium. — Q. What was Belgium formerly called ? 1300. Whht is the surface, 
soil, and productions? 1307. For what is it distinguished? 1308. 

British Empire. — Q. What part of Europe belongs to the British empire? 1311. 
What parts are sometimes called Britain? 1311. What does this empire hold in 


BRITISH EMPIRE. 


199 


1314. The form of government is a limited and he- 
reditary monarchy. 

1315. The Sovereign or legislative power is vested 
in a King, Lords and Commons ; the assent of all 
these powers being necessary to make a law. The 
Lords and Commons constitute what is called the Par- 
liament of Great Britain ; resembling in most of its 
features the Congress of the United States. 

131G. The King is the fountain of honor and justice ; and the supreme 
head of the church, having the appointment of ail officers, either civil, eccle- 
siastical or military. 

1317. The House of Lords is sometimes styled the nobility, and consists 
of the Peers of the Realm, viz : the Archbishops, the Bishops, Dukes, Mar- 
quises, Earls, Viscounts, and Barons. 

1318. The House of Commons consists of representatives chosen by the 
people, in the different counties, cities and boroughs of the empire. 

1319. The British or English nation is distinguished 
for being one of the most powerful on the face of the 
globe ; the variety and extent of its manufactures ; 
for its commercial and naval importance ; and for the 
good sense, intelligence, and the enterprise of its sub- 
jects. 

J 

1320. The island of Great Britain, though not the 
largest, is by far the most important in the known 
world. It is divided into Scotland in the N., England 
m the S., and Wales in the W. 


ENGLAND. 1 

How is England bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1321. England, anciently called Albion, is the lar- 
gest ana most populous division of Great Britain. 

1322. It has an agreeable variety of hills and plains, 

Asia'? 1312. In the Pacific? 1312. In Africa? 1312. In North America? 1312. 
In the West Indies? 1312 In South America? 1312. What is the comparative 
number of the subjects of the King of England ? 1313 
fi- What is the form of the English government ? 1314. What is said of the sove- 
reign power? 1315. What of the King ? 1316. VVliat two houses lias Parliament? 
1315 Who composes the House of Lord? ? 1317. The House of Commons ? 1318. 

0. For what is the English nation distinguished? 1319. What Is said of the 
importance of Great Britain and what are its divisions ? 1390. 

England. Q,. What is the extent of England and its ancient m\ : ■ ? 1321. De- 
scribe the aspect of the country ? 1322. 


1 England, (ing'-glaud.) 


200 


ENGLAND 


with no very high mountains, and its scenery is exceed- 
ingly beautiful. 

1323. The soil is fertile and under a high state of cul- 
tivation, producing wheat, barley, rye, oats, beans, peas, 
&c. The horses, cattle, and various kinds of sheep of 
Eng- and are much celebrated. 

1324. The climate, though from its situation inclined 
to moisture and chilliness, is healthy, and less subject to 
the disagreeable extremes of heat and cold than other 
places in the same latitude on the continent. 

1325. The mineral productions of England are numerous and valuable, 
such as coal, copper, tin, iron and lead. 

1326. England is the most commercial country on the globe, and has from 
i f s numerous canals, an extensive inland navigation. It is also much famed 
for the extent and variety of its manufactures. 



1327. Towns. — London, the metropolis of the British empire, is one of 
the largest and most opulent cities in the world. So long ago as the reign < f 
the Emperor Nero, it is spoken of by Tacitus as being of considerable com- 
mercial importance. It stands on the Thames, Le.e about a quarter of a 
mile wide, 60 miles from its mouth. T he city is about seven miles in 
length, and varies in width from three to five miles, it 1 as not, compara- 
tively speaking, so great a proportion of magnificent public b. hidings as many 
others ; still, it contains a great number of splendid edifices. Among them 
may be mentioned ISt. Paul’s church, which, if we except St. Peter’s at 
Home, is the finest in the world. In commerce and manufactures it excels 
every other city, and it abounds in literary and humane institutions. 


Cl. What is said ol the soil, productions, 
mate 1 132-1. Mineral productions 7 132“. 


and animals'? 1323. What of the cli- 
Conuneice a::d niai.uf; ctuies ? 1326. 



WALES. 


201 


1328. Liverpool , a large seaport on the Mersey, is by means of canals’ 
connected with all the principal manufacturing towns in the interior. I*" 
is largely concerned in the American trade, and also with that of other 
parts of the world, being the second town in England in respect to wealth 
and commerce. 

1329. Bristol , on the Avon, is a commercial place. Portsmouth , Ply- 
mouth, and Chatham , are noted as the chief naval stations. Oxford and 
Cambridge for their universities. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What sea on the E. of the island of Great Britain ? h. What strait on 
the S. E. ? r. What channel? h. What two channels on the W. ? s. 1. 

What sea and island on the W. ? h. n. What channel N. of the last 
island ? h. What division in the south of Great Britain ? d. W hat in the 
N. ? d. What in the W. ? s. 

Between what two parallels, that are put down on the map, does the capi- 
tal town lie ? In what longitude is London ? 

In which longitude is Wales? Scotland? What cape in the S. W. ? 
d. What islands near it ? Sy. What large towns in the S. W. ? h. 

What large town in the S. near the Isle of Wight ? h. What islands has 
England in the English channel ? y. y. t. 

What towns on the coast of the North Sea, between the strait of Dover 
and Scotland? h. e. 1. 

Where is the largest town ? n. Where the second ? r. The third ? 1. 
Fourth? m. Fifth? 1. Sixth? s. Seventh? h. 

Where is Bath ? Oxford ? York ? Will you describe the largest river ? 
s. What river on the borders of England and Wales ? 9 . 

What is said of the size, opulence, and ancient commerce of London ? 
1327. What is said of Liverpool ? 1328. Bristol ? 1329. For what are 
several other towns noted ? 1329. 


Which way is London from Washington, the metropolis of the United 
States? How can you sail from Washington to London, that is, what 
rivers, bays, oceans, seas, &c. must you sail in, and what other objects as 
towns, capes, &c. must you pass ? 

How will you sail from London to the capital of Russia ? From St. Pe- 
tersburg to Stockholm ? In what direction is London from the place where 
you live ? 


WALES. 

How is W ales bounded ? Chief Towns ? 

1330. Wales is a mountainous but not a barren 
country. It is less fertile and less cultivated than Eng- 
land, which it resembles in many other respects, as 
climate, productions, &c. Iron and other mineral pro- 
ductions are abundant. 

Wales, (i. What is the surface and soil of Wales ? 1330. Minerals! 1330 

9 * 


20S 


SCOTLAND 


1331. To Wales the ancient Britons fled on the invasion of England by 
the Saxons, from whom the present inhabitants of England are descended. 
The Welsh language is still spoken in this part of the island. 

1332. Wales was once governed by independent kings, but since 1283, it 
has been united to England. The oldest son of the king of England is 
styled Prince of Wales. 


MAP OF EUROTE. 

Which is the farthest N. Wales or Belgium? Wales or Holland? Be- 
tween what parallels, that are on the map, does Wales lie ? In which longi- 
tude is it? Which is the largest town? Merthyr T}^dvil. What towns 
on the map ? s. h. 

What channel S. of Wales ? 1. What island near the northern part of 
Wales ? n. 


SCOTLAND. 

How is Scotland bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

1333. Scotland is naturally divided into two parts ; 
the Highlands in the N. and the Lowlands in the S. 

1334. The Highlands are for the most part a cold, 
barren, and mountainous region. 

1335. The Lowlands which are the smaller division, 
lie S. and E. of the Grampian Hills or mountains, and 
are agreeably diversified with hills and plains, and have 
a milder climate than the Highlands. The soil is fertile 
and well cultivated. 

1336. The Grampian Hills, mentioned above, are the principal ranges of 
mountains in Scotland, the highest summit of which is Ben Nevis, the most 
elevated point in Great Britain. 

1337. To Scotland belong numerous islands which are comprised prin- 
cipally in the three clusters of Hebrides, or Western Islands, the Orkneys, 
and the Shetland Islands. 

1338. The chief agricultural productions are wheat, rye, barley, and oats. 
The mineral productions are coal, iron, freestone, slate, limestone, marble, 
rock and crystal. The manufactures are linens, plaids or tartans, muslins, 
thread, and various other articles. 

1339. The Scotch are brave, temperate, generous, 

From whom are the present inhabitants descended ? 1331. What is said of the 
government of Wales? 1332. 

Scotland — Q. Of what does Scotland consist ? 1333. What is said ofthe High- 
lands ? 1334. Of the Lowlands 1 1335. What are the principal mountains in Scot- 
land ? 1336. 

What islands belong to Scotland ? 1337. What are the manufactures, and the 
agricultural and mineral productions ? 1338. 

Q,. What is the character of the Scotch ? 1339. Describe the curiosity that is 
mentioned ? 1340. 


SCOTLAND. 


203 



fond of liberty, and celebrated for their general intelli- 
gence, morality and love of country. 


fingal’s cavern, in staffa. 

13 10. In Staffa, one of die Hebrides, is a magnificent cavern, 250 feet ii* 
length, with an entrance formed by a natural arch, 53 feet wide, and 117 feet 
high, which is so lighted that the extreme part of the cavern is visible from 
its entrance. The roof is supported by a succession of columns. 

1341. Towns. Edinburgh , 1 about two miles from the Frith of Forth 
has, from being surrounded by lofty hills, a picturesque and delightful situa- 
tion. It is a well built city, and celebrated for its learning and science. 

1312. Glasgow, on the Clyde, in regard to commerce, manufactures and 
population, is the first city in Scotland. Greenock, on the Frith of Clyde, is 
a noted seaport. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Next above what parallel, that is put down on the map, does Scotland lie ? 
Which is the largest, Scotland, Wales, or England ? 

What course is Scotland from England ? Should it then have a colder 
climate? Why? 

What Friths on the E. of Scotland ? y. h. By what channel is Scotland 
separated from Ireland ? h. What town in the N. E. ? k. 

What four on the eastern course S. of Wick? f. n. h* \\ What one in 
the S. W. on the coast? y. What one N. of the last on the same coast? 
w. What N. of the last on Murry Frith? s. 

Where is the largest town ? w. What is said of it ? 1342. Where is the 
second town in size ? h. Describe it ? 1341. Where the thifd ? n. 


Where are the Hebrides ? Orkneys? Shetland Isles ? Faroe Isles ? 

W hich has the highest latitude, Scotland, or the state in which you live ? 
What ocean and sea must you pass in order to visit the capital of Scotland ? 

Is there any communication by water, between the Black or Caspian Sea 
and the Baltic ? What ocean, seas, straits, capes, rivers and canals would 


1 Eiunburgii, (edf 4n-bur-ro.) 



204 


IRELAND. 


you pass in sailing from Edinburgh to the Black Sea, and from|thence through 
Russia to the place from whence you started ? 


IRELAND. 

How is Ireland bounded? Capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers? 

1343. Ireland is a fertile, beautiful, and populous 
island, possessing an agreeable variety of hills and 
plains, and but few mountains. 

1344. The numerous bogs or marshes, which disfigure the face of the 
country in Ireland, are not only incapable of cultivation, but are passed over 
with extreme difficulty. 

1345. In Ireland there are many castles, churches, 
and religious houses in a ruinous and dilapidated state. 

1346. The climate is mild, temperate and healthy, 
but more humid than that of England, having warmer 
winters and cooler summers than that country. 

1347. Whether attributable to the soil, or climate, or both, it is certain that 
there are in Ireland no moles, frogs, nor serpents. 

1348. 'The Irish are quick witted, ingenious, brave, hardy, and hospitable, 
but violent and passionate in their dispositions. The lower classes are igno- 
rant and superstitions, and sometimes exceedingly poor. 

1349. The Giant’s Causeway, which is situated on the northern coast of 
Ireland, is a great curiosity. It consists of many hundred thousand columns 
of basaltic* rock, rising from 200 to 400 feet perpendicular above the surface 
olthe water. 

1350. Towns. — Dublin, the capital of Ireland is finely situated at the 
head of a spacious and picturesque bay, seven miles from the Irish sea. It is 
about three miles in length, and two in breadth, and contains many magnifi- 
cent edifices. Among the large cities of the British Islands, it takes the se- 
cond rank in respect to population. 

1351. Belfast , Limerick, and Cork, are cities of considerable importance. 
Cork, has a fine harbor and a more extensive commerce than any other city 
in Ireland. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Which extends farthest N. Ireland or England ? In which latitude and 
longitude is Ireland ? Which is the largest river ? n. Describe it. 

Q. What towns in the S. ? d. k. What towns in the western part ? k. y. 
What town in the N. ? y Wffiat on the eastern coast ? t. n. 

Which town in Ireland is larger than New York was in 1830 ? Dn. Which 
than Baltimore ? Ck. Which than New Orleans ? k. What other but a little 
smaller than New Orleans ? t. Which is of the same size with Charleston ? 
y. Which with Washington ? y. 

Ireland. — Q,. What is the surface of Ireland 7 1343. What is mentioned as dis- 
figuring the face of the country 7 1344. 

Q.. With what does Ireland abound 1 1345. What is the climate 7 1346. Of 
what animals is it destitute! 1347. What is the character of ihe Irish 7 1348. 
What curiosity is mentioned 7 1349. 

* Basaltic rock is a kind of rock never found in lays, but always standing upright. 


FRANCE. 205 

What is said of Dublin ? 1350. Cork ? 1351. What is said of two other 
towns ? 1351. 


FRANCE. 

How is France bounded ? Its capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Riv- 
ers ? 

1352. France has in general a level surface, a fertile 
soil, a remarkably mild and genial climate, particularly 
in the S., and presents a most delightful and beautiful 
appearance. 

1353. The more important products of the soil are 
wheat, barley, oats, vines, olives, with mulberries and 
other delicious fruits in abundance. 

1354. France is much celebrated for her silks, wool- 
lens, brandy, and wines. 

1355. Wine is as common a drink among the French 
as beer is in England, or cider and beer in the United 
States. 

1356. Although France has 82 canals, her inland 
navigation is not so extensive as that of England. 

1357. The French are a polite and polished people ; 
active, ingenious, temperate in their mode of living, 
fond of show and amusements, and perhaps the most 
entertaining companions in the world. 

1358. In the various walks of literature, France, as 
a nation, has long had the highest rank, particularly in 
mathematics, astronomy, and several branches of natu- 
ral history, as anatomy and chemistry. In painting, 
architecture, and the other departments of the fine arts, 
the French are scarcely inferior to any people in the 
world. 

1359. The education of the mass of the people has 

France. — What is said of the soil, surface, climate and aspect 7 1352. Products 
of the soil 1 1353. 

Q,. For what articles of trade is France celebrated 7 1351. What is a common 
drink, and to what extent 1 1355. 

Q,. What is said of inland navigation'! 1356. What is the character of the 
French'? 1357. For what has France long been distinguished 1 1358. What is the 
state of education among the mass of the people 7 1359. 


206 


FRANCE, 


been formerly much neglected, but exertions have re- 
cently been made to effect a change in this respect. 

1360. The government of France was an absolute monarchy for many 
centuries. A revolution took place in 1793 ; Louis XVI. the reigning king, 
was beheaded, and a scene of blood and slaughter succeeded, such as was 
never before witnessed in any age or country. 

1361. In 1804, Bonaparte was crowned emperor, and in 1815 he suffered a 
total defeat on the memorable plains of Waterloo, left France forever, and 
the Bourbon family was again placed on the throne. 

1362. In 1830, another political convulsion took place. Charles X. then 
on the throne, was expelled the country, and Louis Phillippe, with the con- 
sent and at the request of the people, assumed the reins of government with 
the title of “King of the French.” The government is now a limited mon- 
archy. 

1363. Towns. Paris, the capital of France, and the second city in Eu- 
rope, is pleasantly situated on both sides of the river Seine. x Its streets are 
narrow and less spacious than those of London, but its public buildings are 
far more splendid. It abounds in public walks, gardens and other places of 
amusement, as well as in extensive and valuable libraries, and literary and 
charitable institutions. Paris is probably the gayest and most fashionable 
city in the w'orkl. 

1364. Lyons , at the confluence of the Rhone and Saone 1 rivers, is cele- 
brated for its trade and manufactures. Its silks are very famous. 

1365. Marseilles, 1 in the south of France, on the Mediterranean, is an 
important city and carries on an extensive trade with the United States. 
From Bordeaux large quantities of wine and brandy are exported. 

MAP OF EUROPE* 

What channel and strait separate France from England ? h. r. In what 
direction is France from England? 

What separates France from Spain ? s. Their course, length, and height ? 
What mountains form the S. W. boundary ? Height, length, and course ? 
What mountains W 7 . of the last and what their height ? s. 

Where is the Gulf of Lyons ? What bay W. of France ? By. What isl- 
ands on the western coast ? Be. On. Be. 

Which is the most westerly city ? t. Which is the most south-west- 
erly ? e. What two cities on the Garonne? x. e. What cities on the Bay 
of Biscay ? t. e. W 7 hat on the Loire ? s. s. s. t. What on the English 
channel? n. What on the Seine ? n. s. 

What town in the N. E. ? s. What one S. W. of Calais ? e. What 
three towns in the E. that have not been mentioned ? g. x. y. 


(4. What has been the government ofFranee? 1300. What took place in the 
year 1703 ? 1300. 

Q. What took place in 1804 ? 1301. In 1815? 1301. In 1830? 1362. What is 
the present form of government ? 1302. 


* PRONUNCIATION OF FRENCH NAMES. 


Loire, (Jwor.) Riieims, (remze.) 

Montpelier, (mong-pel'ya Rochelle, (ro-chelf. 


A.jacio, (a-jnt'-cho.) 
Avinon, (av'-in-yon.) 
Amiens, (am'-e-yang'.) 
Bordeaux, (boor-do'.) 
Caen, (kang.) 

Lyons, (Je-ong'.) 
Lille, (lele.) 

Louis, (loo'is.) 


Metz, (mase.) 
Marseilles, (mar-salze'.) 
Nismes, (neemze.) 
Nantes, (nantz.) 

< >leron, (ol-rong'.) 

Rouen, (roo-ong'.) 


Roeiifort, (rosli -fort-) 
Seine, (sene.) 

Saone, (sone.) 

Toulon, (too-long'.) 
Toulouse, (too-looz'.) 
Versailles, (ver-salze'.) 


SPAIN. 


207 


What cities on the Rhone ? e. s. n. What on the Saone ? s. What 
towns on the Gulf of Lyons ? r. s. n. 

Will you describe the largest river in France ? e. The second ? e. 
Third ? e. Fourth ? Ge. What is remarkable about the last ? It is the 
most rapid river in Europe. 

Where is the largest city ? s. Where the second ? s. The third ? s. 
Fourth ? x. 

Will you describe Paris ? 1363. Lyons ? 1364. Marseilles ? 1365. 

How will you sail from Rouen in the north of France to Marseilles ? 
Can you inform me how the distance could be shortened one half by a 
canal ? 

What island in the Mediterranean belongs to France ? Corsica. What 
is its population ? 200,000. For what is it famous ? For honey and beeswax, 
and being the birth place of Bonaparte. 

What strait on the S. of Corsica ? o. From what does the strait sepa- 
rate it ? a. What towns on it ? a. o. 


SPAIN. 

H«w is Spain bounded? Its capital? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers? 

1366. Spain is the most mountainous country in 
Europe, except Switzerland, and has a mild and de- 
lightful climate in the N., but warm and sometimes un- 
healthy in the S. 

1367. The soil is in general good, but for want of 
proper cultivation, it yields but a scanty supply to the 
inhabitants. 

1363. The productions are wheat, barley, maize, 
grapes, from which rich wines are made, oranges, and 
various other delicious fruits. 

1369. The raising of Merino sheep has received 
great attention, the wool of which is much celebrated 
in all parts of the world. 

1370. The rich mines in the Spanish Provinces of South America, diverted 
the attention of the Spaniards from the true sources of wealth, agriculture 
and manufactures, and induced a state of luxury and indolence from which 
they seem incapable of being aroused. 

1371. Spain is thought capable of supporting 50 millions of people. When 
under the Romans it is computed to have contained 40 millions, but it now 
contains only about one third of that number, 14 millions, and for the sub- 
sistence of these, large importations are annually made. 

1372. The Spaniards are, in general, tall, of a swar- 
thy complexion, grave and stately in their demeanor, 

Spain. — Q. What is said of the surface and climate of Spain 1 1366. Soil 1 1367. 
Productions'? 1368. Sheep'? 1369. Mines'? 1370. Population'? 1371. 

Q,. What is the character of the Spaniards ? 1372. What is said of the ladies ? 




208 


SPAIN. 


tenacious of honor ; but proud, indolent, revengeful, 
and ignorant to an extent greater than formerly. 

1373. The Spanish ladies are tall, but slender and 
beautiful : graceful in their manners and agreeable in 
conversation. 

1374. The most remarkable curiosity is the Montserrat mountain, which 
stands in a vast plain, and consists of an infinite number of rocks seemingly 
cut in the form of sugar loaves, and piled one above another to the height of 
3300 feet, resembling a pile of Gothic spires. The mountain is about 14 
miles in circuit. On this mountain is a monastery, together with a chapel, 
dedicated to the Virgin. A great number of the Benedictine monks con- 
tinually reside here, who entertain with great hospitality all who are at- 
tracted to this place by curiosity or devotion. 

1375. The natives of this country have a strange taste for bull fights, which 
are often attended by many thousands of both sexes. Large buildings, called 
amphitheatres, are erected in most of the large towns specially devoted to 
this amusement. 

1376. Towns. Madrid stands on the river Manzanares, a branch of the 
Tagus, in a plain surrounded by mountains. It has 77 churches, 66 con- 
vents, besides several magnificent palaces and more than 100 towers or 
steeples. Its trade and manufactures are trifling, and it is important only as 
the residence of the royal family, and the capital of the nation. 

1377. The two most important seaports are Barcelona , noted for its wines 
and brandy, and Cadiz , distinguished as being the centre of the American 
trade. 

1378. Gibraltar , a celebrated town and fortress, stands on a promontory 
in the S. of Spain, 1400 feet above the level of the sea. It now belongs to 
England. It is so well fortified both by nature and art as to be considered 
impregnable. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What strait has Spain on the S. ? r. What does this strait separate and 
what does it connect ? What is the most northern cape of Spain ? 1. What 
cape a little S. of Cape Ortegal ? e. What cape in the S. ? r. 

Why is it warmer in the S. than in the N., or even in France ? What 
mountains in Spain ? s. n. a. o. What parallel intersects it nearly in the 
middle ? What meridian in the opposite direction. 

Will you describe the largest river ? s. The three next ? o. o. a. The 
third ? r. 

What towns on the Ebro ? a. a. What towns on the Mediterranean ? a. 
a. a. a. What impregnable fortress near the last town ? r. Will you de- 
scribe it ? 1378. 

What town on the Guadalquiver 1- e. Where is Cadiz ? What other 
towns between the Guadalquiver and the Mediterranean ? a. a. What on 
the Tagus ? o. What town on a branch of the Tagus ? d. 

What one W. of Madrid ? a. What town on the Duero ? d. What in 
the N. W. ? a. What other in the N. on the Bay of Biscay ? a. 

1373. What is the most remarkable curiosity in Spain ? 1374. Of what amuse- 
ments are the Spaniards particularly fond ? 1375. 


1 Gaxjdalquiver. (gaw-dal-quiv'-er.) 


209 


PORTUGAL. 

Where is the largest town ? d. The second ? a. Third? e. Fourth? z. 
Fifth ? Va. Sixth ? Ga. Are there any more larger than W ashington, the 
capital of the U. S. ? 

Will you describe Madrid ? 1376. For what are Barcelona and Cadiz 

noted ? 1377. 


PORTUGAL. 


How is Portugal bounded ? Capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1379. Portugal has a fertile soil, a mild and healthy 
climate, and a variegated surface of plains, mountains, 
and valleys. 

1380. It abounds in wine, olives, oranges and other 
fruits, but not in grain ; agriculture being in a back- 

7 CD ' O 1 < — 7 , 

ward state, as well as manufactures, the arts, and sci- 


ences generally. 

1381. The Portuguese are friendly and generous to 
strangers, but proud, ignorant, and superstitious. 

1382. Towns. Lisbon has a delightful situation, a fine haibor, where 
1000 ships may anchor in safety, and is among the most commercial cities 
of Europe. It is famous for a kind of wine called Lisbon wine. This city 
was almost entirely destroyed by an earthquake in 1755, but has since been 
rebuilt. 

1333. Oporfo is the second city in respect to commerce in Portugal, and 
is distinguished for a wine called Port wine. 


MAP OF EUROPIL 

What do Spain and Portugal both form, an island or a peninsula? Is 
Portugal a large or small kingdom ? What parallel on the map intersects 
Portugal ? 

What rivers in Portugal ? o. s. a. Where do they rise and flow ? W hat 
is the only cape put down on the map ? t. What cay in the N. ? o. What 
is the next one S.? a. What one on the Tagus ? n. What two S. of the 
last, on the coast ? s. o. 

Where is the largest city ? n. Describe it ? 1382. Yv'heie is the second ? 
o. Describe it ? 1383. 


ITALY. 

How is Italy bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1384. Italv, the country of the ancient Romans, 

1 J 7 

once the garden of Europe, the parent of the arts and 


Portugal. — Q,. What is said of the soil, climate and surface of Portugal I 1379. 
In what does it abound l 1380. What is the state of manufactures, arts, and sci- 
ences 1 1380. 

U. What is the character of the Portuguese ? 1 381. 


210 ITALY. 

sciences, and the mistress of the world, though much 
fallen from what it once was, is still one of the most 
interesting countries in the world. 

1385. It is noted for the fertility of its soil, the de- 
lightfulness of its climate, the rich variety and beauty 
of its landscapes, and its many monuments of ancient 
art and glory. 

1380. These remains of antiquity are amphitheatres, 
triumphal arches, ruins of temples, aqueducts, &c. 

1387. Italy abounds also in the most splendid speci- 
mens of painting, sculpture, and architecture contained 
in the world. 

1388. The Italians are polite and graceful in their 
manners, particularly fond of all branches of the fine 
arts, in which they greatly excel; but servile, super- 
stitious, and revengeful. The lower classes are gen- 
erally ignorant and vicious. 



CASTEE OF ST. ANuE-LO, ST. i’i/TER S CHURCH, AND BRIDGE OVER THE 

TIBER AT ROME. 

1339. Italy has for a long time been divided into several small states, o t 
which the following are the principal : 

1 The Kingdom of Sardinia in tiie N. W. ; capital, Turin. 

Italy. — Cl. What was Italy once ? 1384. What is it now 'l 138-1. For what is 
it, noted 1 1385. What examples of monuments are mentioned ? 1386. In what 
does Italy abound ? 1387. What is the character of the Italians 1 1288. 


ITALY. 211 

2. Lombardy or Austrian Italy in the N. E., dependent on Austria ; capi- 
tals, Milan and Venice. 

3. The Roman States, or the States of the Church, in the middle ; capital, 
Rome 

4. The Grand Duchy of Tuscany, dependent on Austria ; capital, 
Florence. 

5. The Duchy of Lucca, capital, Lucca, ) 

6. The Duchy of Parma, capital, Parma, > Dependent on Austria. 

7. The Duchy of Modena, capital, Modena, ; 

8. The Republic of San Marino, dependent on the Pope ; capital, San 
Marino. 

9. The kingdom of the Two Sicilies, or Naples, with the island of Sicily 
in the S. ; capital, Naples. 

1390. Towns. Rome, “the eternal city,” and the ancient capital of the 
Roman Empire, now the capital only of the Roman States, and the resi- 
dence of the Pope, is situated on the Tiber, and built on seven hills and the 
valleys between them, along the above river, over which it has four bridges. 
It is 15 miles from the mouth of the river, and 13 miles in circuit. Former- 
ly it was GO miles in circuit. Then it was the most powerful, populous, 
and magnificent city on the globe, and though greatly reduced in population 
and splendor, it is yet a city of great elegance and beauty. There are still 
to be seen many monuments of its departed glory, and there yet remain 
many buildings of surpassing splendor. St. Peter’s Church is the largest 
and most superb edifice which the art of man has constructed in modern 
times. 

1391. Naples , which is built in the form of an amphitheatre, has from 'the 
bay, which is one of the finest in the world, a charming appearance. The 
surrounding scenery is most delightful, and the city is among the most at- 
tractive spots in Europe. 

1392. The bay of Naples, is nearly in the form of a regular circle, being 
about 30 miles in diameter, and shut out from the Mediterranean by the is- 
land of Capua. The city contains about 30,000 vagabonds, called lazzaroui , 
similar to the leper os of Mexico. The manufactures and commerce of Na- 
ples are inconsiderable. 

1393. Palermo , the capital of Sicily, is a beautiful city. It has more than 
100 churches, 96 convents, with a chapel for each. 

1394. Florence , through which the river Arno runs, is famous for its galle- 
ry, containing the choicest specimens of painting and sculpture known in 
the world, it was the birth-place of Americus Vespuccius. 

1395. Leghorn , a strongly fortified city in the Grand Duchy of Tuscany, 
has one of the best harbors of the Mediterranean, and is famous for the man- 
ufacture of the Leghorn hats and bonnets. 

1396. T urin, the residence of the Sardinian king, stands on the river Po, 
in a fertile and delightful plain. 

1397. Genoa , noted as the birth-place of Christopher Columbus, is a city 
and seaport abounding in marble palaces, from whence it was called Genoa , 
meaning the proud. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What is the form of Italy ? Which extends farthest N., Italy or Spain ? 
Why is the climate warmer than that of England ? What mountains in 

Q,. How has Italy been divided 7 1389. What state in the N. W. 7 1389. 
What in the N. E. 7 1389. What states In the middle 7 1389. What in the 
S.7 1389. 


212 


SWITZERLAND. 


Italy ? s. Their length and height ? What volcano in the vicinity of Na- 
ples ? s. 

What cape S. of Italy ? o. What strait ? a. What gulfs around Italy ? 
e. o. a. Where is Sicily ? What other large island belongs to Italy ? Sa. 
How is it separated from Corsica ? o. 

What strait has Italy on the E. ? o. What volcanic mountain in Sicily ? a. 
What islands W. of the southern part of Italy ? i. What small island N. 
E. of the island of Corsica? a. 

Will you describe the largest river ? o. The second ? r. 

Which are the most important towns in the N. W. ? n. a. Which in the 
N. E. ? Ba. a. 

Which on the western coast S. of Genoa ? n. e. s. What one N. E. of 
Legh orn and S. W. of Ravenna ? e. W'hat on the island of Sardinia ? i. i. 
What in Sicily ? o. 

To whom does Corsica belong ? To the French. To whom does Sar- 
dinia belong ? To the Kingdom ef Sardinia. How many small islands 
has it belonging to it ? Ans. 44. What island S. of Sicily ? a. 

Where is the largest town ? s. Two next ! e. o. [For the last see Si- 
cily.] Where is the third ? n. The two next ? e. a. 

Will you describe Rome fully ? 1390. Also Naples ? 1891 ? The Bay 

of Naples ? 1392. Palermo? 1393. Florence? 1394. Leghorn? 1395-, 
Turin? 1396. Genoa? 1397. 


SWITZERLAND. 



A SWISS HOUSE. 

How is Switzerland bounded ? capital? Chief Towns? Principal Rivers ? 

1398. Switzerland is the most mountainous country 


in Europe, and is described as being 


as romantic as the 


imagination can conceive. 

1399. The Alpine mountains here tower to an immense height, and pre- 
sent summits covered with eternal snow: between these elevations, lie gla- 


S witz k r land. Cl. What is the surface of Switzerland comparatively speaking 1 
1393. What is said of the Alpine mountains 1 1399. 


GERMANY. 213 

ciers, 1 enormous rocks, frightful precipices, roaring torrents, and smiling fer- 
tile vales. 

1400. The soil is not generally very productive, except in the valleys, 
which are warm and under a high state of cultivation. The raising of cattle 
is the chief occupation. The Swiss, however, cultivate successfully the 
vine, and raise grain, and various kinds of fruits. The climate is various, but 
generally healthy. 

1401. The Swiss are hardy, industrious, temperate, 
frugal, intelligent, and ardently attached to liberty and 
their country. 

1402. Towns. Berne, on the river Aar, a branch of the Rhine, is the 
most beautiful town of Switzerland. 

1403. Geneva, on the south-western extremity of the Lake of Geneva, has 
a most picturesque and delightful appearance. It is noted for the manufac- 
ture of watches and for its literary institutions. John Calvin, the celebrated 
reformer, passed a considerable portion of his life at this place. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Is Switzerland a large or small country ? Which has the highest latitude, 
Switzerland or Italy ? 

What lakes in Switzerland ? Ce. Ga. What mountains ? As. What 
town in the N. W. ? Be. What in the S. W. ? Ga. 

In what part is Lake Constance ? What is said of the capital ? 1402. 
What other town is mentioned, and what is it famous for ? 1403. What dis- 
tinguished man once lived there ? 1403. 

In what direction is Switzerland from England ? From Sardinia ? 


GERMANY. 

1404. Germany comprises thirty-five states, and four 
free cities, of which the following are the principal : 

States Titles Capitals 


1. Austria. 

2. Bavaria. 

3. Wirtemberg. 

4. Saxony. 

5. Hanover. 

G. Baden. 


Kingdom. 
Kingdom. 
Kingdom. 
Kingdom. 
Kingdom. 
Grand Duchy. 


Vienna. 

Munich. 

Stutgard. 

Dresden. 

Hanover. 

Carlsruhe. 2 


7. The Prussian dominions in the N. on the Rhine and on the borders of 
the Netherlands. The free cities are Hamburg, Frankfort, Bremen, and 
Lubec. 


Q. What is said of the soil, climate, &c. 7 1400. Character of the Swiss ? 1401. 
Germany. Q. What does Germany comprise 1 1404. What are the principal 
states, their titles and capitals 1 1404. 

1 A Glacier, is a field or mass of ice, formed by being suddenly congealed, in deep but 
elevated valleys, or on the sides of the Alps or other mountains. These masses of ice 
extend many miles in length and breadth, and remain undissolved by the heat of 
summer. 

2 Carlsruhe, (karlz-roo'-a.) 


214 


GERMANY. 


1405. These states and free cities, each of which exercise a sovereign and 
independent power in its own territory, have all entered into the German 
Confederacy, as it is called, by which they are pledged not to attack but to 
defend each other in war, and to submit their disputes to be settled by the 
Federative Diet ; a body which holds its sittings at Frankfort, of which the 
emperor of Austria is president. 

1406. In the northern part of Germany the surface 
is low, and is therefore called Low Germany ; in the 
middle and S. it is mountainous, and called High Ger- 
many. 

1407. The soil is generally fertile and the climate 
salubrious, in the N. cold, and in the S. warm. 

1408. The northern parts abound in fine cattle, and the sheep of Saxony 
are much celebrated for the fineness of their wool. Wheat, barley, flax, 
hemp, &c. are produced in all parts. The mineral productions are silver, 
copper, tin, and coal. 

1409. The Germans are tall and robust, frank, grave, 
honest, and hospitable ; passionately fond of music, 
and greatly excel in science and literature. 

1411. The women are usually of large stature, and have fair complexions, 
excepting those who like the females in many other parts of Europe, per- 
form field labor. 

1412. Towns. Frankfort on the Maine, as it is usually called, being on 
both sides of the river of that name, is the capital of Germany, and is one of 
the most noted places for trade on the continent of Europe. 

1413. Hamburg 1 on the rivers Elbe and Alster, is well fortified, and distin- 
guished for its commercial advantages and domestic trade. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

How is Germany bounded ? Which extends farthest N., Germany or 
Prussia ? In which latitude and longitude is Germany ? 

What division in the E. of Germany ? Sy. What in the S. E. ? Ba. 
What two in the S. W. ? Bn. Wg. What in the N. ? Hr. 

What large river rises in the S. E. ? De. What one crosses the western 
part ? e. Where does it rise ? Sd. W 7 hich rivers of Germany fall into the 
North Sea ? s. r. e. e. 

What river intersects Saxony? e. What Bavaria? e. W r hat Wirtem- 
berg ? e. 

What is the principal town in Saxony? n. What in the S. W of Germany? e. 
What one N. E. of the last ? d. What in the interior on a branch of the 
Rhine ? t. What three on the W r eser ? n. r. n. W 7 hat in the N. on the 
Elbe ? g. 

W^here is the largest town ? g. What is said of it ? 1413. Where is 
the second ? t. Describe it ? 1412. 


Q,. How many and what are the free cities 1 1404. What is said of their govern- 
ment 1 1405. 

Q. What is the face of the country ? 1406. Soil and climate ? 1407. What 
are the productions ? 1408. Character of the Germans 1 1400. Describe the 
Women ? 1413. 


1 Those cities with an asterisk [*] prefixed to them on the Map are free cities. 


PRUSSIA. 


215 


PRUSSIA. 

How is Prussia bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1414. Prussia, formerly a small state of Germany, 
is now an extensive and nourishing kingdom, divided 
into two parts, totally distinct, the one in the W. of 
Germany, and the other in the N. E. 

141;>. It has in general a level surface, abounding in 
lakes, marshes, and slowly gliding streams. ° 

1411). Its climate is coid and damp, but generally 

in some parts is good, but for the 
most part unproductive, and better adapted to the 
growing of grass than grain. 

1417. Amber, the most remarkable mineral production, is found in great 
quantities on the shores of the Baltic. 

1418. The higher classes of Prussians are intelligent and refined, and the 
lower, who were formerly ignorant and superstitious, are now becoming by 
means of the well organized system of public instruction established and 
supported by the government, well educated and enlightened. Literature is 
patronized, and, as a kingdom, it is now the best educated in Europe The 
Prussians are fond of dress, and are brave and fashionable. 

1419. Towns. Berlin is a beautiful city on the river Spree, and is cele- 
brated for its splendid public edifices, and its extensive manufactures 

1420. Breslau , a handsome city, and the capital of Silesia, is celebrated 
for its great trade in linen and leather. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What parallel of latitude intersects the northern part of Prussia ? What 
the southern part ? 

What rivers of Prussia flow into the Baltic ? a. r. What into the North 
Sea ? e. 

What town is situated on the Elbe ? g. What on the Oder ? n n u 
What towns near the Baltic? c. g. What town on a small branch ’of Ap 
E lbe ? n. What is said of it ? 1419. What town uext in size to Berlin ? 

u. Describe it ? 1420. What two others larger than New Orleans ? c o-’ 

What is the best course by water, from the Gulf of Venice to Prussia ? 
What are the chief towns of Prussia ? Principal rivers ? 


AUSTRIA. 


How is Austria bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1421. Austria, which formerly was but a small ter- 


• i m V bat b $ c . n ’ ant ^ wbat * s now > the political condition of Prus- 

sia 1 1414. What is said of its surface ? 1415. Climate and soil? 14ld p S 
ductions ? 1417. Prussian character ? 1418. * 


2 Cologne, (ko-lone/) 


210 


AUSTRIA. 


ritory, has become by late acquisitions, from conquest 
and treaty, an extensive and powerful empire. 

1422. A large part of what was formerly called Germany is now compri- 
sed in the limits of Austria, as is also the kingdom of Hungary, the north- 
ern part of Italy, called the Lombardo- Venetian kingdom, and a considera- 
bl e part of what was once called Poland. 

1423. The soil is generally good, and the climate 


various, but in general, temperate and healthy. 

1224. The agricultural productions are principally 
grain, olives, and wine. The mineral productions are 
numerous and valuable ; such as salt, coal, quick-silver, 
gold, tin, copper, and ziru 


ic. 


1425. The salt mine of Wieliczka 1 is a great curiosity. It is more than 800 
feet deep, 1000 feet broad, and more than one mile in length. 

1426* The common people of Austria are moral, industrious, and enter- 
prising, but suffer much oppression from the proud and tyrannical nobles. 

1427* Towns. Vienna, the capital of Austria, stands in a fertile plain 
on the Danube, has an extensive trade, and abounds in magnificent edifices. 
One library here has 100,000 printed books and 10,000 manuscripts. 

1428. Prague , in Bohemia, stands on the Muldawa, a branch of the E ; be. 
It is celebrated for its university which was founded in 1348. It is also 
noted for its manufactures of linens, cottons, and silks. 


1429. Venice, once a most powerful and commercial republic, and called 
the “Queen of the Adriatic” 1 is a much less important city than formerly, 
though still almost unrivalled as to beauty and situation. 



RIALTO AT VENICE 


Austria. Q. Wliat is said of Austria ? 1421. What does it comprise ? 1422. 
Cl. What is the soil 7 1423. Productions 1 1424. Wliat curiosity 7 1425. De- 
scribe the salt mine 7 1425. What is the character of the people 7 1426. 

Q,. What singular class of people are found here 7 Gipseys. How do they live? 
By begging and fraud. Are they confined to Austria ? No; they wander more or 
less all over Europe. 

1 The Gulf of Venice was anciently called the Adriatic. 



TURKISH OR OTTOMAN EMPIRE 


217 


1430. This city stands on a bay near the head of the Gulf of Venice, and 
is built on 72 small islands, or rather, principally on 2 large islands divided 
by a large canal. These 72 islands are subdivided by 400 canals, over which 
are 450 bridges. The houses are mostly built of brick and covered with 
plaster, ornamented in front by a covering of white marble. They are gen- 
erally so situated as to have a communication with a canal, by means of a 
landing stair, in the water of which almost every family plies a gondola, a 
small, light boat. These gondolas are used to carry passengers from one 
part of the city to another, answering the same purpose as our stages and 
coaches. They are propelled by two oarsmen, who with a gondola may be 
hired for one dollar per day. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

Which extends farthrest N. Austria or Turkey ? What mountains in 
Austria ? n. Their length and height ? 

Describe the largest river ? e. What three branches has it ? e. e. s. 
What does it bound ? What river rises in the N. and flows into the North 
Sea ? e. What river flows into the gulf of Venice ? o. 

What two towns on the northern part of the Gulf of Venice ? e. e. 
What one on the Elbe in the N. ? e. 

What towns on the Danube ? t. a. g. a. What one in the N. E. ? g. 
What one W. of the last and N. of Presburg ? z. For what is it celebrated ? 
For the imprisonment of the Marquis de Lafayette. 

Where is the largest town ? a. The second? n. The third ? e. Fourth ? e. 

What is the comparative state of Venice ? 1429. Describe its situation ? 

1430. Describe the mode of conveyance about the city ? 1430. 

What is said of Vienna ? 1427. What of Prague ? 1428. 

TURKISH, OR OTTOMAN EMPIRE. 

1431. Turkey includes two great divisions, namely, 
Turkey in Europe and Turkey in Asia. 

1432. Formerly Egypt constituted a part of this empire, and was govern- 
ed by a viceroy, but he has lately declared himself independent. It included 
Greece and the Barbary States, which have also become independent. 

1433. The government, which is perhaps the most 
despotic in the world, is sometimes called the Porte or 
the Sublime Porte, from the gate of the palace. 

1434. On the Turkish flag, a crescent, or half moon is always painted, in- 
tended to show that their power, like the moon when in that state, is in- 
creasing. 

1435. The Emperor of Turkey is styled the Sultan or Grand Seignor, 
and his queen the Sultana. His council is called the Divan. The Emperor 
is also sometimes profanely called, “ The Shadow of God,” “ God on earth, ’gj 
and sometimes “ Brother to the sun and moon.” 

1436. The chief officers are the Grand Vizier, or prime minister ; the 
Mufti, or high priest ; the Viziers of the bench, or pachas of three tails, so 

Turkey. Q,. What does Turkey include? 1431. What was formerly a part o 
this empire ? 1432. What is the government sometimes called ? 1433. 

What is always seen on the Turkish flag ? 1434. What are the various titles of 
the Emperor, his Queen and court ? 1435. What are the chief officers 'i 1436. 

10 


218 


EUROPEAN TURKEY 


called from three horse tails being carried before them when they march in 
procession ; the Reglen beys are viceroys, and the Pachas are governors of 
towns and districts under viceroys. The Secretary of State and High 
Chancellor is styled Reis EfFendi. 

1437. The Turks are descended from the Tartars, who are an ignorant and 
barbarous nation in Asia. Having taken Constantinople, they put an end to 
the Eastern or Greek Empire in 1453. 

1438. As a nation, the Turks are ignorant and indolent, but honest and 
honorable in their dealings, sedate and solemn in their manners, usually hos- 
pitable to strangers, and when excited are bold and revengeful. 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 

How is Turkey in Euorpe bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Princi- 
pal Rivers ? 

1439. Turkey, in the N., is level, in the S., moun- 
tainous, but interspersed with fine and extensive valleys. 

1440. It has a temperate and healthy climate, a fer- 
tile soil but miserably cultivated. 

1441. The southern parts produce grapes, olives, 
oranges, figs, and an abundance of other delicious- 
fruits. The other principal productions are grain, cot- 
ton, and rice. 

1442. Turkey abounds in rare and valuable drugs 
such as opium and rhubarb, the quality of which is very 
superior. 



MOSQUE OF ST. SOPIIIA AT CONSTANTINOPLE. 


U. What is said of the origin of the Turks, and wiiat of the Creek Empire? 
1437. What is the national character of the Turks ? 1438. 

Q,. What is thejsurface of European Turkey ? 1439. Climate and soil ? 1440. 
Productions 1 1441* Medicinal drugs ? 1442. 


ve 9 


GREECE. 


219 


1443. Towns. Constantinople, anciently called Byzantium, is situa- 
ted on a strait called the Bosphorus, which is one mile wide and twenty 
miles long. The houses, amounting to a prodigious number, are built of 
wood, and have in general a mean appearance. No foreigner, not even the 
minister of a friendly power, is permitted to reside in the city. It is well 
fortified, being surrounded by walls of free stone, flanked by numerous tow- 
ers, with 20 gates. It has great facilities for commerce, and one of the finest 
harbors in the world. Adrianople is a place of considerable trade, and in 
population, the second city in European Turkey. 


GREECE. 

1444. In the 8. of Turkey is Greece, which in for- 
mer times took the lead of all the nations of the earth 
in civilization, science, and the fine arts. Her ancient 
poets, orators, and statesmen, are even now consider- 
ed the most perfect models, in their several professions, 
which the world has ever seen. 

1445. The modern Greeks are a well formed, brave, 
active, and courteous race ; but insincere, selfish, and 
treacherous, have little education but much genius. 

1446. Greece, which was for centuries subject to 
the Ottoman Empire, has lately become independent. 
It has a temperate and healthy climate and a fruitful 
soil. 

1447. The Greeks, from 1453 to 1321, were subjected to the most degra- 
ding bondage imposed on them by the merciless Turks ; since which they 
have been engaged in a most unequal and sanguinary struggle for the recov- 
ery of their lost liberty. 

1448. The contest continued till 1827, when the three powers of England, 
France, and Russia decided it, by their interference in the battle of Navarino, 
and gave liberty and independence to Greece. 

1449. Count Capo d’Istria administered the government as President till 
1831, when he was assassinated, and Otho, son of Louis Charles, of Bava- 
ria, was chosen by the Greeks his successor, under the title of “ King of 
Greece.” He holds his court at Athens. 

1450. Athens, formerly the capital of what was called Attica, once the 
seat of learning and the arts, has now dwindled down to a state of compar- 
ative insignificance. It is still noted for the Temple of Theseus, v/hich, 
though built 480 years before Christ, is yet the most perfect edifice of anti- 
quity now remaining in the world. 

Greece. Q . What is said of the country in the S. of Turkey 7 1444. Describe 
the modern Greeks 7 1445. 

Q,. What is said of Greece respecting its former and present political condition 7 
144G. What of its climate and soil 7 1446. 

Q,. What is said of the Greeks from 1453 to 1821, and since 7 1447. When did 
the contest end, and by what means 7 1448. Who was their first ruler, his title and 
fate 7 1449. Who tlieir second ruler, his title, and place of holding his court 7 1449. 


220 


ASIA. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 

What mountains in Turkey ? Their height ? 

Will you describe the largest river ? e. What are the principal towns on 
it ? e. n. a. Describe the second river ? e. 

What is the principal town on the Black Sea ? a. What on the strait of 
Constantinople ? e. What S. W. from Burgas ? e. What W. of Burgas ? 
a. What S. of the last ? s. a. What town in the S. of Turkey, and a 
little N. of Greece ? a. 

What towns in Greece ? s. h. a. i. For what is Larissa, formerly 
a part of this country, famous ? For the residence of Achilles. For what 
is Missolonghi noted ? For the death of Lord Byron, and the great slaugh- 
ter of the Greeks, in their late struggle for liberty. 

What two straits in the S. E. ? e. s. Which is the largest island in the 
Archipelago? t. Which are the next four? s. n. o. s. What cluster on 
the western coast of Greece ? In. Which are the two principal ones? a. e. 

What two islands S. E. of Greece ? o. a. What two E. of the last two ? 
s. s. 

Where is the largest town in Turkey ? e. Where the second ? e. The 
two next ? t. a. Where the two largest in Greece ? s. a. 

Describe Constantinople in full? 1443. What is said of Adrianople 1 
1443. What of Athens ? 1450. 


THE IONIAN REPUBLIC. 

1451. The Ionian Republic, or the Republic of the Seven Islands, embra- 
ces the seven islands on the west coast of Greece, namely, Corfu, Cephalo- 
nia, Zante, St. Maura, Ithaca, and Cerigo. The largest of these is Cephalo- 
nia, but Corfu is the seat of Government. 

1452. The inhabitants are Greeks and Italians, being in all about 800,000, 
and their little republic is under the protection of England. 


ASIA. 

1453. Asia is the largest, richest, and most fruitful of 
the Grand Divisions, and has more inhabitants than all 
the rest of the earth. 

1454. It contains about 16’ millions of square miles, 
extends about 7500 miles from E. to W., and about 
5000 from N. to S., stretching through all the zones, 
and possessing of course every variety of climate, 
though many degrees colder than Europe or Africa in 
the same latitude. 

Ionian Republic. Q,. What Islands does this Republic embrace ? 1451. Which 
is the largest, and on which is the seat of government 7 1451. Describe the inhabi- 
tants, and the situation of the Republic 7 1452. 

Asia. Q,. What is said of Asia in comparison with the other grand divisions of 
the earth 7 1453. What is its extent 7 1454. 

Q,. What is its climate 7 1454. Why is it colder than in the same latitudes in 
ether countries 7 Because the land is higher. 


ASIA. 


221 


1455. The most remarkable transactions recorded 
in the Bible occurred in Asia. Here, our first parents 
were created ; here lived Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and 
all the patriarchs and prophets ; here the human race 
were preserved from the deluge ; here dwelt the Isra- 
elites ; here appeared our {Saviour; here he was cruci- 
fied, and here the glorious news of salvation through 
Jesus Christ was first preached to man. 



BOA-CONSTRICTOR, ELEPHANT, RHINOCEROS, TIGER, DROMEDARY, CASH- 
MERE GOAT, ORANG-OUTANG. 

1456. Asia supplies the other parts of the world with teas, spices, dia- 
monds, and precious stones, though the two last named articles are not pe- 
culiar to Asia. The more remarkable animals are the elephant, camel, rhi- 
noceros, and tiger. 

1457. In Asia are the Ilimmaleh mountains, the most elevated land on 
the globe, being by different estimates, from 25,000 to 28,000 feet, or a little 
more than five miles high. 

145S. The foreign commerce of this division of the globe is chiefly carried 
on by the nations of Europe and America. The internal trade is mainly 
conducted by caravans, which traverse not only many countries of Asia, but 
also of Africa. These caravans are frequently composed of many thousands 
of merchants or pilgrims, with an equal number of camels, by means of 
which their goods are transported. 


Q,. Of what important transactions has Asia been the scene 7 [Repeat the whole 
sentence.] 1455. 

Cl. With what does Asia supply the other parts of the earth 7 1456. What are 
the more remarkable animals found in Asia 7 1456. 

Q. What mountains in Asia, and their height 7 1457. What is said of the com 
merce, trade, and caravans of Asia 7 1458. 



222 


ASIA. 


MAP OF ASIA. 


Is Asia in the northern or southern hemisphere ? Is it also in the eastern 
or western hemisphere ? 

On what continent is Asia ? Is it in north or south latitude ? How many 
degrees N. does it extend ? How many S. ? 

in which longitude is Asia ? How many degrees E. docs it extend ? Is 
any part of Asia in west longitude ? 

In what zones does Asia lie ? What then should be its climate ? 

How is Asia bounded ? 


Arabia bounded ? Capital ? 

Turkey bounded ? Capital ? 

Persia bounded ? Capital ? 

Caucasus 1 bounded? Capital? 

Ind. Tartary bounded ? Capital ? 

Afghanistan bounded? Capital? 

Beloochistan bounded ? Capital ? 

Hindustan bounded ? Capital ? 

Chin India bounded ? Capital ? 

Chinese Empire bounded ? Capital ? 

Siberia bounded ? Capital ? 

Empire of Japan bounded ? Capital ? 


liow many and what are the above divisions of Asia ? 


Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 
Largest Town and River ? 


SEAS. 

Where is the Red Sea ? Dead Sea ? Sea of Arabia ? Caspian Sea ? 
Aral Sea ? Sea of Kara ? Sea of Obi ? Sea of Anadir ? Sea of Okotsk ? 
Sea of Jesso ? Sea of Kamtschatka ? Sea of Japan ? Yellow Sea ? 
Blue Sea ? China Sea ? What are the principal seas of Asia ? 

GULFS. 

Where is the Persian Gulf? Gulf of Ormus ? Gulf of Cambay ? Gulf 
of Siam ? Gulf of Tonquin ? What are the principal Gulfs ? 


BAYS AND LAKES. 

Where is the Bay of Bengal ? Lake Baikal ? Lake Balkash ? What 
are the principal Bays and Lakes ? 

PENINSULAS. 

Where is the Peninsula of Arabia ? Peninsula of Malacca? Peninsula 
of Corea ? Peninsula of Kamtschatka P What are the principal Penin- 
sulas ? 

STRAITS AND CHANNELS. 

Where is Behring’s Strait ? Strait of Sangar ? Channel of Tartary ? 
Strait of Corea ? Strait of Malacca ? Strait of Macassar ? [See Celebes. 
Strait of Babelmandel ? What are the principal Straits and Channels ? 

CAPES. 

Where is Cape Taymour ? Lopatka ? Cambodia? Romania ? Como 
rin ? What are the principal Capes ? 

MOUNTAINS. 

Where are the Altay mountains ? Little Altay Mountains ? Belur Tag 
Mountains ? Himmaieh Mountains ? Gaut Mountains ? Mount Sinai ! 
Ramleah Mountains ? Mount Ararat ? Mount Taurus ? Repeat the prin- 
cipal Mountains. 


1 Caucasus, (cau'-ca-sus.) 


| 2 Kamtschatka, (kamts-cat -ka.) 


TURKEY. 


223 


DESERTS. 

Where is the Desert of Ahkaf? Salt Desert? Sandy Desert? Great 
Sandy Desert ? Desert of Gobi or Shamo ? What are the principal De- 
serts l 

ISLANDS. 

Where is the island of Nova Zembla ? New Siberia? Behring’s Isle ? 
Kurile Islands ? Saghalien Island ? Jesso ? Niphon ? Sikoke ? Kiusiu ? 
Guadaloupe ? Bonin Isles? Loo Choo ? Formosa? Kanian Islands? 
X uzon ? Mindinao ? Samar ? Leyte ? Negros ? What cluster d© the 
last live form ? Pe. 

Where are the Pelew islands ? Salibro ? Nev, r Guinea ? Coram ? 
Booro ? Celebes ? Gilolo? Borneo? Sumatra? Andaman? Ceylon? 
Maldives ? Locadives ? Socotra ? 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 

How is Turkey in Asia bounded ? What is the capital ? Chief Towns ? 
Principal Rivers ? 

1459. Turkey is the most interesting division of 
Asia, from having been the scene of most of the trans- 
actions recorded in the sacred scriptures. It includes 
the Holy Land, Syria, Asia Minor, and Armenia. 

1460. Many celebrated cities of antiquity, whose 
foundations are now scarcely to be traced, had their 
seat in this country ; among which were Nineveh, 
Babylon, Troy, Palmyra, Balbec, Antioch, and Tyre. 

1461. Asiatic Turkey is a mild, healthy, fertile, and 
delightful country, with an agreeable variety of hills and 
dales, mountains and valleys. From the indolence of 
the inhabitants, a great part of the country is a mere 
xvilderness. 

1462. Its more noted productions are wines, pomegranates, olives, and 
other fruits. Its principal articles of manufacture are silks, carpets, and 
leather. 

1463. Besides Turks, Greeks, and Armenians, there are several wandering 
tribes, as Curds, Turcomen, and Arabs. The Armenians are mostly 
Christians, and there are Greek Christians scattered over the whole 
country. 

1464. The Jews formerly inhabited Syria, with Jerusalem for their capital, 
but tliis once beautiful city was razed to the ground, and they themselves 
scattered over the face of the earth. 

1465. Towns. Constantinople i3 the capital, for a description of 
which, see Turkey in Europe. 


Turkey. — (L What renders Asiatic Turkey interesting, and what are its divis- 
ions ? 1>59. What is said of its cities? 14G0. What of its climate, soil, surface,, 
&c. ? 1461. 

Q,. Wimt are the productions? 1462. What tribes are here ? 1463. What is 
said of tlie Jews ? 1464. 


224 


TURKEY. 


14G6. Aleppo, the capital of Syria, is one of the largest cities in the Ot- 
toman empire. It stands in the centre of a plain, and is six miles in cir- 
cuit. The streets are narrow, but well paved with large square stones, 
presenting a very neat appearance. Its trade consists of silks, camblets, 
and leather. 

14G7. Damascus is beautifully situated in the midst of a large and fertile 
plain, about 50 miles from the sea. Its most remarkable buildings are the 
caravansaries, which consists of long galleries, supported by marble pillars, 
and the mosques and chapels, about 200 in number, which are handsome 
edifices. The manufacture of sabres and knives was formerly the most 
famous, but those of silk, cotton stuffs, leather, and scap, are now the 
principal. 

1468. Bagdad is situated on the Tigris, and was once the splendid seat of 
the Saracen Califs. Since it fell into the hands of the Turks, it has lost 
most of its former splendor and magnificence. 

1469. Jerusalem, a famous city of Syria, and anciently the capital of Pales- 
tine, or Judea, is situated about 40 miles east of tne Mediterranean sea. 
The city now contains magnificent churches, towers, domes, and other ob- 
jects of interest, and the miraculous events which formerly occurred here, 
render it, perhaps, the most attractive place to visit on the face of the earth. 
Among the buildings may be noticed particularly the Church of the Holy 
Sepulchre, much visited by the Christian pilgrims, who lesort to Jerusalem 
from all quarters of the globe, and the Mosque of Omar, which is frequented 
by Mabomedan pilgrims, occupying the place where the Temple of Solo- 
mon once stood, it is the most splendid pile of architecture in the Turkish 
empire. 

1470. Palmyra, once a splendid city of Syria, the Tadmor of king Solo- 
mon, now consists merely of stupendous ruins in the midst of a sandy des- 
eit, bounded on three sides by lofiy mountains. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Which State ofthe United States has nearly the same latitude with Turkey ? 
Will you desenbe the largest river in Asiatic 'iurkey ? s. Describe die 
second? s. 

What seas border on Turkey ? n. o. a. k. What towns on or near the 
Mediterranean ? m. i. What other city not far from the same sea ? s. 

What towns on or near the Euphrates 9 Pa. rn. What ones on the Tigris ? 
d ). What city on the Archipelago ? a. What on the Biack Sea? d. 
What mountains in the W. of Turkey ? s. 

What other two towns in the IN. ? a. a. What one S. of Amasia ? o. 
Where is the Dead Sea ? What celebrated river of antiquity flows into 
it? Jordan. 

Where is the largest town ? o. Where the second ? s. Third? a. m. 

W hat is said of Aleppo ? 1 466. Damascus ? 1467. Bagdad ? 1463. 

Jerusalem? 1469. Palmyra? 1470. 

In what direction is Iurkey from the United States? What waters must 
he passed over in order to visit it ? \\ hat objects of curiosity will you find 

there ? 1469. 


ARABIA. 

How is Arabia^boundcd ? capital? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers? 

1471. Aramia is a large peninsula, consisting princi- 


ARABIA* 


22 £ 


pally of vast, sandy deserts, occasionally interspersed 
with green and fertile spots called oases, having no 
large lakes nor rivers, and in many places entirely 
destitute of water. 

1472 . Arabia comprises three divisions, namely, Ara- 
bia Petrea, or the rocky, in the N. W. ; Arabia Deserta, 
or the desert, in the middle and N. ; and Arabia Felix, 
or the happy, in the S. 

1473. The climate, in the low and sandy plains, is excessively hot and 
subject to a terrible wind called the Simoon, or Samiel, which often causes 
suffocation and instant death. The more elevated parts are pleasant and 
salubrious. 

1474. The most noted productions of Arabia are coffee, dates, a pecu- 
liar kind of gum, called gum Arabic, frankincense, balsam, myrrh, and 
aloes. 

1475. The most celebrated animals are the horse and camel. The former 
is admired for his swiftness and beauty, the latter for his docility and useful-' 
ness. The camel seems admirably fitted to supply the wants of the inhabi- 
tants of this desolate region. He will travel over parched and sandy deserts 
six or eight days without water, carrying at the same time a load of nearly 
1000 pounds weight. In allusion to his ability to carry such immense bur- 
dens, he is sometimes called the “ ship of the desert.” His docility is mani- 
fested by his kneeling down to receive his load on his back, and when it is 
properly adjusted, he rises at the command of his master, and proceeds on 
his journey. 

1476. The Arabs are of middle stature and brown complexion. They sel- 
dom laugh or weep, but preserve a grave and melancholy air, which, aided 
by their long beards, gives them a singularly bold and commanding appear- 
ance. They were called Saracens during the middle ages, and Ihen excelled 
most nations in learning and science : but they are now ignorant and barba 
rous. They subsist principally by plundering, having no permanent loca 
tion ; those on the coast practising piracy, and those in the interior, robbery 
They live, however, amicably in tribes, in patriarchal simplicity, being ex 
ceedingly hospitable to those who confide in their friendship and honor 
treating with great kindness their slaves and dependants, and are free from 
the vices of drunkenness and gaming. 

1477. Towns. Mecca is situated in a narrow and sandy valley, about 
40 miles from the Red Sea. It is celebrated for being the birth place of the 
famous imposter, Mahomet, which causes it to be much resorted to by pil 
grims from every part of the Mahomedan world. 

1478. Medina, about 180 miles from Mecca, is famous for containing the 
tomb of Mahomet, who died A. D. 637. Medina is called the city of the 
Prophet, on account of the protection it afforded him in his flight from 
Mecca, called the Hegira, or flight of Mahomet, which happened A. D. 622. 

1479. Mocha , near the Strait of Babelmandel. is famous for its coffee. 

Arabia. Q.. What is the aspect of Arabia 7 1471. What its divisions 7 1472. 
Climate 1 1473. Productions 7 1474. Animals 7 1475. Describe the camel ? 
1475. The Arabs 7 1476. State of learning and mode of life? 1476. What is 
their present character 7 1476. How do they subsist 7 1476. How do they treat 
those who confide in them and their dependants 7 1476. From what vices are 
they free 7 1476. 


10 * 


226 


PERSIA. 



ARAB TENTS. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What separates a great part of Arabia from Africa? What two gulfs 
border on Arabia ? n. s. What three seas border on it? n. d. a. What strait 
and isthmus on its borders ? 1. z. 

What town on the isthmus of Suez? z. What mountain near the Red 
Sea ? i. What town on the Persian Gulf? a. What on the Gulf of Ormus ? 
t. W T hat on the Arabian Sea ? n. 

What sea port in the S. W. ? a. What are the principal towns on or near 
he Red Sea? a. a. a. a. 

tWhere is Cape Kanseli? What great desert in Arabia? Where is it 
ituated ? 

Where is the largest town ? a. Describe it ? 1477. Where the two 

ext? a. a. What is said of Medina ? 1478. What of Mocha ? 1479. 


PERSIA. 

How is Persia bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1480 . Persia formerly comprised a large extent of 
country, and was successively the seat of several pow- 
erful kingdoms and empires, but it is at present much 
reduced, both in respect to its size and political im- 
portance. 

1481. The surface is uneven, in some parts rising 
into barren mountains, and in other parts consisting of 
vast, sandy plains, abounding in lakes and marshes. 
There are but few trees or rivers, and but little fertile 
land on the plains and in the valleys. 

Persia.— Q,. What is said respecting the former and present extent of Per* 

1 1480 . 



AFGHANISTAN. 227 

1482. The climate in the south is hot, but cold in the 
northern and more elevated regions. 

1483. The chief exports and productions are corn, rice, tobacco, silk, cot- 
ton, carpets, pearls, fruits, wines, and several kinds of drugs. 

1484. The Persians are the most learned people of the east, and are, in 
general, gay, polite, deceitful and cruel, profuse in flattery, and fond of dress 
and show. 

1485. Towns. Teheran, about 60 miles S. of the Caspian Sea, has a 
low situation and mean appearance, with nothing to recommend it to notice 
except the royal palace. 

1486. Ispahan, the former capita 1 , was once the largest and most splendid 
of the oriental cities, and is supposed by some to have contained one million 
of inhabitants. It is still the iirst city in Persia in commerce and manufac- 
tures, amd is the centre of trade for the interior of the country. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

In what zone is Persia ? What waters border on it ? n. n. s. From 
what does the Euphrates in part separate Persia ? a. 

Which is the largest river? s. Its course and into what does it flow ? n. 
W hat river in the N. E. ! n. From what does it partly separate Persia ? 
Near what river is Mershid ? n. 

What mountain in the N. W., and its height ? t. 

What town N. W. from the lSa.lt Desert ? n. What town on the S. W. of 
the same Desert ? n. What one N. of Mount Ararat ? s. 

Where is the largest town? n. The second ? s. The two next ? d. n. 

What is said of Teheran ? 1435. What of Ispahan ? 1486. 

AFGHANISTAN, OR CABULISTAN. 

How is Afghanistan bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal 
Rivers ? 

1487. This Kingdom and that of Beloochistan are 
both of Modern date, comprising what is sometimes 
called East Persia, or the kingdom of Cabul. It re- 
sembles Persia, in genera!, in its soil, surface, and 
climate. 

1433. It comprehends countries that have successively passed under dif- 
ferent names, and its present inhabitants are made up of Hindoos, Afghans, 
Pa "sees, Tartars, and JBeloochees. 

148.). The Afghans are the ruling tribe, and are a bold and warlike race, 
alike remarkable for their hospitality both to friends and foes. 

1490. Towns. Cabul is on the Cabul, a branch of the Indus, and is the 
centre of trade with India, Persia, and Tartary 

Q.. Wiiat is said of the surface and soil of the country ? 1481. What of its waters 
and fertility ? 1481. What of its climate'? 1482. What are its chief exports'? 1483. 

Ct. Wim D is said of the learning of the Persians and their character in general 7 
1484. 

Afghanistan. — Q.. What is said of the commencement of this kingdom and its 
extent? 1487 What is its surface 7 1487. 

(i. What does this country comprehend 7 1433. What is said of the ruii wt 
tribe 1 1489. 


BELOOCIIISTAN. HINDOSTAN 


228 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Wh at river has Afghanistan which runs diagonally nearly through it? d. 
Into what does it flow ? a. 

What town in the N. ? k. What one in the N. W. ? t. What one in the 
interior ? r. What in the E ? 1. 

What river partly bounds Afghanistan on the E. ? s. From what is this 
kingdom separated by it ? n. What is the trade of the capital town ? 
1490. 


BELOOCHiSTAN. 

How is Beloochistan bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal 
Rivers ? 

1491. Beloociiistan which once formed a part of 
Persia, has been but little explored by Europeans, and 
little is known respecting it. From the best accounts 
we have, it may be described as a mountainous and 
generally barren country. 

1492. Beloociiistan is inhabited by different classes of people, the one 
called Belooches, live by plundering and robbery; the other, Brahoees, oc- 
cupy the more elevated parts, and subsist chiefly on their flocks and herds. 
They are a mild, peaceable, and industrious people. The chief town is 
Kelat. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What river bounds Beloochistan on the E. ? s. Describe that river. What 
•desert in this country ? ,y. In what part is it ? 

What town S. E. of the capital ? a. Where is the capital ? t. In what 
zone is Beloochistan ? In what direction is it from the place in which you 
live ? 


HINDOSTAN, OR INDIA. 

How is Hindostan bounded ? capital? Chief Towns? Principal Rivers ? 

1493. Hindostan, or Indostan, which is also called 
India within the Ganges, is considered the richest and 
most beautiful country of Asia, and if we except China, 
the most populous. 

1 494. It is mountainous in the N., and there is a range of mountains 
towards the S., but except in the N., it is for the most part level, or moder- 
ately uneven, abounding in rivers and excelling in fertility of soil, most 
other parts of Asia, with a climate suited to the production of two crops in 
a year. 

1495. The climate in the northern part is mild and 

Belociiistan. Q,. What is said of Beloochistan 1 1491. The character of tire 
inhabitants'? 1492. 

Hi vdostan. — Q,. What is said of Hindostan in comparison with other countries 
of As. a? 1423. What of its surface ? 1424 W hut of the dim ate and rain ? 1495. 


IIINDOSTAN 


229 



HINDOO HOUSE. 

salubrious, but in the middle and southern parts, sul- 
try : and rain is constant for three months in the year. 

1496. Milk, rice and other vegetables are the chief articles of food, espe- 
cially rice, which is very extensively cultivated. The other principal pro- 
ductions are cotton, wheat, sugar, indigo, salt-petre, opium, tobacco, mil- 
let, silk, and various fruits. 

1497. The mines of Goiconda were once exceed- 
ingly rich in diamonds, but they are now far less valu- 
ble. 

14S8. The Banian, or Indian fig-tree, is a great curiosity. The branches 
extend to the earth and strike down roots which form new stems or trunks, 
so that each tree does in fact form a complete grove. One of these trees on 
an island in the Nerbuddah river, near Baroach, has 3000 trunks or stems, 
many of them quite large, and the whole affording room for 7000 persons to 
repose under its shade. 

1499. The country on the banks of the Ganges, including Bengal, Bahar, 
and Benaies, with Calcutta for their capital, belong to the English ; besides 
several places on the Coromandel Coast, the capital of which is Madras ; 
also the island of Bombay, Surat, and several tracts on the Malabar 
coast. 

1500. The island of Ceylon too, belongs to the English. It has a fertile 
soil, a temperate and healthy climate, and is particularly noted for the pro- 
duction of Cinnamon, and for its pearl fisheries. Its other more important 
productions are ginger, pepper, sugar, cotton, precious stones, and gems. 

1501. The inhabitants are mostly Hindoos, a small 

Productions'? 1496. Mines'? 1497. What curiosity is mentioned, and describe 
it 1 1498. 

Q.. What countries of Hindustan belong to the English ? 1499. What large isl- 
and is mentioned as belonging to the same nation, oud describe it 1 1500. 

Q,. Who are the inhabitants ? 1501. What is said of their religion 1 1502. In 


230 


IIINDOSTAW. 


part Mahommedans, with some Jews, Parsees, and 
Christians scattered among them. 

CD 

1502. Their religion and customs are so fixed as to seem almost unaltera- 
ble, having undergone little or no change since India was first known. 

1503. They differ strikingly from every other nation in being divided into 
tribes or castes, the four principal of which are the Bramins or priests, the 
soldiers, the agriculturalists or merchants, and soudas or laborers. These 
different castes are forbidden to intermarry, to eat with each other, and even 
to drink from the same vessel. 

1504. The general character of the Hindoos is a compound of indolence, 
superstition and cruelty, the last of which traits of character, they keep in 
active exercise towards their dependents and inferiors. 

1505. Their religion is of a most degrading kind. Ablution in the Ganges 
and pilgrimages they consider r eligious duties. Trifling as these ceremonies 
may seem, they constitute far the better parts of their religion. Its spirit 
leads them to inflict the most horrible wounds on themselves, by way cf ex- 
piation for their sins, and even prompts widows to burn themselves on the 
funeral pile of their husbands. This last abominable practice was abolished 
by the interposition of the English government in 1330, throughout their do- 
minions in India, though it is yet in use in some portions of the country. 

1506. Towns. Calcutta the emporium of Bengal, and the seat of go- 
vernment of British India, is situated on the iloog’.y, an arm of the Ganges, 
•about 100 miles from the sea. Its commerce is extensive, and in splendor it 
is not excelled by any city in Asia. Merchants from all countries reside 
here, and the mixture of Asiatic and European manners which one beholds, 
gives to the busy throng in the streets a very singular and grotesque ap- 



IIINDOO TALACES. 


1507. Benares on the Ganges was formerly lire s a f o r Braminical learn- 
ing, and was denominated the Ho’y City. I carries on an extensive 

what respect do they differ from other nations ? 1503. Will you name these different 
castes'? 1503. What is the genera! character o( the Hindoos'? 1504. What is the 
character of their reunion 1 1505. What is said of .the practice of burning widows ? 
1505. 


C II IN-INDIA. 231 

trade in diamonds and other precious stones, and is celebrated for its great 
wealth. 

1508. Dd’ii, which was formerly the capital of Hindostan, and of the Mo- 
gnl empire, was once a large and flourishing place, but is now greatly re- 
duced from its former magnificence. 


MAP OF ASTA. 

Will you describe the largest river in Hindostan? s. The second? r. 
Third ? s. 

What mountains border on the N. E. part of Hindostan ? h. What is 
their length and height? What mountains in the S. W.? Gt. 

What desert in the N. W. ? y. What is the southern Cape of Hindostan ? 
n. What is the S. W. coast of the country called ? r. What gulf on the 
N. W. coast? y. What is the S. E. coast called? 1. 

Which are the principal towns on the Ganges and its branches? a. a. s. 
w. a. i. What on the Indus and its branches ? a. e. e. What town on the 
Gulf of Cambay ? y. What town a little S. of the last on a small river? t. 

What towns on the Malabar coast ? y. h'. a. What towns on the Coro- 
mandel coast ? y. s. k. 

What cluster of islands S. W. of Cape Comorin ? s. What one N. of 
the last ? s. Which is the largest island near Hindostan ? n. What two 
towns on it? o. y. What is the southern point of that island called? d. 

What kingdom in ihe N. E. near the Himmaleh mountains ? Napaul. 
"Will you describe Calcutta and its situation? 1506. Also Benares? 1507. 
Delhi? 1508. 


CHIN-INDIA, OR FARTHER INDIA. 

How is China-India bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1509. This vast country, of which we know but little 
except its coast, has been called by various names, 
as the Peninsula beyond the Ganges, India beyond the 
Ganges, the Farther Peninsula, Farther India, and 
Chin-India. 

1510. Chin-India comprises the Birman Empire, 
the kingdom of Tonquin 1 , Cochin China, Cambodia, 
Laos, and Siam, and the Peninsula of Malaya or Ma- 
lacca. 

1511. This country is less cultivated and less populous than Hindostan, 
and the surface, from the best accounts we have, consists of ridges of moun, 
tains, running parallel with each other from N. to S., with spacious and fer- 
tile valleys intervening, which produce wheat, rice, cotton, tobacco, sugar- 
indigo, various kinds of spices, gums, and tropical fruits. 

1512. Its mineral productions are gold, silver, tin, iron, copper, and pre- 

Chin-India. — Q,. By what names lias this country been called 1 1509. What does 
Farther India comprise 7 1510. What is said of the population of the country, its 
state of cultivation and surface 7 1511, 


1 Tonquin, (ton-kin.) 


232 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 


clous stones. The more remarkable animals are the elephant, rhinoceros, 
tiger, leopard, and orang-outang. 

1513. Iii the low country the climate is humid, and 
subject to excessive heat, but in the more elevated re- 
gions, it is temperate and healthy. 

1514. The Birman Empire comprises Ava, Pega, Cassay, and formerly Ar- 
racan, the last of which, besides several other places or provinces of this 
country, now belong to the English. 

1515. The Birmans are lively and passionate, fond of music and poetry, and 
have great skill in the art of gilding. The Malays are a bold, ferocious, and 
revengeful race, much given to piracy. In general, all the inhabitants of 
Farther India resemble the Hindoos less than the Chinese, and in the arts of 
civilized life, are less advanced than either. 

1516. Towns. Ummerapoora is situated near the Irawaddy, on a small 
lake about 400 miles from the mouth of the river. It has some buildings of 
brick, but what contributes greatly to its splendor is the gilding of its reli- 
gious edifices, which gives them the appearance of temples of gold. It was 
founded in 1733, and in 1800, only seventeen years after, it contained 
175,000 inhabitants. In 1810, however, its population was reduced to nearly 
one half that number. 

1517. Rangoon , on the Irawaddy, 30 miles from its mouth, is the principal 
port. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Which extends farthest S., China, India, or Hindostan ? What are the 
names of their most southern points ? n. a. 

Where is the Birman empire ? Malacca ? Cochin China ? Tonquin ? 
Siam ? Which is the largest river ? a. The second in size ? y. 

Into what does the former of these rivers flow ? a. Where does the lat- 
ter flow ? 1. What is the course of each ? 

What towns on the Irawaddy ? a. a. e. u. n. 

What cape on this coast ? s. What is the capital of Siam ? m. What gulf 
in the S. ? m. What is the capital of Malacca, and on what strait is it situa- 
ted ? a. 

What island W. of Malacca ? a. Where is Cape Cambodia ? What 
town at the mouth of Cambodia river ?;n. What other town on the same 
river? a. What gulf N. of Hue ? n. What island in the Gulf? n. 

What cluster of islands W. of the coast of the Birman empire ? n. 
Describe Ummerapoora and its situation ? 1516. Also Rangoon ? 1517. 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 

1518. The Chinese empire comprises China, Thibet, 
Corea, and Chinese Tartary. It is the most populous, 
and if we except the Russian, the most extensive em- 
pire on the globe. 

Q. What are its agricultural and mineral productions 1 1511 — 1512. What ani- 
mals are found here ? 1512. 

O. What is said of the climate ? 1513. What does the Birman empire comprise ? 
1514. 

Q,. What is the character of the Birmans ? 1515. What that of the Malays ? 1515. 
What is the character of the inhabitants of Farther India in general ? 1515. 


CHINA. 


233 



CHINESE HOUSE. 


CHINA PROPER. 


How is China bounded ? capital ? Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 

1519. China lies in the south-east part of the em- 
pire, extending from the Great W all on the north, to 
the Gulf of Tonquin on the south. 

1520. China contains 4402 walled cities, and is sup- 
posed by some to contain 333 millions of inhabitants, 
at least 2 millions of which live constantly on the water. 
By others the population is estimated at about one 
half that number. 


1521. China enjoys from its situation a mild and 
healthy climate, with an exceedingly fertile soil, which 
is under so hi, eh a state of cultivation that even the 
rocks and mountains are made to yield the usual pro- 
ducts of the earth. 

1522. This country has a diversified surface of mountains and valleys, and 
abounds in productions of various kinds, the principal of which are the tea 
plant, rice, and silk. 

1523. Tea is obtained from the leaf of a shrub or plant that grows six or 
seven feet high. It is branching and an evergreen. The leaves are care- 
fully plucked, and dried in cast-iron pans on stoves, they are then rolled in 
form by hand before they are offered for sale. 


Ciiinksk Empire. Cl. What does this empire comprise ? 1518. Its comparative 
population and extent ? 1518. How is China Proper situated 1 1519. What isstiid of its 
cities and population ? 1520. Climate and soil 1 1521. Surface and productions 1 1522. 


231 


CHINA 



GATHERING TEA. 


1524. This article of luxury, which was scarcely known in Europe till 
the middle of the 17th century, has come into such general use that 50,000 
tons of shipping are annually employed in its transportation from China. 
Still so vast is the home consumption, that were exportation to cease, the 
price in China would not be much diminished. 

13 25. There are two kinds of teas, namely, black and green, the latter of 
which is much superior in quality to the former. The black teas, beginning 
with the poorer qualities, a e bohea, congo, campo, souchong, pouchong, 
and pekoe. The green teas are twankey, hyson skin, young hyson, hyson, 
imperial, and gunpowder. 

152G. The Great Wall of China and the Imperial 
Canal are monuments of immense labor, and are great 
curiosities. 


1527. The Chinese Wall traverses high mountains, deep valleys, and by 
means of arches, wide rivers, for a distance, in the whole length, of about 
1500 miles. It is about 30 feet high, 15 feet broad, or wide enough for six 
horsemen to ride abreast. In some places it is double and treble to protect 
exposed passages. At equal distances of about one hundred paces, are 
towers mounted with cannon. Its foundation and corners «\ e granite, but 
the principal pa.rt is of blue brick, cemented with pure white mortar. 

1528. This wall is the most stupendous work on the globe, and is sa : d to 
have been built about 2000 years ago, to prevent the incursions of the Mogul 
Tartars. 

1529. The Imperial Canal is one of the most splendid achievements of 
the kind ever undertaken by man. It forms a water communication, with 


Q,. How is the tea obtained 7 1523. Describe the shrub and the inode of preparing 
il for market. 1523. What is said of the demand for it ? 1524. 

(4. Iiow many kinds of tea are there 7 1525. Which is the best 7 1525. Mention 
two or three sorts of the black. 1525. Two or three of the green 7 1525. 

(A. What cutiosiries are mentioned 7 152(5. Will you describe the wall 7 1527. 
When was it built, and for what purpose 7 1528. 

U. What is said of the Imperial Canal 7 1529. What is a remarkable circumstance 



CHINA. 


235 


the exception of one day's journey, between Pekin and Canton, and is about 
1400 miles long. This canal, in connexion with the numerous streams in 
China, has rendered the country highly celebrated for its inland navigation. 

1530. It is remarkable that some of the most extensive canals have been 
in use about 2000 years. In the year 005, it is said there were in the empiEe 
almost 5000 miles of canal. 

1531. The Chinese claim to be by far the oldest nation on the earth, make 
vain pretensions to learning, and profess an acquaintance with all European 
improvements. 

1532. The Chinese make no division of time into weeks, and consequent- 
ly have no sabbath. They have temples and pagodas, a land of churches, 
and numerous priests, called bronzes. 

1533. The inhabitants possess, in general, the usual 
virtues and vices of a slavish, industrious, and com- 
mercial people, except that they are seldom guilty of 
the sin of intoxication, as they rarely use strong liquors. 

1534. The women of this country aie sold in marriage, and held in the 
most degrading bondage. It is not uncommon for a peasant to be seen 
holding his plough, and driving his team which is composed of his wife and 
an ass yoked together. 

1535. A Chinese lady, to be considered beautiful, must have small eyes, 
protruding lips, strait black hair, and feet so small that she can scarcely walk. 
The last is regarded of the most importance, and the effect is produced by 
putting small shoes on the feet of children and never changing them till the 
feet have done growing. Among the men, corpulence is deemed respectable, 
as it is thought to indicate an easy life. 

1536. Towns. Peking or Pekin is situated in a very fertile valley, about 
GO miles from the Great Wall. Pekin, which signifies the Northern Court, 
was so called to distinguish it from Nankin, the southern court, where the 
emperor formerly resided. The city is about 18 miles in circumference, and 
has two parts, one occupied by Tartars, the other by Chinese. Each of these 
parts is surrounded by a wall ; that of the Tartars is very lofty, and so thick 
tiiat twelve horsemen can ride abreast on its top. The houses are low, being 
principally of one story, with no superfluous rooms, and generally surround- 
ed by a wall six or seven feet high. Within this enclosure, a whole family of 
three generations, with their respective wives and children, will often be 
found. Pekin has numerous churches and temples, and about 10,000 palaces. 
The principal streets aie about 7 rods wide, and 3 miles long, thickly border- 
ed with rich shops. It is astonishing to see the immense concourse of people 
which continually fills them, and the confusion caused by the prodigious 
number of horses, camels, mules, and carriages, which are meeting and pass- 
ing each other. And what is still more remarkable, not a single woman 
among all this vast collection is ever to be seen. 

A more minute description of this city is given on account of its being 
often considered the most populous in toe world, though Jedo is by some 
ranked in the same class. 

1537. Nankin , which is situated on the Kiang Ku river, was formerly the 

in respect to these canals ? 1530. What do the Chinese claim or pretend to? 3531. 
What is said of their mode of reckoning time, and their churches and priests ? 3532. 

Q. What is the general character of the inhabitants ? 1533. What is the condition 
of the women ? 1534. What qualities must a Chinese lady possess in order to he 
considered a beauty ? 1535. What appearance is djemed respectable among the men, 
and why ? 1535. 


236 


THIBET. 


most splendid and populous city in the empire, and though now much redu- 
ced, is still the most distinguished for the learning of its citizens and its pro- 
gress in manufactures, particularly of silks, crapes, and nankeens. 

1538. Garden, on the river Hoang Kiang, is the most commercial city in 
China, and is the only port at which European and American vessels are 
permitted to trade. The chief exports are tea and silk. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Will you describe the two largest rivers in China ? o. u. What river in 
the S. E. ? g. 

What two seas on the E. ? w. e. Where is China Sea ? What towns on 
or near the Hoang Kiang? u. n. What town N. E. of Canton on the 
coast ? u. What two N. E. of Po Yang Lake ? u. u. 

What is the principal town on the Kiang Ku ? n. What on or near the 
Hoang Ho ? u. What near the Yellow Sea in the N. E. ? n. 

What considerable island S. of China? n. What one on the E. ? a. 
In what direction does the Great Wall run ? What two cities does the Im- 
perial Canal connect ? Nn. Cn. How are these cities situated with respect 
to each other ? In what direction then does this canal run ? 

Where is the capital of China situated ? 1536. Why was it so called ? 
1536. How large in extent is Pekin, and how is it divided? 1535. What 
is said of the houses, churches, and palaces ? 1536. What of Nankin ? 1537. 
What of Canton ? 1538. 


THIBET . 1 


How is Thibet bounded ? capital ? 


Chief Towns ? Principal Rivers ? 



A PARTY ASCENDING THE HIMMALEH MOUNTAINS. 

1539 . Thibet is the most elevated and mountainous 
country in Asia, in consequence of which it gives rise 


1 Thibet, (tt‘-hct.) 


CHINESE TARTARY. 


237 


to numerous rivers, and has been called the Switzer- 
land of Asia. 

1540. The Himmaleh Mountains have numerous 
summits that are always covered with snow, which, to- 
gether with the elevated character of the country, 
renders the climate generally cold. 

1541. Thibet has a barren and unproductive soil, but abounds in animals. 
The most noted of these are the bushy tailed bull, the deer, from which is 
obtained musk, and the goat, from the hair of which is manufactured the 
Cashmere and Thibet shawls. 

1542. The inhabitants are represented as being in a considerably advanced 
state of civilization, and as having many useful manufactures. They live in 
houses mostly built of stone, which are frequently of a lofty height. 

1543. Towns. Lass a is situated on a branch of the Burrampooter river, 
and is distinguished for containing the palace of the Grand Lama, or God 
upon earth, of the Tartars. He is highly revered by millions of people in 
China and other parts of Asia, as a god or spiritual personage alone, lie 
having no temporal power. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What mountains between Thibet and Hindostan ? h. Their course, 
length, and height ? W T hich is the largest river in Thibet ? y. What rivers 
rise in Thibet ? r. y. a. u. 

What small kingdom in the S. of Thibet ? n. W T here is Lassa? 
What desert borders on the N. ? i. 

In what direction is Thibet from Hartford, (Ct.) ? In what zone is it ? 


CHINESE TARTARY. 

1544. Chinese Tartary is a vast but thinly settled 
country, extending from Independent Tartary to the 
Pacific Ocean. 

1545. This country is remarkable for its great elevation. Its extensive 
plains are called steppes, which are supported like a table by the Altay moun- 
tains on the N., and the Himmaleh range on the S. E. 

1546. Chinese Tartary is a cold and generally barren region, but imper- 
fectly explored. It is inhabited by various tribes of wandering shepherds, 
who subsist chiefly from their herds of cattle and sheep. They are subject 
to the emperor of China and worship the Grand Lama. 

Thibet. Q. What is said of the elevation of Thibet 7 1539. What of the moun- 
tains I 1540. 

Q.. What is the climate and soil of Thibet 7 1540-1541. Which are the most no- 
ted animals 4 1541. 

Q. What is said of the progress made in civilization 7 1542. How is the capital 
of Thibet situated 7 1543. For what is it celebrated 7 1543. 

Chinese Tartary. Q. What is said of the extent and population of this coun- 
try 7 1544. For what is it remarkable 7 1545. 

Q. What is the climate and soil of this country 7 1540. By whom is it inhabit- 
ed 7 1540. What is said of Corea 7 1547. 


238 


corea. japan. 


COREA. 

lo47. Corea is a small peninsula but little known. 
It is dependent on China. The southern part is fertile 

and populous but the northern, mountainous and thinly 
settled. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What small division in the N. W. of Chinese Tartary ? Sa. What on* 
m the N. E. ? Ma. What one S. of Soongaria ? L-Ba. What one S. W. 
of Little Buchari a ? L-Tt. What one between Mantchooria and Soono-aria ? 
Ma. Where is Corea ? 

Which is the largest river of Chinese Tartary? r. Describe it. What 
mountains in the north-eastern part ? y. Their length and height ? 

What is the capital of Corea? o. W 7 hat is the principal town on the 
Amoor or its branches ? On. What towns a little north of the Chinese 
Wall ? 1. n. 

W r hat channel on the east of this country ? y. W’hat two islands also ? o 
n. W r hat desert in Tartary ? i. What is the character of its sand ? It is 
dark colored and hard, so as not to be blown about by the wind like the 1 
sand in other deserts generally. 

Between what two seas is Corea situated ? w. n. W 7 hat strait connects 
them ? a. 


JAPAN. 



■ 


JAPANESE HOUSES. 

1548. I his empire, which lies in the east of Asia, is 
exceedingly rich and populous, and is composed of 
three large islands, namely, Niphon, Jesso, and Kiusiiu 
besides smaller ones in the vicinity. 





INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 


23 ^ 


1549. The Chinese and Dutch are the only nations 
with which the Japanese trade, or have any intercourse. 

1 1550. Japan has a variable, but generally a mild and healthy climate, a 

fertile soil, which is under a high state of cultivation, and which produces 
rice, tobacco, wheat, millet, Ac. The teashrub grows wild. 

1551. The Japanese are the most civilized and refined nation of Asia, and 
are a proud, intelligent people. They excel in many branches of manufac- 
tures, particularly of silk and cotton. 

155*2. They live principally on fish, fowls, and vegetables. A fish is the 
first token of hospitality offered to a stranger, a dish of tea is next, and then 
a pipe of tobacco. 

1553. They send their children to school at an early age, and' educate them 
with great strictness. Arithmetic, rhetoric, poetry, history, astronomy, <kc. 7 
are taught in their schools. 

1554. Towns. Jedo is situated on a bay in the eastern part of the island 
of Niphon, and is one of the largest and most populous cities in the world, 
being by some reckoned equal to Pekin. 

1555. Miako is the literary and ecclesiastical emporium of the empire r 
and is much noted for its manufactures. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What strait between Niphon and Jesso ? r. Which is the largest of 
these islands ? n. Which is the most northerly ? o. 

What towns in Niphon ? o. o. a. Which of them is most northerly ? a. 
What town in Kiusiu ? i. What strait on the W. of the island ? a. 

What is is said of Jedo ? 1554. Miako ? 1555. 

Which is the next most important city of Japan, and why ? 1555. 

In what direction is the island of Jesso, and the other Japan isles, from the 
United States ? What direction from Denmark ? What two courses ex- 
actly contrary to each other can you take, and arrive at the city of Jedo ? 
What waters will you cross in either course ? When you get to Jedo will 
you be permitted to trade ? 1549. Which is the only port to which foreign- 
ers are admitted ? Nangasacki. On what island is it ? u. 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 

1556. Independent Tartary is an extensive country. 

I but little known, and inhabited by various tribes of Tar- 
tars, many of whom lead a wandering and pastoral life. 
The chief tribes are the Kirgeesin the N., and the Us- 
becks in the S. 

1557. The climate is generally temperate, and the surface of the country- 
consists mostly of immense barren steppes, though there are some fertile- 
districts. 

B Japan. Q,. What is said of Japan ? 1548. Wh?t of the intercourse of the in- 
habitants'? 1549. What of the productions and climate ? 1550. Character of 
the Japanese ? 1551. 

Cl. What is srid of their food and hospitality ? 1552. What of education ? 155G. 
Independent Tartary. Q,. What is said of this country? 1550. By whom 

B is it inhabited ? 1550. What is said of the climate, surface and soil ? 1557. Fe? 
what is this country distinguished ? 1558. 


240 


SIBERIA 



TARTAR TENTS. 

1558. This country is distinguished for having been the seat of the power- 
ful empire of Tamerlane and Gergis Khan, and still possesses numerous 
monuments of its former greatness and civilization. 

1559. Towns. Bukharia or Bukhara, is pleasantly situated on the 
Sogd. It is noted for containing the palace of Khan, and for being the seat 
of Mahomedan learning. 

1560. Samarcand , on the Sogd, is the capital of Ubec Tartary, and is cel- 
ebrated for having been the capital of the great conqueror Tamerlane, also 
for his tomb which is still to be seen. At Samarcand there are numerous 
Mahomedan colleges. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Which is the largest river of Independent Tartary ? n. What sea nearly 
in the centre of the country ? 1. 

What river bounds Independent Tartary on the N. W. ? 1. W hat sea 
on the W. ? n. W 7 hat river bounds Tartary on the S. W. ? n. 

What towns on the eastern branch of Jihon ? a. d. What on the Sihon ? 
r. What mountains in the S. E. ? g. What mountains from the N. meet 
the Belur Tag ? 1. WOiat ones from the S. ? h. What from the E. ? y. 

What is said of Bukharia ? 1559. What of Samarcand ? 1560. 


SIBERIA. 

1561. Siberia comprehends the principal part of 
Asiatic Russia, and is one of the coldest, most barren, 
and forlorn regions on the globe. It abounds in 
steppes and is subject to Russia. 

1562. This country has mines of gold, silver, copper, lead and iron. W T ild 
animals also abound in Siberia, among which are the martin, sable, beaver, 

Siberia. Q. What is said of Siberia ? 1561. What mines has Siberia ? 1562. 
What animals ? 1562. What precious stones are found 1 1563. 


CAUCASUS. 


241 


and ermine, prized for their furs, besides elks, bears, wolves, reindeers, foxes, 
hares, and dogs ; the last of which are used in Kamtschatka to drag sleds, 
carriages, &c. 

1553. In Siberia are found topazes and other precious stones, magnets of 
extraordinary size, and even whole mountains of loadstone. 

1564. The inhabitants are ignorant and superstitious, 
dwelling in forests in winter, and on the banks of rivers 
in summer, clothing themselves chiefly from the skins of 
beasts. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Where is Kamtschatka ? What two seas border on it ? k. a. What 
island in the S. W. of the sea of Okotsk ? n. 

Which are the largest rivers in Siberia ? a. i. i. What is their course, 
and place into which they flow ? What seas in the N. W. ? i. a. 

What river flows into the sea of Anadir ? r. Which are the principal 
northern capes of Siberia ? Si. r. What three islands near Cape Sviatoi ? 
a. d. t. Which is the most eastern cape ? Fa. The most southern cape ? La. 

Which are the principal towns on the Obi and its branches ? Tk. Tk. 
What on the Lena ? Vk. What on the Olensk ? k. 

Where is lake Baikal ? What the principal town on it ? k. 

What mountains on the S. E. ? y. y. What on the S. W. ? y. Where 
is lake Tshany ? 

In what zones is Siberia ? What circle crosses it ? In which latitude and 
longitude is it ? 

What is the capital ? k. For what is it noted ? For being a place 
of banishment for criminals from Russia. W T hich is the largest town ? Ik 
On what lake is it situated ? 1. 


CAUCASUS. 

1565. Caucasus lies between the Black and Caspian 
seas and is subject to Russia. It is a rough and moun- 
tainous country with a few pleasant and fertile valleys, 
and is inhabited by several barbarous tribes, the prin- 
cipal of which are the Circassians on the N., and the 
Georgians on the S. 

1556. Both of these tribes are deservedly celebrated for the beauty of their 
females, who arc often sold by their parents to neighboringMahomedan nations. 

1567. Towns. Tefflis, on the Kur, is the capital of Georgia. It has 
a strong fortress, several churches, and is noted for being the residence of 
the Russian governor. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

What is the capital of Georgia ? s. On what river is it ? 1567. What is 
said of this city? 1567. What towns on the Caspian Sea? t. u. In 
what direction is Circassia from this sea ? From the Black Sea ? 

&. What is the character of the inhabitants'? 1554. 

Caucasus. Cl. What is said of the situation, appearance, and inhabitants of 
Caucasus! 1565. What of the females ! 1566. 

11 


442 


OCEANICA. 


OCEANICA. 

1568. Oceanica 1 is a name given by Make Bum to 
all the islands of the Pacific Ocean, most of which lie 
S. and S. E. of Asia, and are considered by the same 
geographer as forming the fifth Grand Division of the 
globe. 

lf>69. These islands, which are commonly divided into three classes, 
namely, the Eastern Archipelago, also called the Asiatic or East India Isl- 
ands, Australia and Polynesia, were divided by Malte Brun into North, Cen- 
tral, and Eastern Oceanica. 


NORTH-WEST OCEANICA, OR EAST INDIA 



1570. These islands are embraced under five divis- 
ions or clusters : 1st. The Sunda or Sumatra Islands ; 
2d. Borneo, with a number of small islands adjacent ; 
3d. The Manillas or Philippine Islands ; 4th. Celebes ; 
5th. The Moluccas or Spice Islands. 

1571. From their situation these islands have a warm and frequently an 
unhealthy climate, the surface is rather mountainous, and the soil in general 
is exceedingly fertile and productive, abounding in all the rich variety of 
fruits, spices, and gums, found in tropical regions, besides various grains and 
minerals. 

1572. The most remarkable animals are the rhino- 
ceros, tiger, crocodile, and the orang-outang. 

1573. The Sunda or Sumatra Isles consist of Sumatra, Java, Banca, 
and Timor, the first of which is in the possession of the natives, the next 
two of the Dutch, and the last of the Dutch and Portuguese. 

1574. Borneo is the largest island in the world if we except New Hol- 
land, being about 800 miles long and 700 miles bread. But little is known 
of this island, a few places on the coast only having been much visited. 
‘I he orang-outang, a large species of monkey, bearing a great resemblance 
to human beings, is found here. 

1575. The Manillas or Phillipfine Islands, comprise Luzon, Min- 
dinao, Samar, and Negrcs, all of which belong to the Spaniards. 

1576. Celebes is a large island belonging partly to the Dutch and partly 
to the natives. 

1577. The Moluccas or Spice Islands. Of these the most important 
are Gilolo, Amboyna, Ceram, and Banda. 

Oceanica, Q. What is said ot Oceanica 7 1509. What of the divisions'? 1569. 


1 Oceanica, (o-she-an-'e-ka.) 


NORTII-WEST OCEANICA. 




JAVAN HOUSE. 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 

Which is the largest and most westerly of the Sunda Isles? Sa. Which 
the most eastern ? Tr. Which the second in size? Ja. For what is it re- 
markable ? For the production of rice. 

Which are the Sunda Isles ? Sa. Ja. Sa. Fs. Tr. To whom do they be- 
long ? 1573. What settlement in Sumatra belongs to the English ? B 11 . 
What celebrated city in the island of Java? a. Of what is it the capital ? 
Of all the Dutch East India possessions. 

W here is Banca ? Ans. — E. of Sumatra. What strait between Java and 
Sumatra? Sa. 

Where i Borneo? What is its comparative size? 1574. What animal 
is found here and what is said of it ? 1574. In what zone is Borneo ? In 
what hemisphere ? In which latitude and longitude ? 

What do the Philippine isles comprise ? 1575. Which is the largest ? 
Ln. Which the most northerly ? On which is Manilla ? n. What large 
island N. of Luzon ? a. 

Where is Celebes ? To whom does it belong? 1576. For what is it 
remarkable ? For its fine scenery. Where are the Pdoiuccas or Spice Isl- 
ands ? Which are the most important ? 1577. 


MAP OF ASIA. 

Which is the largest town in Luzon ? a. What two large islands S. of it 
and near it ? o. n. 

Which is the largest town in Mindiano ? o. What sea S. of Mindiano ? 
s. What strait leads into this sea from the S. ? r. 'What two islands does 
the strait separate ? s. o. 

What town in the N. of Borneo ? o. What town in the N. W. of 
Sumatra ? n. 

U. What does North-West Oceauica comprise 1 1570. What is the climate 
and productions ? 1571. Which are the more remarkable animals 1 1572, 


244 


AUSTRALIA. 


AUSTRALIA. 

1578. Australia, or Australasia, comprises New Hol- 
land, Papua or New Guinea, Van Dieman’s Land, New 
Britain, New Ireland, Solomon’s Isle, New Hebrides, 
New Caledonia, and several smaller ones in the vicinity. 


NEW HOLLAND. 

1579. This island, which is the largest on the globe, 
and on account of its great extent often considered a 
continent, is about 2500 miles in length, 2000 miles in 
breadth, and 8000 miles in circumference. It is about 
three quarters as large as Europe, and contains about 
3 millions of square miles. 

1580. New Holland was discovered by the Dutch in 160G. It has been 
but little explored, especially in the interior. The climate, in those parts 
that are known, is temperate and healthy, the soil generally good, and well 
adapted to cultivation and grazing. 

1581. It abounds in minerals such as coal, lead, iron, 
&c., and produces also wheat, barley, oranges, lemons, 
and other tropical fruits. 

1582. The animals of this island a v e rather peculiar, being mostly of the 
opossum kind. The most noted of them is the kangaroo. Its fore legs are 
quite short, and under the body of the female grows a bag of thick skin, into 
which her young resort in times of danger, and are carried in safety. 

1583. New South Wales, which comprises the south east part of the island, 
and which belongs to the English, is celebrated for the establishment of an 
English colony at Port Jackson or Botany Bay, composed principally of 
convicts. The population of the colony is about 50,000. Sidney is the 
chief town and capital. The population of the district of Sidney is about 
34,000 : of this number 24,000 are males and 10,000 females. 

1584. The natives of New Holland are small in stature, ill-shaped, and 
among the most degraded and barbarous portions of the whole human family. 
They are represented as going entirely naked, with their bodies besmeared 
with oil. They have no religion, no form of government, and none of the 
comforts of civilized life. 


PAPUA, OR NEW GUINEA. 

1585. This island is about 1200 miles long, and from 
three to four hundred miles wide. It has been par- 
tially explored, and is but little known. 

Q.. What is said of the extent of New Holland ? 1579. What of its discovery 
and climate? 1580. Productions? 1581. Animals? 1582. New South Wales ? 
1583. N atives ? 1584. 


AUSTRALIA 


245 


1586. It is the favorite abode of a peculiar and beautiful species of birds, 
called Birds of Paradise, also of parrots and pigeons of an extraordinary size. 

1587. The inhabitants are of the African or negro race. Those of the in- 
terior live in trees, which they ascend by a knotted pole. There are no Eu- 
ropean or American settlements on the island. 


VAN DIEMAN’S LAND. 

1588. The soil of this island is good, and the climate 
temperate. The natives are of the common stature 
but slender ; their skin black and hair woolly. They 
go naked in summer, but in winter clothe themselves 
with the skins of the kangaroo. 

1589. On this island the English have a colony similar to that in New 
South Wales, the capital of which is Hobart Town. Population about 
24,000, all whites, except about 1500 aborigines. 


NEW ZEALAND. 



NEW ZEALAND HUT. 

1590. New Zealand consists of two islands, sepa- 
rated from each other by Banoy’s strait, 12 miles in 
width. They are mountainous, fertile, and healthy. 
The inhabitants are a tall, brave, and warlike race, and 
when discovered were cannibals, or man eaters. By 

What is the extent of New Guinea'? 1585. What birds aie found here? I58C. 
What is the character of the inhabitants ? 1587. 

U. What is said of Van Dieman’s Land in respect to soil and climate? 1588. 
Persons of the inhabitants ? 1588. What of the English settlement here ? 1589. 


246 


POLYNESIA. 


means of Christian missionaries established here, they 
have made considerable advancement in civilization. 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 

■ 

What are the principal capes on the eastern coast of New Holland ? y. el 
What strait on the S. ? s. What island on the opposite side of the strait ? d j 
What is the southern point of it called? e. 

Q. What strait N. of New Holland? s. What does this strait separate ? 
d. a. What islands N. E. of New Guinea ? d. n. What capes has New 
Zealand ? h. h. t. [See Western Hemisphere.] What course is New 
Caledonia from New Zealand ? What cluster of islands a little N. of New 
Caledonia ? s. 

What direction is New Holland from you ? New Caledonia ? 


POLYNESIA. 


1591. The name Polynesia is derived from two 
Greek words, together signifying many islands , and in- 
cludes the several clusters which lie JE. of the Asiatic 
isles and Australasia. 

1592. The more important of these are the Pelew 
Islands, the Ladrone, Caroline, Sandwich, Marquesas, 
Society, Friendly, Fejee, and Navigator’s Islands. 

1593. They are generally smaU and widely scattered over the Pacific 
Ocean. Most of them remained undiscovered till the middle of the last 


century. 

1594. The natives are of the Malay race, and in general have fine forms, 
regular features, and amiable dispositions. They have a practice of tatooing, 
which consists in first pricking the skin and then staining it with a dark 
colored substance, by which means they form lines and figures of various 
kinds upon their bodies. 

1595. At the period cf the discovery cf these islands, the inhabitants were 
all Pagans, extremely barbarous, and on many of them, the inhabitants were 
cannibals and offered human sacrifices. In consequence of the exertions of 
missionaries, they have in many places abandoned their idols, and adopted 
the customs of civilized life. Tnis is particularly the case in the Sandwich 
Islands, one of the most important groups, being eleven in number. Many 
of the natives of these islands have learned to read and write and embraced 
the Christian religion. 


Q. What is said of New Zealand? 1550. Character of the inhabitants? 1500. 
What change has been effected, and by what means ? 1500. 

Polynesia. Q,. What does the term Polynesia mean? 1501. What islands does 
it include ? 1591. Which are the more important clusters? 1592. What is said of 
their size and situation with respect to each other ? 1593. 

Q,. When were these islands discovered ? 1593. What is said of their character ? 
1594. 

Cl. What was their religion formerly ? 1595. What horrible pract ce formerly ex- 
isted in some of these islands ? 1595. What alterations have been made, and by 
whose exertions ? 1595. What is said of the Sandwich isles in this respect ? 1595. 
What of the climate, soil, and principal productions ? 1596. 


AFRICA. 


247 


1596. The climate of these islands is in general temperate and healthy, 
and the soil good. The principal productions are the bread fruit, bananas, 
cocoa nuts, oranges, &c. 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 

In what direction are the Pelew from the Philippine Islands ? What 
islands N. E. of the Philippine ? Le. Which are the three largest ? n. n. nr. 
What cluster a little below the Ladrone ? e. 

In what cluster is Owyhee 7 h. [See Western Hemisphere.] By whom 
were the Sandwich Islands first discovered ? By Captain Cook, flow and 
where d'd Captain Cook lose his life ? He was killed on the island of 
Owyhee by the natives. 

Where are the Midgrave Islands ? Where are the Marquesas Islands ? 
Society Islands ? What one in this group is put down ? e. Where are the 
Friendly Islands ? Feiee Islands ? Navigator’s Island ? 

What is the chief island in the Marquesas group ? s. 


AFRICA. 


I GOG. Africa, mentioned in history thousands of 
years ago, is still to us -what it was to the ancients — the 
land of mystery. Although its coasts lie in sight of 
the most civilized countries, yet we know nothing more 
than its outlines : into the interior the foot of a Euro- 
pean has lately, for the first time, penetrated. 

1607. In Africa there are but few large and naviga- 
ble rivers, or good harbors, no large gulfs or inland 
seas penetrating its interior, which have contributed to 
prevent it from being explored. Other causes are its 
boundless deserts, its hot and unhealthy climate, and the 
savage and forbidding manners of its inhabitants. 

160S. The northern parts of Africa were famous in the earliest ages of 
history. Ethic-pa was a celebrated country ; Egypt was reckoned the cradle 
of commerce, the aits and sciences, and Carthage was for a long time the 
formidable ri\ al of Rome. Africa is now the least known, the least civilized, 
andthe least important, of the five Grand Divisions of the globe. 

16G9. It ranks in size as the second Grand Division, 
being about 4500 miles long, and 4000 miles wide, con- 
taining ID millions of square miles, and from 100 to 
110 millions of inhabitants. 


Africa. Q,. What knowledge have we of Aliica 1 1C0G. What has prevented 
this country from being explored 7 1607. 

U. Winch parts of Africa were famous in the earliest ages, and for what 7 1G08. 
What is the extent of Africa, and its comparative size 7 1009. 


248 


AFRICA. 



LION, ZEBRA, CAMELEOPARD, HIPPOPOTAMUS, HYENA, AND OSTRICH. 

1G10. The interior of the country must be very populous, since within two 
centuries and a half, it has contributed 40 millions of vigorous men to the 
slave trade, and is yet any thing but depopulated. Formerly 105 thousand 
slaves were annually introduced into the West Indies, besides vast numbers 
into other parts of the world. Even since most of the European and Ameri- 
can nations have agreed to abolish this tiaffic, from 54 to 200 thousand 
negroes are yearly torn from this wretched country and sold as slaves. 

1611. Africa can enumerate five times as many species of quadrupeds a3 
Asia, and three times as many as ail America. It excels Asia in the size of 
its colossal river-horse, the hippopotamus, its giraffe, antelopes, and apes, 
liere only the lion, king of beasts, and the ostr'ch, king of bu ds, attain to 
their full perfection. r ihe other large and noted animals a-e the elephant, 
cameleopard. camel, zebra, buffalo, crocod ie, and boa-constrictor. 

1612. The boa-constrictor is a wonderful an mal. 1 be larged are about 
80 feet long, and so strong and swift that nothing can escape being caught 
and destroyed by them. 

1613. This animal oftentimes watches for h’s prey by clinging its tail round 
a high branch of a tree, where some quadruped would be iikeiy to pass for 
food or water, and there swings about in the a'r like a branch or pendant of 
the tree, until his prey approaches ; then suddenly relinquishing its position, 
swift as lightning it seizes its victim, and coiling itseif around ks threat and 
chest, crushes it to death. The animals which are easily taken by it are 
deer, dogs, bullocks, and even horses with their riders, both expiring together 
in the same fatal fold of the serpent. 

1614. In Africa, as in America, the torrid zone pro- 
duces plants and fruits the most nutricious, the most 
refreshing, and the most wholesome. 

1615. The chief vegetables for sustenance are wheat, barley, millet, rice, 
yams, lotus-berries, gum Senegal, dates, figs, sugar cane, and various spices. 

Q.. Wliat is said of the population? 1610. What of its animals ? 1(3]]. De- 
scribe the boa-constrictor ? 1(312. Describe its inode of seizing its prey ? 1(313. 

Q. Will you describe the articles used for food and drink ? 11)15. Exports and 
climate ? 1(316. 


AFRICA. 


249 


The best of butter is procured from the shih or butter tree. Coffee, palm wine’ 
cape wine, and the milk of cocoa-nuts are used for drink, and cotton, hemp’ 
and flax, for clothing. The want of salt is generally and most severely felt? 
as well as the want of water in many places. 

1616 . The chief articles of export are slaves, gold 
and ivory. The climate is various, but in general the 
hottest on the globe. 


1617. In the atmosphere of the tropics, except in mountainous or insular 
situations, the heat of the sun is terrible, and Anderson tells of eggs being 
roasted by it in the sands of Guinea, and the naked feet of the negroes being 
blistered. On the coast, the heat is mitigated by breezes from the sea, from 
the mountains, and by the incessant rains ; but the air is nevertheless more 
impure and unhealthy than the interior, which has a higher elevation. 

1613. The soil of those places which are well watered is exceedingly pro- 
ductive, repaying the husbandman for his labor one hundred fold. 

1619. Among the most remarkable natural features of Africa are its 

boundless and barren deserts, of which the Sahara or Great Desert is the 
most celebrated. > 

1620. The surface of these deserts is oftentimes so agitated by the wind as 
to produce immense clouds of sand, which resemble at a distance a storm at 
sea, but a”e much more terrible and disastrous. Over this wide waste, no 
human being could ever travel were it not for the oases which are interspers- 
ed like so many fertile islands in the dreary ocean. These furnish resting 
places and water for the caravans, but if the water is dried up, as is some- 
times the case, they perish with thirst. From this cause there perished in 
1805 a caravan of 2000 men and 1S00 camels. 



A STORM IN THE DESERT. 


1621. The population of Africa is composed of various tribes, mostly in a 
barbarous state, being chiefly Moors and Negroes. The former are Mahom- 
etans, and occupy the parts north of the Mountains of the Moon, and the 
latter are Pagans, and occupy the remaining parts. 

Cl. What is said of the intense heat of Africa 1 1617. What of the soil 1 1618. 
The m st remarkable natural features 1 1619. Describe their deserts. 1620. 
Wliat is the population of Africa! 1621. 

II* 


250 


EGYPT. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

In which hemisphere is Africa ? On what continent is it ? In which 
latitude is it ? In which longitude ? Over how many degrees of latitude 
does it extend N. ? Over how many S. ? Over how many degrees of longi- 
tude does it extend E. ? How many W. ? 

In what zones does Africa lie ? 


How is Africa bounded 
Egypt bounded ? Capital ? 


Barca bounded ? 
Tripoli bounded ? 
Tunis bounded ? 
Algiers bounded ? 


Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 


? Largest town ? 
Morocco bounded ? 
Fezzan bounded ? 
Nubia bounded ? 
Darfour 1 bounded ? 
Abyssinia 2 bounded ? 


Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 


RIVERS. 

Will you describe the Nile ? Senegal? Gambia? Mesurado ? Cama- 
roons ? Niger ? Congo ? Orange ? Will you repeat the six principal rivers 
of Africa ? 

ISLANDS. 

Which is the largest island around Africa ? Mr. Where is it ? Where is 
the the Isle of France ? Bourbon Isle ? Comoro Isles ? Almirante ? Soco- 
tra ? What islands W. of Morocco ? Ma. What group W. of Spain ? s. 
Where are the Canary Islands ? Cape Yerd ? What in the Gulf of Guinea ? 
o. s. s. Which is the principal island ? WTat three in the Atlantic Ocean 
S. W. of the last ? w. n. a. What are the principal islands of Africa ? 


GULFS. 

Where is the Gulf of Guinea ? Biafra? Benin? Sidra? [See Tripoli.] 
Cabes ? What are the principal gulfs ? 

BAYS AND STRAITS. 

What bay on the coast of Loango ? o. Where is Walwich bay ? St. 
Helena bay ? Table bay ? Algoa ? Lagoa ? Strait of Babelmandel ? 
Gibraltar ? Channel of Mozambique ? What are the principal bays of 
Africa ? The principal straits ? 

CAPES. 

Where is Cape Spartel ? C. Gardafui ? C. Bassa ? C. Delgado ? Yv r hat 
cape E. of the last ? e. What in the southern extremity of Madagascar ? y. 
Where is. C. Good Flope ? C. Frio ? C. Negro ? C. Palmas ? C. Me- 
surado ? C. Roxo ? C. Verde ? C. Blanco ? What are the principal 
capes of Africa ? 

DESERTS, MOUNTAINS, AND LAKES. 

Where is the Sahara or Great Desert ? What is its length and breadth ? 
Where are the mountains of the Moon ? Laputa Mountains ? Snow 
Mts. ? Chrystal Mts. ? Mountains of Kong ? Black Mts. ? Mount Atlas ? 

Where is Lake Dembea ? Lake Tchad ? Lake Maravi ? W hat are the 
deserts of Africa ? What the mountains ? What the lakes ? 


EGYPT. 

1622. Egypt, anciently a mighty empire, and the 
parent of the arts and sciences, has been for centuries 


1 Darfour, (dar-foor.) 


j 2 Abyssinia, (ab-iss-in-ya.) 


EGYPT. 


251 


merely a Turkish viceroyalty, scarcely a fifth part 
inhabited, and distinguished only for the ruins of its 
former magnificence ; as pyramids, obelisks, cata- 
combs, &c. 

1623 . The viceroy has recently declared himself in- 
dependent of Turkey, and as yet maintains his inde- 
pendence though it has not been acknowledged by the 
Porte. 

1624 . This country is divided into two parts, Upper 
and Lower Egypt, the former lies S. of Cairo, and the 
latter between Cairo and the Mediterranean. 

1625 . The soil is generally barren, and the country 
mountainous, except a strip or belt on each side of the 
Nile, which, owing to the annual inundations of that 
river, is exceedingly productive. 



PYRAMIDS, SPHYNX, CLEOPATRA’S NEEDLE, AND A CARAVAN ENCAMPING 


1626. The rise of the Nile, which is the only river of note in Egypt, is 
caused by the periodical rains near its source, which rains are common in 
tropical regions. The Nile begins to rise about the 15th of June, and sub- 
sides aboufthe last of August. When at its greatest height, it is, in appear- 
ance, almost as broad as a sea, and fertilizes a vast extent of country. 

1627. It seldom rains in Egypt, even a few drops is a rare occurrence ; 
but owing to the heavy dews, canals, and floods of the Nile, vegetation 
scarcely ever suffers for want of moisture. 

The summers are hot and unhealthy, the country being subject to terrible 

Egypt. Q. What has been the political condition of Egypt'? 11522. What is 
said of the Viceroy 7 1»>23 7 Divisions '? 1(524. Soil and surface 1 1625. 

What is said of die inundations of the Nile 7 1626. What of rain in Egypt 7 1627. 
Summer, winter, and productions 7 1627. Describe the inhabitants. 1627. 


252 


BARBARY STATES. 


ravages from the plague ; the winters are temperate and healthy. Some of 
the principal productions are rice, wheat, maize, barley, sugar-cane, cotton, 
llax and indigo. 

The inhabitants are Copts, Arabs, and Turks. The Arabs are the most 
numerous, but the Turks are the ruling people or tribe. 

1628. The Egyptian has, generally, a strong, active frame, tawny com- 
plexion, gay disposition, and not deficient in mental abilities, lie is temper- 
ate and religious, but superstitious. 

1629. The Pyramids of Egypt are supposed to have been erected about 
900 years before Christ, and though the object for which they were designed 
is not certainly known, they were probably the sepulchral monuments of 
the Egyptian kings. Among the most renowned, are those of Cecrops and 
Cephrenes. The former, Herodotus says, contains the bones of Cecrops, 
and the latter, which is near by, those of Cephrenes, his brother and suc- 
cessor. The account of this ancient wonder is not improbable, .which says 
that 100,000 men worked 20 years, without interruption, in building the enor- 
mous pyramid of Cecrops, and that it was 800 feet, or about one quarter of a 
mile high. Late writers say that it was about 500 feet high, and covered 
nearly 11 acres of land. 

1630. Towns. Cairo, or Grand Cairo, is the capital of modem 
Egypt, and is the most supcib and commercial city of Africa. 

1631. Alexandria, which was once so celebrated as the seat of learning, 
commerce, and the arts, was built by Alexander the Great, 331 years before 
Christ. It is now greatly reduced, and is little remarkable except for the 
ruins of its former splendor. Among them may be mentioned Pompey’s 
Pillar, Cleopatra’s Needle, and the Catacombs. 

1632. r J he Alexandrian Library, which was founded by Ptolemy Pliiladel- 
phus, 281 years before Christ, and burnt by the Saracens, A. D. 6r0, was the 
largest and most valuable one of antiquity, and attracted scholars from ail 
countries. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

How is Egypt bounded ? Capital ? In what zone is Egypt ? In what 
part of Africa ( What is its principal river ? e. in what mountains does this 
liver rise ? Mn. Their length and height ? 

What two seas border on Egypt ? n. d. What isthmus on the N. E. ? z. 
W1 i at cities on the Mediterranean, near the mouth of the Nile ? a. a. a.. 
What cities on the Nile ? o. t. s. 

What town on the isthmus of Suez ? z. In what direction is Egypt 
from your own town ? How would you visit it ? 


BARB ARY STATES. 

1633. Barbary was anciently known by the names 
of Mauritania, Numidia, Africa Proper, and Lybia, and 
lias successively become the seat of large and powerful 
kingdoms or states. Among them maybe mentioned 
Carthage, not a vestige of whose former greatness is 
now to be seen. 


Cl. What is ihe Egyptian character 1 1028. Describe the Pyramids. 1029 


MOROCCO. 


253 


1634. Barbary is now composed of several small 
states, noted only for their barbarism and piracy. 


1635. The climate is temperate, pleasant, and generally healthy; and the 
soil N. of the Atlas mountains, is distinguished for its fertility. At some 
seasons, the country is subject to the p.ague, which makes fearful ravages 
among the people. 

1636. Its principal productions and exports are oil, wine, sugar, cotton, 
ivory, ostrich-feathers, Morocco leather, fruit, particularly dates, and most 
kinds of grain. 

1637. The region below the Atlas mountains, as far S. as the desert, pro- 
duces almost exclusively dates, on which account it has been called Biledid- 
gerid , cr the land of dates. 

1633. The Barbary States are continually infested with ferocious animals, 
of which the lion and panther are the most noted and formidable, unless we 
except the Boa, or serpent of the desert, which, among all the numerous ani- 
mals of the kind in Africa, is the strongest, swiftest and most venomous. 

1639. Here a'so are numberless insects, among which is the locust, that 
often appears in such swarms, as to sweep from the face of the earth, ail 
traces of vegetation, leaving nothing hut a barren waste behind them. 

1610. The inhabitants consist of four classes ; 1st, Moors, the ruling peo- 
ple, and the most numerous ; 2dly, Jews, who live in the cities and control 
the trade ; 3diy, Arabs, who generally lead a wandering life ; 4thly, Berbers 
or Brebers, the supposed descendants of the original inhabitants, and from 
whom the country is said to be named. This class occupies the mountain- 
ous parts. 

1641. The general character of the inhabitants is a compound of igno- 
rance, superstition, and cruelty ; and piracy was formerly a common em- 
ployment. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

Which are the Barbary States? o. s. s. i. a. How are the Barbary States 
bounded l in what hemisphere are they ? 


MOROCCO. 

1642. The empire of Morocco is much the largest 
of the Barbary States, comprising the ancient Mauri- 
tania, and the modern kingdoms of Morocco Proper, 
Fez, and other divisions. 

1643. The country of Morocco is remarkable for 

%> 

its fertility, producing grain, olives, fruits, &c. in 
abundance. 

Barbary States. Q,. By what names has the Barbary passed 1 1G33. What 
is said of Carthage! 1G33. What, is the present condition of Barbary ? 1034. 

Q,. What is said of the climate 1 1635. Productions and exports ! 1630. What is 
said of Biledulgerid? 1637. 

Q. What is said of the animals of the Barbary States 1 1G38. What of the 
insects ? 1639. What of the inhabitants and their several classes 1 1640. Wliat of 
the general character ? 1641. 


254 


ALGIERS AND TUNIS. 


1644. Towns. Morocco the capital is situated in the midst of a fertile 
valley, upwards of 100 miles from the sea. It once contained about 700,000 
inhabitants, but by wars, pestilence, and famine, the number is reduced at 
present nearly one half. It contains many splendid temples and mosques, 
and is the usual residence of the Emperor. 

1645. Fez, the ancient capital of the kingdom of the same name, and noted 
as the seat of the learned institutions of the Mahommedans, is still a sp f endid 
city, and the largest in the empire. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

In what part of Africa is Morocco ? What strait has it on the N. ? r. What 
town on this strait ? s. What towns on the Atlantic ? e. e. What a little 
S. E. ofthe last mentioned ? o. What E. of Sale? z. 

What mountains are there ? s. From whom are they so called ? 126. What 
country in Europe opposite Morocco ? What celebrated fortress near the 
strait? Gr. To whom does it belong ? To the English. What cluster of 
islands off the coast of Morocco ? a. y. 


ALGIERS. 

1648. Algiers, formerly called Numidia, comprises 
three provinces. It surpasses all the other Barbary 
States in healthiness of climate, fertility of soil, navai 
strength, and the piratical disposition of its people. It 
is noted for its coral fishery on the coast. 

1647. Towns. Algiers, the capital of the country, is a strongly forti- 
fied city, built on the side of a hill next the harbor. The houses rising one 
above another, are of resplendent whiteness, and make a most magnificent 
appearance from the Mediterranean. It was taken by the French in 1830, in 
whose possession it still remains. 

1648. Constantia is the capital of the eastern province, and Tremecen of 
the western province. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

What are the principal towns on the Mediterranean? n. s. What town 
in the N. E. ? a. What mountains extend into the country ? s. In what 
direction from Algiers is Morocco ? In what is the Great Desert? Fezzan ? 


TUNIS. 

1649. Tunis, formerly Africa Proper, and the seat 
of ancient Carthage, is one of the most powerful of 
the Barbary States. 

1650. Cartilage was the most famous city of antiquity in Africa, and the 

Algiers. — Q.. What hoes Algiers comprise 7 1646. In what respect does it excel 
the other states 7 1646. For what is it noted 7 1G46. What is said of the capital 7 
IG47. What other towns are mentioned, and what is said of them 7 1648. 

Tunis. — Q,. What was Tunis formerly and what is it now 7 1645. Where and 


TRIPOLI AND BARCA. 


255 


capital of a rich and powerful republic. Dido, fleeing from Tyre, came to 
this country and founded this city 869 years before Christ. In consequence 
of the great commercial enterprise of the people, Carthage for a long time 
reigned mistress of the sea, and was the most formidable rival of Rome. It 
was finally taken by the Romans, and razed to the ground, 146 years before 
Christ. 

1651. Towns. Tunis the capital, which stands about 10 miles S. W. of 
the ruins of ancient Carthage, has numerous manufactures, and the most 
extensive commerce of any city of the .Barbary States. 

v' 

MAP OF AFRICA. 

What meridian intersects Tunis ? What Gulf on the eastern coast ? s. 
Where is the capital situated ? In what direction is Tunis from Sicily ? 
What two States W. of Tunis ? What ones on the E. ? 


TRIPOLI. 

1652. Tripoli has several fine harbors, and consider- 
able commerce. It is the most refined but least pow- 
erful of the Barbary States. 

1653. Towns. Tripoli is a well built city, has a fine harbor, and con- 
siderable trade, especially with the caravans from the interior. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

What gulf N. W. of Tripoli ? s. What one in the N. E. ? a. What is 
the capital ? i. How is the capital situated ? 1653. What is said of the 
state of Tripoli ? 1652. What two islands N. of Tripoli? a. y. What 
small country S. of Tripoli? n. 


BARCA. 

1654. Barca was anciently called Lybia, and its 
coasts are said to have produced two or three crops in 
a year ; these are still fertile, but the back country is 
mostly a desert. 

1655. Towns. Derne is the largest town and capital. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

Which is the capital of Barca ? e. Where is it situated ? What gulf 
on the N. W. of Barca? a. What town inEgypt the nearest to Barca? n. 
What two islands N. E. of Barca ? s. a. What was Barca anciently 
called ? 1654. What is said of its coasts and back country ? 1654. 

what was Carthage ? 1650. By whom and when was it founded 1 1650. What is 
said of it ? 1650. What is said of the city of Tunis ? 1651. 


NUBIA. ABYSSINIA. 




NUBIA. 


I65G. Nubia is an extensive country, and divided 
into several petty states or kingdoms, of which Sen- 
naar and Dongola are the best known to Europeans. 
This country abounds in the magniiicent ruins of an- 
tiquity. 

1657. The Nile intersects this country, the banks of 


which river are rich and productive, but the remaining 
portions are sandy, barren, and destitute of water. 
The climate, though hot, is dry and generally healthy. 


1658. A hot and noxious wind from the desert, called the Simoon or 8a- 
miel often prevails here, which, as its name indicates, is poisonous. Its ap- 
proach is preceded by a dark yellow appearance in the eastern horizon, a 
thick sulphurous exhalation, rising from the ground and covering the whole 


heavens, and by a hissing and crackling noise. The wind, if inhaled, pro- 
duces instant death. Even the camels of the caravans seem instinctively to 
avoid breathing it by thrusting their noses into the sand, and holding them 
there till it has blown by, which it usually does in a few moments. Men 
avoid its effects by lying with their faces on the ground, while the danger 
continues. 

1659. The chief articles of trade are gold, ivory, and slaves. 

1660. The Nubians are mostly of Arabian descent, and chiefly Mahomme- 
dans. They are perfectly black, with thick lips, but have not the fiat nose 
and prominent jaws of the negro race. They are robust and temperate, but 
indolent and treacherous. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

What kingdom in the northern part of Nubia? a. What in the southern 
part ? r. 

Which is the principal river of Nubia? e. What towns on this cele- 
brated stream ? o. a. r. r. What port on the Red Sea ? a. What country 
8. E. of Nubia? a. 


ABYSSINIA. 

1661 . Abyssinia, the Ethiopa of the sacred scrip- 
tures, is a country of considerable celebrity, and pos- 
sesses a line climate, a mountainous surface, and vales 
exceedingly rich and productive. 

1662. This country abounds in animals and minerals, and among its chief 
vegetable productions are wheat, balsam, myrrh, &c. besides a small grain 
called Teff, and the papyrus, of which the ancients made a sort of paper. 

Nubia. — Q.. What is said of Nubia ? 1656. What is the soil and climate ? 1657. 
What wind prevails here, and its consequences ? 1658. 

Q,. What are the chief articles of trade ? 1659. Describe the inhabitants'? 16G0. 

Abyssinia. — U. What was the ancient name of Abyssinia ? 1661. What is its 


EASTERN AFRICA. 


257 


1668 . The Abyssinians are of dark olive complex- 
ions, have cruel dispositions, and are sunk in the lowest 
depths of barbarism. 

1664. They frequently eat their meat raw, and the soldiers on a march 
will cut flesh from cows', or other animals which they drive with them, and 
-eat it with great greediness. They sew up the wounds thus made, and the 
poor animal, having performed the rest of the journey, is killed. 

1665. Towns. Gondar is situated on a hill of considerable height, the 
palace of the Emperor being at the west end of the city. The houses are 
built chiefly of c ! ay, in the form of cones, with thatched roofs. There are 
no shops, and the trade is carried on, and the merchandize exposed for sale 
upon mats in a large square. This city is said to contain 100 churches. 
They profess Christianity. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

What mountains on the S. of Abyssinia? n. Their length and height ? 
What river has several branches in this country ? e. In what mountains does 
the Nile rise ? n. 

What is the capital of Abyssinia? r. Near what lake is it ? a. Describe 
the city ? 1665. 


EASTERN AFRICA. 

1666 . This division embraces the coast of Africa, 
from CafFraria to the Strait of Babelmandel, including 
a number of separate kingdoms, respecting which we 
have hut little knowledge. 

1667. Adel or Ariel, is a rich and populous kingdom. It seldom rains 
here, but the country is nevertheless well watered, and abounds in wheat, 
millet, frankincense, pepper, &c. 

1668. Ajan or Agen, consists of several small kingdoms or states, which 
trade in ivory, gold, and horses of an excellent breed. 

1669. Melinda is a small kingdom, subject to Portugal, with a capital of 
the same name. Its articles of trade, are gold, slaves, elephants’ teeth, os- 
trich feathers, wax, rice, sugar, cocoa-nuts, aloes, senna, Ac. 

1670. Zanguebar embraces several small kingdoms that formerly be- 
longed to the Portuguese, but now to the Moors. Its productions are similar 
to those of Melinda. 

1671. Mozambique nominally belongs to the Portuguese. 

1672. Monomotapa is a fertile country, and more populous than any 
other of these subdivisions of Africa. It is rich in goldmines, and it is said 
that Sofala, a Portuguese settlement, is the Cphir spoken of in the Old Tes- 
tament, where King Solomon sent for gold. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

What is the extent of the eastern coast of Africa ? 1666. What town in 
the northern part ? Ba. 

climate, soil,- and surface'? 1061. Iri what does it abound? 1662. Deseiibe the 
Abyssinians. 1663. What cruel practice is mentioned ? 1064. 


25S 


SOUTH AFRICA 


What are the subdivisions of eastern Africa? Al. An. Zr. Me; Ma. 
In what zone are they principally situated ? 

What is said of Adel andAjan? 16(57. 1663. What are their produc- 
tions? 1667. 1663. What four capes on the coast ? i. s. o. s. What island 
near the most northern cape ? a. For what is it particularly noted ? For its 
fine aloes. 

What division next south of Ajan? r. What issaidofit? 1670. What 
mountains in the southern part ? a. What towns on the coast ? Ma. a. 
What are the articles of trade ? 1669. 1670. 

Q. What division next south of Zanguebar? Me. To whom does it be- 
long? 1671. What town on the coast? e. What lake on the W. ? i. 
What tribe on the W. ? Bs. What one in the centre ? Ms. What cape on 
the N. E ? o. What isles on the S. E. of the cape ? o. What channel on 
the E. ? e. 

What division lies S. of Mozambique? a. What river between the last 
two divisions ? e. What town on the coast? a. What is said of its soil, 
population, and mines ? 1673. 



ELEPHANT, AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. ABYSSINIAN OX, GNU, ANTELOPE AND 

FENNEC. 

1G73. This division of Africa, which lies almost 

wholly S. of the Tropic of Capricorn, is but little 

known. Its subdivisions are the country of tiie Hot- 

* 

tentots, Calif aria, and the Colony of the Cape. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

In what zone is South Africa? Which division of it is most southern? 
Which the most eastern? What is the principal river? e. What moun- 
tains are there ? w. 'i heir height ? 

I— i M iii imum min i ii hi ii nrmnm v--.-. ■ — ■ui imi ■mun nail i iii ■■■■ !! 

South Africa. — C l. Will you d.*sc; ibo soain Africa l iOTJ. H*Hv is it boumlou ! 


WESTERN AFRICA. 


259 


What is the capital town ? Lo. How is it situated ? What bay in the N. 
E. ofCaffraria? La. What is the principal cape ? e. What mountains extend 
up into Caffraria from Cape Colony ? w. What town in Cape Colony ? C-Tn. 


COUNTRY OF THE HOTTENTOTS. 

1674. Tliis country is inhabited by various tribes, all of whom pass under 
the general name of Hottentots. They are a filthy, ignorant, and degraded 
race of beings. Some tribes go entirely naked, subsist on roots, toads, liz- 
ards, mice, &c. and reside in bushes, holes made in the ground, clefts in the 
rocks, &c. The less barbarous tribes live in low huts, resembling bee- 
hives, with an opening in the centre, in which they keep their cattle, during 
the night, to protect them from the wild beasts. 


CAFFRARIA. 

1675. The inhabitants of Caffraria, called Caffres, resemble the Hotten- 
tots in many respects, though they are more civilized. They keep large 
herds of cattle, and subsist chiefly on milk. They clothe themselves in 
sheep skins, wearing the wool sida out in the summer, and reversing it in 
the winter. 


COLONY OF THE CAPE. 

1676. This colony was commenced by the Dutch in 1652, and taken by 
the English in 1806, in whose possession it has has since remained. Jt is 
the largest European Colony in Africa, containing a population of 120,000, of 
which 47,000 are Europeans, 28,000 Hottentots, and 35,000 slaves. 

1677. The soil is exceedingly fertile, and the climate pleasant and healthy. 
Wheat and other grain grow here, but the chief articles of export are wine 
and brandy , it is chiefly valuable as a place of refreshment for ships in their 
long East India voyages. 


WESTERN AFRICA. 

1678. Western Africa comprises all those countries 
on the coast that lie between South Africa and the 
Great Desert. It is noted for being the principal place 
where that wicked and inhuman traffic, the slave trade, 
is carried on. 

AS 

1679. This section includes the kingdom of Senegambia in the N., that of 
Guinea in the middle, and tiie countries ofLoango, Congo, Angola, Bengue- 
la, and Zimbebas. 

16S0. Western Africa is inhabited chiefly by various tribes of negroes. 

[Stro Map.] By whom is the country of the Hottentots inhabited 1 1074. What r* 
their character and ode of living 1 1074. 

U. What are the Caffres? 1075. How do they live? 1075. 

Q,. What is sa d of the Colony of the Cape 1 1070. What of its soil and impor- 
tance ? 1077. 

Western Africa. — (i. What does Western Africa comprise? 1078. For what 
is it noted ? 1078. What does it include lG7j. By whom is it inhabited ? 10813. 


260 


WESTERN AFRICA 


who go almost naked, lead a barbarous life, and are an ignorant, warlike 
race. 



NEGRO HOUSES. 


1G31. The chiefs often make war on each other for the purpose of taking 
captives to sell for slaves, they being the chief article of trade. The other 
exports are gold, ivory and grain, particularly rice and maize. 

IG82. The soil is in general fertile, the climate hot and unhealthy for Eu 
ropeans and Americans. The animals found here are elephants, monkeys, 
antelopes, the boa-constrictor, besides various insects and reptiles. 


SENEGAMBIA. 

1683. Senegambia, so called from its two great riv- 
ers, Senegal and Gambia is a fertile and productive 
country. 

1684. It contains several petty kingdoms, audits principal productions are 
derived from numerous forests that yield a great abundance of gum. 

1685. The principal tribes of negroes in this division, are the Jaloffs, Fou- 
lahs 1 , and Mandingoes. 


SIERRA LEONE. 

1686. This is an English settlement formed in 1787, 
for the benevolent purpose of affording an asylum for 
ransomed slaves, and for colonizing free Africans. 

What is tlieir frequent occu nation 7 1081. What is the soil, climate and animals 7 
1682. 

Q,. What is said of Senegambia 7 1681. Its kingdoms 7 1084. Tribes 7 1685. 


1 Foulahs, (foo'-las.) 


CENRTAL AFRICA. 261 

1687. The number of villages is in all fifteen, of which the principal are 
Freetown, Regent, and Wellington. 

1688. The whole population is about 20,000, composed principally of cap- 
tured negroes, who were rescued from chains and slavery on board of slave 
ships. 


LIBERIA. 

1689. This portion of Africa was purchased by the 
American Colonization Society, for the purpose of col- 
onizing free blacks, and those who might become free, 
in the United States. 

1690. The name of Liberia was given to it on motion of Gen. Robert 
Goodioe Harper, formerly of Maryland. In 1822, a settlement was com- 
menced by the society at Cape Mesurado, which contains more than 1209 
inhabitants. This settlement was called Monrovia, in honor of Ex-Presi- 
dent Monroe. 

1691. The society has now seven other settlements, the most flourishing 
of which aie Caldwell, the Half-way Farms, or New Georgia, and Mills- 
burg. 


GUINEA. 

1692. Guinea is divided into a number of small kingdoms, the more im- 
portant of which are Ashantee, Dahomy, Benin and Biafra. 

1693. The coast of Guinea is divided into the Gold, Grain, Ivory, and 
Slave Coasts, being so named from the important articles of traffic in which 
they severally engage. 


CONGO. 

1694. The divisions of Loango, Congo, Angola and Benguela, are all 
comprised under the name of the Coast of Congo or Lower Guinea. 

1695. In Congo the Portuguese have numerous settlements for the purpose 
of trafficing for slaves. 

1696. Towns. St. Salvador, the capital ofthe kingdom of Congo, is de- 
lightfully situated on the summit of a mountain, which expands into a plain 
about 10 miles in circuit. It has 12 churches, and a cathedral, and is said to 
be one ofthe most healthy cities in the world. It belongs to the Portuguese 
and is the see of a Portuguese Bishop. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

Which division of Western Africa is farthest N. ? Ga. Which farthest S. ? 
Zs. In what hemisphere is it ? In what zone ? In which latitude and lon- 
gitude ? 


Q,. Will you describe Sierra Leone 1 1686. How many and what are their villa- 
ges ? 1687. What is the whole population ? 1688. 

Q,. By whom was the colony of Liberia commenced ? 1689. What was its ob- 
ject! 1689. Who gave it its name 1 1690. V/Ven and where was the first settle- 
ment commenced 1 1690. How many settleumfc# are there in all 1 1691. 

Q,. How is Guinea divided ? 1692. What dwi the divisions of the coast of Guin- 
ea? 1693. 

Q,. What does the coast of Congo com^'Le? 1694. What civilized nation has 
settlements here ? 1695. What is the capital of Congo, and what is said of it ? 1696. 


262 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 


Where is Senegambia ? How is it bounded ? What are the rivers ? 1. 
a. e. Will you describe the largest ? 

What is the principal cape on the coast ? e. What islands W. of Sene- 
gambia ? e. What fort at the mouth of the Senegal river ? s. For what is 
it distinguished ? For being the capital of all the French possessions in Africa. 
What settlement near the mouth of the Gambia? t. To whom does it be- 
long ? To the English. What tribe live principally in the eastern part of 
Senegambia ? Fs. What is the capital town of this tribe ? o. 

Where is Sierra Leone? What is the meaning of Sierra ? Mountainous. 
What the meaning of Leone ? Lion. Why has this country this name ? Be- 
cause it abounds both in mountains and lions. What is the chief settle- 
ment ? n. Where is it situated ? 

How is Liberia situated ? How is it bounded ? What capes on the coast ? 
o. s. What river is there ? o. What settlement here ? a. 

Where is Guinea ? What mountain on the N. ? g. What rivers in 
Guinea ? o. r. Describe the Niger. What cape ? s. What gulfs on the 
coast ? n. a. What are the four divisions of the coast of Guinea ? What 
division in .the W. ? e. What and where is the capital ? e. What division 
or kingdom E. of Ashantee ? y. What and where is its capital? y. What 
kingdom E. or S. E. of the last ? Bn. What and where is the capital ? n. 
Where is Biafra and its capital ? What islands on the coast of Guinea ? o. 

Where is Loango ? Congo? Angola? Benguela? Zimbebas ? What 
river in the S. E. of Loango ? o. Between what two countries does the 
river run? o. o. What is the capital of Loango ? o. What capital in Con- 
go ? r. What is said of it ? 1696. What mountains on the eastern bor- 
ders ? 1. What cape on the coast of Congo ? n. What two countries are 
bounded in part bytheCoanza? Aa. Ba. What town in Benguela? o. 
What cape on the coast of Zimbebas ? Fo. What bay on the coast ? h. 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 

1697 Central Africa is for the most part wholly 
unknown to us, though many efforts have been made, 
and many valuable lives lost, in attempting to explore it. 

1698. The country is naturally divided by the Mountains of the Moon into 
Soudon or Nigritia and Ethiopia. Soudan is in the N. and Ethiopa in the 
S. and the latter is wholly unknown to us. 


SOUDAN OR NIGRITIA. 

1699. This region comprises numerous countries and 
kingdoms, which are considered fertile, and many of 
them populous, though they are generally but little 
known, and some of them scarcely at all. 

1700. The principal kingdoms of which we have any 

Central Africa. — Q,. What knowledge have we of Central Africa? 1697’ 
How is it naturally divided ? 1699. 

Q,. What does Soudon or Nigritia comprise, and its soil ? 1698. What are the 
principal kingdoms ? 1700. Exports and trade ? 1701. What is the commercial 


- 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 263 

knowledge, areBambarra, Yaoor, Timbuctoo, Houssa , 1 
Bornou , 2 Begharmi, Bergoo, Darfour, Asben, Kong, and 
Fezzan. 

1701. The exports are principally slaves, gold, ivory, ostrich feathers and 
civet, which are carried to Cairo and the Barbary States, by caravans through 
the Great Desert. 

1702. Toz.ieuctoo or Tjmbuctoo, is the capital of a small kingdom of 
the same name, and the commercial capital of all Central Africa, being the 
resort of caravans from Europe, Nubia, the Barbary States and Abyssinia. 
This city is generally supposed to be situated somewhere within a few miles 
of the Niger; but its exact location has not yet been determined, no modern 
traveller, if we except M. Caillie, an enterprising Frenchman, having pene- 
trated to it and returned. 

1703. The first European traveller that reached Timbuctoo was Major 
Laing in 1826, but was barbarously murdered in the desert on his return 
homewards. M. Caillie was more fortunate. He visited it in 1828, and 
though full credit has never been given to the details of his narative, still it 
must be admitted that he visited the city. 

1704. fie describes Timbuctoo as “ a mass of ill looking houses, built of 
earth, and situated in the midst of an immense plain of yellowish white sand, 
where not even the warbling of a bird could be heard, and not a single tree 
or shrub could be seen over three or four feet high.” Its population, in his 
opinion, “is at the most no more than 10,000 or 12,000; all engaged in 
trade.” 

1705. The principal river of Soudan is the Niger, which is celebrated for 
the uncertainty and mystery which, for a long time prevailed, in respect to 
its source, course and termination. 

1706. Many fruitless attempts were made to determine these particulars, 
and most of those who were engaged in the enterprise, perished. The 
honor of satisfying public curiosity, was at length acquired by the celebrated 
Mungo Park. He was a Scotchman by birth, and having gained a high 
reputation for his discretion and courage as a traveller, he was employed by 
the African Association in London, to make discoveries in the interior of 
Africa. He ascertained that the Ni ger had its source in the western part of 
that country, between 10 3 and 12° N. lat., near the source of the Senegal, and 
after running an easterly course for several hundred miles, takes a course 
south. Park lost his life in Africa, and the termination of the Niger remained 
for a long time unknown, and those who attempted to discover it, perished. 

1707. At last, two young men, Richard Lander, the attendant of Park in 
his last expedition, and his brother John, both Englishmen, succeeded in tra- 
cing the course of this river to its mouth in the Gulf of Guinea. The mouth 
by which they reached the sea, is generally laid down on maps as the river 
Nun. Thus from Park’s first point in 1805, its course is traced for 2000 
miles, a considerable part of which is navigable for steam-boats, through a 
rich and populous country, the inhabitants of which have made considerable 

c apital ? 1702. What is said of its situation? 1702. What of European adven- 
hirers ? 1703. What description does M. Caillie give of it 7 1704. 

What is the principal river, and for what is it celebrated ? 1705. Have any exer- 
tions been made to ascertain these points? 1706. Who had the honor of determin- 
ing its source and its course in part ? 170G. What generally happened to those who 
endeavored to ascertain its termination ? 1706. Who at length succeeded in dis- 
covering it ? 1707. What is said of its names ? 1707. 


1 IIoussa, (hoo'-su.) 


[ 2 Bornou, (bor'-noo.) 


264 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 



VIEW OF THE CITY OF TOMBUCTOO. 

progress in civilization. The river, in the upper part of its course, is known 
to the natives as the Joliba ; in the lower as the Quorra. The name Niger 
was erroneously applied to it by Europeans, on the supposition that it was 
the river spoken of by Ptolemy. 

— 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

Where is the Great Desert ? Soudan or Nigritia ? Ethiopia ? Fezzan ? 
Timbuctoo ? What kingdom in the most eastern part of Soudan ? Bo. Its 
capital ? a. What kingdom next on the W. ? Bi. Its capital ? a. 
What the next W. ? Bu. Its capital ? a. What the next W. ? Ila. Its 
capital? o. What the next W. ? Ba. Its capital ? o. 

What country on the E. of Nigritia ? Dr. its capital ? Ce. 

What considerable lake in Soudan ? d. What large river in Soudan ? r. 
W 7 hat mountains in Central Africa ? Mn. Kg. Which is the largest town in 
Central Africa ? To. 


AFRICAN ISLANDS. 

1708. Madagascar , on the eastern coast of Africa, is 
one of the largest islands in the world. It has a moun- 
tainous surface, a fertile soil, and a healthy climate. It 
is inhabited by various native tribes. 

1709. The chief products of the island are lice, 
sugar-cane, cocoa-nuts, bananas, gum, ebony, ike. 

1710. Mauritius , or the Isle of France, is a mountainous region and is in- 
habited by an intelligent and refined people, being chiefly the descendants of 
French families of high rank. It once belonged to the Dutch, next to the 
French, but now to the English. 

1711. The Isle of Bourbon belongs to France, and is celebrated for being 




CENTRAL AFRICA. 


265 


composed principally of two volcanic mountains, one of which is in con- 
stant activity. This island is noted for the production of coffee of fine qual- 
ity. 

1712. On the Western coast of Africa, about midway between Africa and 
America, are the Azores , l They are nine in number, and are supposed to 
have been produced by some volcanic eruption. 

1713. They have a healthy climate, a fertile soil, but are subject to dread- 
ful hurricanes and earthquakes. 

1714. The principal productions are wheat, maize, barley, oranges, lem- 
ons, grapes, <fec. They belong to Portugal. 

1715. Madeira is celebrated for its excellent wine, and belongs to Portu- 
gal. 

1716. The Canary , formerly called the Fortunate Islands, are thirteen in 
number, and are noted for then* wine and fruit, and a beautiful species of 
singing birds, called Canary birds. The largest of these islands is Teneriffe, 
noted for its Peak, 12,000 feet high, which may be seen at sea more than 100 
miles. Ferro, another of the same cluster, is noted for being the place from 
whence longitude was formerly reckoned. 

* 3717. St. Helena is a small rocky island, presenting to the sea a perpen- 
dicular rock of from 600 to 1200 feet high. There is a mountain in the cen- 
tre, called Diana's Peak, 2700 feet above the level of the sea. In the interior 
are fertile and beautiful valleys, also gardens, orchards and pastures. It has 
become celebrated on account of the confinement upon it of Napoleon lio- 
naparte, by the English, to whom it belongs. He was brought to this island 
in 1815, and remained there till his death, on the 5th of May, 1821. He was 
buried on the island, and his remains repose there at the present time. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

Where is Madagascar ? What channel on the W. ? e. What is the 
comparative size of Madagascar ? 1708. Describe its natural features ? 
1708. What are the chief productions ? 1700. Where is the Isle of France 
and what is said of it ? 1710. Where is the Isle of Bourbon, and for what 
is it celebrated and noted ? 1711. 

What islands N. E. of Madagascar ? n. e. What ones N. E. of the last? 
e. e. What cluster W. of the northern part of Madagascar? Co. What 
are the principal capes of Madagascar ? y. e. What the towns ? n. a. a. 

Will you describe the Azores ? 1712. Climate, soil, &c. ? 1713. Pro- 
ductions? 1714. What is said of Madeira ? 1715. Canary? 1716. 

What cluster off the coast of Senegambia ? e. How many are there in 
number ? Ans. 14. What are a few of the principal ones in the group ? y. o. 

Where is St. Matthew ? Ascension ? St. Helena ? What is said of its 
shore ? 1717. What of the interior ? 1717. What has rendered this island 
celebrated? 1717. 


QUESTIONS 

ON TIIE CHART OF THE WORLD. 

See Explanation. What denotes square miles ? What population ? What 
I, the number of inhabitants to a square mile l Ans. The figures 1, 2, 3, <k.c. Wnat 
the size of countries compared with the United States? Ans. A parenthesis with 
tigures enclosed. 

1 Azores, (a-zores'.) 

i 12 




i 


266 


QUESTIONS ON CHART OF THE WORLD 


What colors denote the different religions ? What denotes the different govern- 
ments 7 What the races of men 7 What the states of society 7 


How many square miles has the United States 7 What is the population 7 Of 
what race 7 Number of inhabitants to a square mile 7 What is the government ? 
Religion 7 State of civilization 7 

What government on the American Continent has the greatest number of square 
miles'? Which the next 7 Third? Which the least ? 

How many and what are the Grand Divisions of Land ? I£9 and 131. W T hich is 
the largest, that is, which has the greatest number of square miles 7 Which the 
next in size ? What two about half as large as Asia 7 What one about naif as 
larre as either of the last 7 

W T hat is the government of each country on this continent 7 W T hat the states of 
society? Religion? Races of men ? Population? 

Which division on the same continent is the most thickly settled ? Which the 
next? Third? Fourth? Which the least populous ? 

Which is the most extensive country in Europe ? The next ? Third ? Fourth ? 
Which has the greatest number of inhabit ants ? Which the next. ? Third ? Fourth ? 

Whicli is tlte most thickly settled ? Which the next ? Which is the least popu- 
lous ? Which is the smallest country ? 

What form of government, does each nation of Furope possess? What the reli- 
gion of each ? State of Society ? Races of men ? 

Which is the largest country in Asia ? The smallest ? The most populous ? The 
least populous ? The government of each? Religion also ? State of Society ? Races 
of men ? Let the pupil be asked tiro same questions respecting Africa. 

What is the extent of New Holland ? Comparative size with the United States? 
By whom inhabitt d ? Its state of civilization ? Sta'e of civilization in the Sand- 
wich Isles? New Zealand ? New Guinea? Washington Isles ? Madagascar? 

Which is the largest of the six Grand Divisions, reckoning Oceanica as one ? 
Which the second ? Third ? Fourth ? Smallest ? 

Which is the most populous ol these divisions ? Second? Third? Fourth? 
Fifth ? What is the size of each compared wUh the United States ? 


Will you describe Mexico ? Mexico has by the Chart 8 millions of inhabitants, of 
the European race — million of square miles— 6 persons to a square mile — is £ as 
large as the United States — has a republican government — Catholic religion — and a 
civilized state of society. 

Will you describe in like manner, by the Chart, the United States? British 
America? Russian Possess : oris? Guatemala? [The teacher can, if he think 
proper, require the pupil to answer similar questions not only respecting the remain- 
ing divisions of South America, on this continent, but also respecting the Eastern 
continent ] 


TABLES. 


267 


TABLE I. 

CANALS IN THE UNITED STATES. 

The following table exhibits the length, the places connected by, and the States in 

which the principal canals are located. 


Names. 

j States. 

Places connected. 

Length. 

Cumberland and Oxford 

Maine 

Portland and Sebago Lake 

20 in op’n 

Middlesex 

Mass. 

Boston and Lowell 

29£ Do 

Blackstone 

Mass. & R.I. 

Providence and Worcester 

45 Do 

Farmington 

Mass. &c Ct. 

New Haven and Northampton 

87 Do 

Champlain 

New York 

Lake Champlain and Hudson R. 

63 Do 

Erie 

Do 

Albany and Buffalo 

363 Do 

Oswego 

Do 

Salina and Oswego 

38 Do 

Seneca 

Do 

Seneca Lake and Erie Canal 

20 J o 

Delaware and Hudson 

Do 

Delaware and Hudson Rivers 

65 Do 

Black River 

Do 

Rome and Black River 

36 unfin’d 

Cayuaga 

Do 

Geneva and Montezuma 

20 in op’n 

Chenango 

Do 

Binghamton and Utica 

96 Do 

Chemung 

Do 

Elmira and Seneca Lake 

36 Do 

Morris 

New Jersey 

Easton, Pa. and Newark, N. J. 

86 Do 

Delaw are and Raritan 

Do 

N. Brunswick and Bordentown 

42 Do 

U nion 

Penn. 

Reading and Middletown 

78 Bo 

Pennsylvania R. R. & C. 

Do 

Middletown and Pittsburg 

206 Do 

Ohio and Erie* 

Do 

Pittsburg and Erie 

213 unfin’d 

Schuylkill 

Do 

Philadelphia and Mount Carbon 

108 in op’n 

Delaware 

Do 

Bristol and Easton. 

60 Do 

Lehigh 

Do 

Easton and Stoddardsville 

46 Do 

Little Schuylkill 

Do 

Schuylkill River and Coal Mines 

24 Do 

Conestoga 

Do 

Lancaster and Susquehanna 

18 Do 

Lackaw’axen 

Do 

Delaware River and Honesdale 

36 Do 

Delaware and Chesapeak 

Delaware 

Delaware and Chesapeak Bays 

14 Do 

Chesapeak and C hio* 

Va. and Md. 

Washington and Pittsburg 

342 unfin’d 

Dismal Swamp 

Va. &N. C. 

Chesa. Bay & Albemarle Sound 

22£ in op 

Santee 

s. c. 

Santee and Coopers Rivers 

22 Do 

Savannah and Altamaha 

Georgia 

Savannah and Altamaha Rivers 

72 unfin’c 

Ohio State 

Ohio 

Portsmouth and Cleaveland 

306 in op’n 

Miami* 

Do 

Cincinnati and Maumee 

265 unfin’c 

Wabash and Erie 

Ind. & Ohio 

Wabash and Maumee Rivers 

200 Do 


* Little progress has as yet been made upon the Ohio and Erie, besides surveying 
the route. The Chesapeak and Ohio has been completed to Williamsport, Md. 110 
Lfules. The Miami has been made navigable to Dayton, 67 miles from Cincinnati. 

The oldest canal in this country is the Middlesex, constructed in 1808. Many 
years intervened before any other was undertaken. The example of New York, in 
the gigantic enterprise of connecting the waters of the great lakes with the ocean, 
gave an impetus to the spirit of internal improvement, which has since been dis- 
played, more or less in every state in the Union, and within the last 15 years more 
than 3000 miles of canals have been constructed, and no country on the globe exhib- 
its at present, so extensive a system of internal navigation, artificial and natural, as 
the United States. 


ItAIL-ROADS IN THE UNITED STATES. 


The following table comprises the principal Rail-Roads finished and in use July, 

1835, and those in progress of construction. 


Names and Places connected. 

j Fin’d 

! Prog, j 

Total 

Boston and Worcester, Mass. 

43 


43 

Boston and Providence, Mass, and R. I. 

41 


41 

Boston and Lowell, Mass. 

25 


25 

Providence and Stonington, R. I. (in progress.) 


49 

49 

Albany and Saratoga, New York 

36 


36 

Ithaca and Oswego, New York 

29 


29 

Troy and Saratoga, New York, (in progress.) 
Camden and Amboy, New Jersey 


25 

25 

61 


61 

Hartford and New Haven 


35 

35 


268 


TABLES 


Names and Places connected. 

| Fin’d. 

| Prog. | 

Total 

Jersey City and Patterson, New Jersey 

16 


16 

New Brunswick and Jersey City, N. Jersey, (a part in use.) 

15 

12 

27 

Delaware river and New Lisbon, New Jersey 


13 

13 

Philadelphia and Columbia, Pa. 

85 


85 

Philadelphia and Norristown, Pa. (a part in use.) 

7 

11 

18 

Philadelphia and Trenton, Pa. 

26 


26 

Mauch Chunk Pa. coal mines and Lehigh river 

14 


14 

Westchester, Pa. a branch of the Philad. and Colum. road 

9 


9 

Danville and Pottsville, Pa. (a part in use.) 

13 

40 

53 

Mine-Hill and Schuylkill Haven, Pa. 

20 


20 

Hollidaysburg and Johnstown, Penn. 

37 


37 

Little Schuylkill and Tam aqua, Penn. 

22 


22 

Schuylkill Valley and branches 

25 


25 

Lackawaxen andCarbondale, Penn. 

17 


17 

New Castle and Frenchtown, Del. 

16 


16 

Baltimore and Ohio, Md. and Va. (a part in use.) 

84 

245 

329 

Baltimore, Md. and York, Pa. (a part in use.) 

26 

50 

76 

Petersburg, Va. and Blakely, N. C. 

72 


72 

Manchester and Coal Mines, Va. 

13 


13 

Portsmouth and Roanoke, Va. (a part in use.) 

26 

51 

77 

Winchester, Va. and Harper’s Ferry, Md. 

30 


30 

Potomac and Richmond, Va. 


75 

75 

Richmond and Petersburg, Va. (in use.) 

22 


22 

Wilmington and Fayetteville, N. C. 


80 

80 

Charleston and Augusta, S. C. 

135 


135 

Tuscumbia and Decatur, around the Muscle Shoals, Ala. 

46 


46 

Lexington and Louisville, Ky. (a part in use.) 

29 

61 

90 


1040 

712 

1752 


TABLE II. 


COLLEGES. 


The following table embraces the colleges in the United States, with the year in 
which they were founded, No. of students, and volumes in their libraries. 


Names of Colleges. 

Places. 


| F’d. 

| St’s. 

| Lib’y 

Bowdoin 

Brunswick, 

Me. 

1794 

169 

8,000 

W aterville* 

Waterville, 

Do 

1820 

94 

2,000 

Dartmouth 

H anover, 

N.H. 

1770 

156 

4,500 

University of Vermont 

Burlington, 

Vt. 

1791 

50 

1,000 

Middlebury 

Middlebury, 

Do 

1800 

129 

2,330 

Harvard University 

Cambridge, 

Mass. 

1638 

217 

40,009 

Williams 

Williamstown, 

Do 

1793 

133 

3,000 

Amherst 

Amherst, 

Do 

1821 

227 

4,300 

Brown University* 

Providence, 

R. I. 

1764 

157 

6,000 

Yale 

New Haven, 

Conn. 

1700 

376 

8,500 

Washington! 

Hartford, 

Do 

1824 

53 

2,000 

Wesleyan University}: 

Middletown, 

Do 

1831 

60 

3,000 

Columbia! 

New York City, 

N. Y. 

1754 

100 

8,000 

U nion 

Schenectady, 

Do 

1795 


5,350 

Hamilton 

Clinton, 

Do 

1812 

97 

2,500 

Geneva! 

Geneva, 

Do 

1823 

44 

,820 

Univ. of New York 

New York. 

Do 

1831 

226 

— 

College of N. Jersey 

Princeton, 

N. J. 

1746 

170 

7,000 

Rutgers 

N. Brunswick, 

Do 

1770 

85 

3,750 

Univ. of Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

1755 

94 

2,000 

Bristol 

Bristol, 

Do 

1834 

120 

— 

Dickinson! 

Carlisle, 

Do 

1783 


2,000 

Jefferson 

Canonsburgh, 

Do 

1802 

175 

1,000 

Washington 

Washington, 

Do 

1820 

47 

1,500 

Alleghany! 

Meadville, 

Do 

1806 


8,000 

Western University 

Pittsburgh, 

Do 

1815 

50 j 

,500 


TABLES 


289 


Names of Colleges. 

Places. 


| F’d. 

| St’s 

| Lib’y 

Pennsylvania 

Gettysburg, 

Perm. 

1832 



Newark 

Newark, 

Del. 

1833 



Univ. of Maryland 

Baltimore, 

Md. 

1812 



St. Jolmsf 

Annapolis, 

Do 

1784 

32 

2,700 

St. Mary’s^ 

Baltimore, 

Do 

1799 

193 

10,500 

Mount St. Mary’s^ 

Emmittsburg 

Do 

1830 

90 

7,000 

Columbian 

Washington, 

D. C. 

1821 

25 

4,000 

Georgetown^ 

Georgetown, 

Do 

1799 

134 

12,000 

William and Mary 

Williamsburg, 

Va. 

1093 

15 

3,500 

Hampden Sidney 

Prince Edw. Co., 

Do 

1774 

75 

5,000 

Washington 

Lexington, 

Do 

1812 

46 

1,500 

University of Virginia 

Charlottsville, 

Do 

1819 

205 

8,000 

Randolph Macon! 

Boyd ton, 

I)o 

1831 

— 


Univ of N. Carolina 

Chapel Hill, 

N. C. 

1791 

99 

1,800 

Charleston! 

Charleston, 

s. c. 

1785 

39 

3,000 

College of S. Carolina 

Columbia, 

Do 

1804 

50 

10,000 

Univ. of Georgia 

A thens, 

Georgia 

1785 

97 

3,200 

Alabama University 

Tuscaloosa, 

Ala. 

1828 

101 

3,000 

Jefferson 

Washington, 

Mi. 

1802 

— 


Louisiana 

Jackson, 

Xicl* 

1825 

15 

350 

Greenville 

Greenville, 

Ten. 

1794 

38 

3,500 

Univ. of Nashville 

Nashville, 

Do 

1800 

70 

2,000 

East Tennessee 

Knoxville, 

Do 

1807 

28 

1,400 

Transylvania 

Lexington, 

Ken. 

1798 

— 

2,400 

Centre 

Danville, 

Do 

1822 

60 

1,600 

Augusta 

Augusta, 

Do 

1823 

75 

2,000 

Cumberland 

Princeton, 

Do 

1825 

72 

500 

St. Joseph’s^ 

Bardstown, 

Do 

1819 

130 

5,000 

Georgetown* 

Georgetown, 

Do 

1830 

36 

1,200 

University of Ohio 

Athens, 

Ohio 

1821 

45 

1,000 

Miami University 

Oxford, 

Do 

1824 

126 

1,200 

Western Reserve 

Hudson, 

Do 

1826 

46 

1,600 

Kenyon! 

Gambler, 

Do 

1828 

71 

2,300 

Franklin 

New Athens, 

Do 

1824 

40 

1,200 

Indiana 

Bloomington, 

Ind. 

1827 

34 

400 

South Hanover 

South Hanover, 

Do 

1829 

35 


Illinois 

Jacksonville, 

111. 

1830 

8 

1,200 

St. Louis University^ 

St. Louis, 

Missouri 

1829 

154 

4,500 

St. Mary’s^ 

Barrens, 

Do 

1830 

124 

6,000 


Those marked thus (*) are under the direction of Baptists — U) Episcopalians — (+) 
Methodists — (§) Catholics. 


TABLE III. 

THEOLOGICAL SEMINARIES. 


Names. 

Places. 

Denomination. 

F’d | 

S’ts 

Bangor Theological Seminary 

Bangor, Maine. 

Congregational 

1816 

6 

Theological Seminary 

Andover, Mass. 
Cambridge, Do. 

. Do 

1808 

139 

Theological School 

Cong. Unitarian 

1824 

36 

Theological Institution 

Newton, Do. 

Baptist 

1825 

53 

Theol. Depart. Yale College 

New Haven, Conn. 

Congregational 

1822 

55 

Theological Institute of Conn. 

East Windsor, Do. 

Do 

1834 

27 

Theological Seminary 

Sufiield, Conn. 

Baptist 

1834 


Theol. Institute Epis. Church 

New York, N. Y. 

Prot. Episcopal 

1819 

65 

Theol. Seminary ot Auburn 

Auburn, Do 

Presbyterian 

1821 

54 

Hamilton Theological Institute 

Hamilton, Do 

Baptist 

1820 

38 

Hartwick Seminary 

Hartwick, Do 

Lutheran 

1816 

9 

Theol. Sem. Dutch Ref. Ch. 

N. Brunswick, N. J. 

Dutch Reform. 


24 

Theol. Sem. Pres. Ch. U. S. 

Princeton, Do. 
Gettysburg, Penn. 

Presbyterian 

1812 

119 

Sem. Lutheran Ch. U. S. 

Evan. Lutheran 

1826 

20 

German Reformed 

York, Do. 

German Ref. Ch. 

1825 

20 

Western Theol. Seminary 

Alleganytown, Do 

Presbyterian 
Prot. Episcopal 

1828 

29 

Episcopal Theol. School 

Fairfax Co., Va. 

— 

39 


270 


TABLES 


Names. 

Places. 

Denomination: 

F’d. | 

S’ts 

Union Theol. Seminary 

Prince Edw. Co. Va. 

Presbyterian 

1824 

50 

Southern Theol. Seminary 

Columbia, S. C. 

Do 

1829 

21 

Theological Seminary 

Lexington, Do. 

Lutheran 

1832 

1 

Furman Theological Sem. 
S. West. Theol. Seminary 

High Hills, S. C. 
Maryville, Tenn. 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Baptist 

Presbyterian 

1821 

cx> 

Lane Seminary 

Congregational 

1829 

42 


TABLE IV. 


MEDICAL SCHOOLS. 


Names. 

Places. 

i S’ts 

i 

Maine Medical School 

Brunswick, 

Maine 

80 

New Hampshire Medical School 

Hanover, 

N. H. 

100 

Vermont Medical School, Univ. of Vt. 

Burlington, 

Vt. 

14 

Vermont Academy of Medicine 

Castleton, 

Do. 

G2 

Mass. Medical School, Harvard University 

Boston, 

Mass. 

82 

Berkshire Medical Institution, Williams College 

Pittsfield, 

Do. 

8.5 

Medical School, Yale College ■* 

New Haven, 

Con. 

73 

College of Physicians and Surgeons of N. Y. 

New York, 

N. Y. 

158 

College of Physicians and Surgeons of West. Dist. 

Fairfield, 

Do 

190 

Medical Department of Jefferson College 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

121 

Medical Department of Univ. of Pennsylvania 

Do 

Do 

131 

Medical Department of Univ. of Maryland 

Baltimore, 

Md. 

150 

Washington Medical College 

Do 

Do 

— 

Medical Department of Columbian College 

Washington, 

D. C. 

30 

Medical Department of Virginia University 

Charlottsville, 

Va. 

40 

Medical College of South Carolina 

Charleston, 

S. C. 

— 

Medical College of State of South Carolina 

Do 

Do 

150 

Southern School of Practical Medicine 

Do 

Do 

— 

Medical College of Georgia 

Augusta, 

Georgia 

— 

Medical College of Transylvania University 

Lexington, 

Ivy. 

211 

Louisville Medical College 

Louisville, 

Do 

— 

Medical College of Ohio 

Cincinnati, 

Ohio 

110 

Reformed Medical College of Ohio 

Worthington, 

Do 

— 


TABLE V, 


LAW SCHOOLS. 


Names. 

Places. 

St’s 

Cambridge Law School 

Cambridge, 

Mass. 

40 

New Haven Law School 

New Haven, 

Conn. 

39 

Litchfield Law School 

Litchfield, 

Do 

— 

Philadelphia Law School 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

— 

Baltimore Law School 

Baltimore, 

Md. 

— 

Williamsburg Law School 

Williamsburg, 

Va. 

— 

Staunton Law School 

Staunton, 

Do 

— 

Charlottsville Law School 

Charlottsville, 

Do 

48 

Lexington Law School 

Lexington, 

Ky 

39 

Cincinnati Law School 

Cincinnati, 

Ohio. 

— 


TABLE VI. 


SETTLEMENTS OF THE STATES. 


The following table shows the date of the settlement of the different states ; the 
towns hist settled, and the nation by whom the settlement was made. 


State s. 

Date. 

Towns. 1 

Nation. 

Florida 

1505 

St. Augustine 

Spanish. 

Virginia 

1007 

J umestown 

English. 

New York 

1014 

Albany 

Dutch. 

Massachusetts 

1020 

Plymouth 

English. 

New Hampshire 

1023 

Dover 

English. 


TAELES 


271 


States. 

Date. 

| Towns. 

Nation. 

New Jersey 

1024 

Bergen 

Danes. 

Delaware 

1627 

Cape Henlopen 

Swedes and Fins. 

>1 aine 

1630 

York 

English. 

Connecticut 

1633 

Windsor 

English. 

Maryland 

1634 

St. Marys 

English. 

Rhode Island 

1636 

Providence 

English. 

North Carolina* 

1650 

Albemarle 

English. 

South Carolina 

1650 

Albemarle 

English. 

Missouri 

1663 

St. Genevieve 

French. 

Michigan 

1670 

Detroit 

French. 

Pennsylvania 

1682 

Philadelphia 

English. 

Arkansas 

1685 

Arkansas 

French. 

Louisiana 

1699 

Iberville 

French. 

Mississippi 

1716 

Natchez 

French. 

Indiana 

1750 

Vincennes 

French. 

Georgia 

1733 

Savannah 

English. 

Vermont 

1749 

Bennington 

English. 

Illinois 

1749 

Kaskaskia 

French. 

Tennessee 

1765 

Nashville 

English. 

Kentucky 

1775 

Lexington 

D. Boon from Virginia. 

Alabama 

1783 

Mobile 

French. 

Ohio 

1788 

Marietta 

Emigrants from N. Eng. 


* North and South Carolina originally formed one colony. 


TABLE VII. 


POPULATION OF TIIE UNITED STATES. 


States. 

Square 

Miles. 

1810. 

Population. 

1820. 1830. 

Slaves, 

1830. 

Pop to 
Sq. M. 

lnurne 

35,000 

228,705 

298,335 

399,955 

— 

12 

New Hampshire 

9,491 

214,360 

244,161 

269,328 

— 

28 

Vermont 

8,000 

217,713 

235,764 

280.652 

— 

27 

Massachusetts 

7.800 

472,040 

523,287 

610,408 

— 

81 

Rhode island 

1225 

77,031 

83,059 

97,199 

17 

75 

Connecticut 

4,764 

261,942 

275,248 

297,665 

25 

62 

New York 

46, Oh 5 

959,949 

1,372,812 

1,918,608 

75 

40 

New Jersey 

8,320 

249,562 

277,575 

320,823 

2,254 

40 

Pennsylvania 

47,000 

810,091 

1,049,458 

1,348,233 

403 

29 

Delaware 

2,100 

72,674 

72,749 

76,748 

3.292 

36 

Maryland 

9,356 

380,546 

407,350 

447,040 

102,994 

41 

Virginia 

70,000 

974,622 

1,065,366 

1,211,405 

469,757 

18 

North Carolina 

50,000 

555,500 

638.829 

737,987 

245,601 

15 

South Carolina 

33,000 

415,115 

502,741 

581,185 

315,401 

19 

Georgia 

62,000 

252,433 

340,989 

516,823 

217,531 

8 1 - 

Alabama 

51,770 

20,845 

127,901 

309,527 

117,549 

6 

Mississippi 

48,000 

40,352 

75,448 

136,621 

G5,659 

3 

Louisiana 

48,320 

76,556 

153,407 

215,739 

109,588 

4 

Tennessee 

45,000 

261,727 

422,813 

681,903 

141,603 

16 

Kentucky 

40,000 

406,511 

564,317 

687,917 

165,213 

18 

Ohio 

44,000 

230,760 

581,434 

937,903 


24 

Indiana 

36,400 

24,520 

147,178 

343,031 


10 

Illinois 

55,000 

12,282 

55,211 

157,455 

*747 

3 

Missouri 

64,000 

20,845 

66,586 

140,445 

25,081 

2 

Michigan Prop. 

00,000 

4,762 

8,896 

31,639 

32 

— 

Arkansas 

55,000 

1,062 

14,273 

30,388 

4,576 

— 

Florida 

55,000 



34,730 

15,501 

— 

Dist. of Columbia 

100 

24,023 

33,039 

39,834 

6,119 

40 

Total, 


7,239,903 

9,638,166 

12,866,020 

2,009,618 



* Not slaves, but “ indented colored servants.” 


272 


TABLES 


THE POPULATION 


Of the larger towns in the U. S. in 1835, is supposed to have been nearly as follows :* 


New York 

239,873 

Brooklyn 

24,310 

St. Louis 

8,310 

Philadelphia 

200,000 

Providence 

19,277 

Savannah, (Ga.) 

9,272 

Baltimore 

92,000 

Troy 

16,971 

Poughkeepsie 

6,343 

Boston 

78,003 

Buffalo 

15.573 

New bury port 

6,620 

New Orleans 

60,000 

Rochester 

14,373 

Lynn, (Mass.) 

8,419 

Charleston 

34,500 

Hartford 

12,700 

Hempstead, (L. I.) 

6,041 

Albany 

28,085 

New Haven 

11,777 

Hudson, (N. Y ) 

5,526 


* The population on the map is based on the census of 183U. 


And this table will show the gradual increase : 



New York. | 

Philadelphia j 

Baltimore. 

Boston. 

N. Orleans. 

Cha’ston 

i790 

1800 

1810 

1820 

1825 

1830 

1835 

33,131 

60,489 

90,373 

123,703 

107,059 

203,007 

209,873 

42,520 
70,237 
90,004 
119,325 
140,000 
167,811 
■ 200,000 

13,503 

2j,614 

40,555 

62,738 

70.000 
80,025 

92.000 

18,038 

24,937 

33,250 

43,298 

58,277 

61,381 

78,613 

0,500 

9,500 

17,342 

27,170 

35.000 
40,310 

60.000 

10,359 

18,712 

24,711 

24,780 

27.500 
30,289 

34.500 


Such indeed has been the wonderful increase of the city of New York within the 
last 40 or 45 years, that from a population of about 30,000, when it was outranked by 
more than fifty cities of Europe , it lias already, incredible as it may seem, and in less 
than half a century, acquired a rank and importance that is only exceeded by the fol- 
lowing six cities throughout the whole extent of the European Continent : 

London 1,500,000 Constantinople 500,000 i Naples 350,000 

Paris 850,000 St. Petersburg 350,000 J Vienna 300,000 

New York being 270,000, has already outranked : 


Dublin 

250,000 

Liverpool 

200,000 

Manchester 

175,000 

Birmingham 

130,000 

Edinburgh 

150,000 

Glasgow 

150,000 

Lyons 

140,000 


Bordeaux 

110,000 

Marseilles 

120,000 

Lisbon 

250,000 

Venice 

150,000 

Milan 

130,000 

Prague 

110,000 

Moscow 

250,000 


Berlin 

250,000 

Amsterdam 

200,000 

Copenhagan 

120,000 

Palermo 

100,000 

Barcelona 

150,000 

Madrid 

120,000 


TABLE VIII. 


REIGNING SOVEREIGNS OF EUROPE. 


The following table exhibits the Government, the names of the sovereigns, year of 
their birth and accession, and the religion of the diiferent States of Europe. 


Slates. \ 

Government, j 

Names. 

Birth. 

j Ac’u. 

[ Religion. 

Sweden 

Constitu. Mon. 

Charles XIV. 

1704 

1818 

Lutheran. 

Russia 

Absolute Mon. 

Nicholas I. 

1796 

1825 

Greek Church 

Denmark 

Do 

Frederick VI. 

1708 

1808 

Lutheran. 

G. Britain 

Constitu. Mon. 

William IV. 

1705 

1830 

Prot. Epis. 

Holland 

Do 

William I. 

1772 

1815 

Protestant. 

Belgium 

Do 

Leopold. 

1790 

1831 

Catholic. 

Prussia 

Absolute Mon. 

Fred. Win, III. 

1770 

1797 

Protestant. 

H anover 

Limited Mon. 

Viceroy of King of Eng. 



Lutheran 

Saxony 

Do 

Anthony. 

1755 

1827 

Do 

Baden 

Do 

Ch. Leopold Fred. 

1790 

1830 

Catli. & Prot. 

Wirtemburg 

Constitu. Mon. 

William. 

1781 

1810 

Lutheran. 

Bavaria 

Do 

Louis. 

1780 

1825 

Catholic.; 

Austria 

Absolute Mon. 



1835 

Do 

Switzerland 

Federal Repub. 

Jno. J. Hess. 



Prot. & Cath. 

France 

Constitu. Mon. 

Louis Phillippe. 

1773 

1830 

Catholic. 

Spain 

Limited Mon. 

Maria Isabella. 

1830 

1833 

Do 

Portugal 

Do 

Donna Maria. 

1819 

1820 

Do 


TABLES 


213 


States. 

j Government. 

Name. 

Birth. 

Ac’n. | 

Religion. 

Sardinia 

Absolute Mon. 

Charles Emanuel. 

1798 

1831 

Catholic. 

Tuscany 

Do 

Leopold II. 

1797 

1824 

Do 

Ro’n States 

Abs.Elec. Mon. 

Gregory XVI. 

1765 

1831 

Do 

Naples 

Absolute Mon. 

Ferdinand II. 

1815 

1830 

Do 

Turkey 

Do 

Mahmoud II. 

1785 

1808 

Mahometan 

Greece 

Limited Mon. 

Otho. 

1815 

1832 

Greek Church 

Ionian Isles. 

Republic. 

Antonio Comuto. 


1804 

Do 


TABLE IX. 


RELIGIOUS DENOMINATIONS. 


Denomination. 

Min. 

Chur- 

ches. 

Commu- 

nicants. 

Popula- 
| tion. 

Calvinistic Baptists 

2,914 

4,384 

304,827 

2,743,453 

Methodist Episcopal Church 

1,777 


476,000 

2,600,000 

Presbyterians, General Assembly 

1,801 

2,253 

182,017 

1,800,000 

Congregation alists, Orthodox 

1,000 

1,270 

140,000 

1,260,000 

Protestant Episcopal Church 

558 

700 


600,000 

Universalists 

150 

300 


500,000 

Roman Catholics 




500,000 

Lutherans 

205 

l,k)0 

44,000 

400,000 

Christ-ians 

200 

800 

25,000 

275,000 

German Reformed 

84 

400 

17,400 

200,000 

Friends, or Quakers 


400 


200,000 

Unitarians, Congregationalists 

160 

193 


176,000 

Associate and other Methodists 

350 


35,000 

175,000 

Free-will Baptists 

300 

400 

16,000 

150,000 

Dutch Reformed 

159 

194 

17,888 

125,000 

Mennonites 

200 


30,000 

120,000 

Associate Presbyterians 

74 

144 

15,000 

100,000 

Cumberland Presbyterians 

50 

75 

8,000 

100,000 

Tunkers 

40 

40 

3,000 

30,000 

Free Communion Baptists 

30 


3,500 

30,000 

Seventh day Baptists 

30 

40 

2,000 

20,000 

Six Principle Baptists 

25 

30 

1,800 

20,000 

United Brethren, or Moravians 

23 

23 

2,000 

7,^00 

Millennial Church, or Shakers 

45 

15 


6,000 

New Jerusalem Church 

30 

28 


5,000 

Emancipators, Baptists 

15 


600 

4,500 

Jews and others not mentioned 


150 


50,000 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE I. 

Q,. Which is the longest canal in the United States that is finished 1 What one 
unfinished nearly as long ! How can a person get from Providence in Rhode Island 
to Worcester in Massachusetts, by water! Which are the four longest canals ? 
What places do they connect ! In what state are they ! Which states have no 
canals ? 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE II. 

Q,. Which is the oldest college in the United States ! Where is it ? Which is the 
next oldest ! Which has the greatest number of students ! Where is it situated 1 
How many years since the oldest College was established ! Which has the largest 
library ? Which state has the most Colleges ! Which states have but one ! What, 
if any, colleges in your own state ! What are they called 1 Where is each ! When 
was each founded ! How many years since ? Number of volumes in the library of 
each 1 Which state or states have no colleges ? 

Q.. What and how many colleges are there in New England ? In the Middle 
States ! In the Southern States ! In the Western States 1 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE III. 

Cl. Which is the oldest Theological Seminary in the United States 1 When was it 


274 


TABLES 


established? How long since? Where is it? Under what denomination ? Which 
Seminary has the greatest number of students? How many in number? Which 
the next ? Which seminaries were the last established in the United States ? What, 
if any, in your state ? What denomination controls each ? Which states have no 
Theological Seminary ? How many are there in all ? What, and how many in 
New England ? In the Middle States ? In the Southern States ? 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE IV. 

Q. Which Medical School has the greatest number of students ? Where is it ? 
Which has the next greatest number ? Where is it situated ? What and how 
many medical schools in the Eastern States ? In the Western States ? In the Mid- 
dle States ? In the Southern States ? 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE VI. 

Q,. Which state was first settled ? Where ? How long since ? By whom ? 
Which state was next settled, where and bv whom ? How long since ? Which 
next ? Where and by whom ? Which next, and by whom ? Mention the remain- 
ing states in the order of their settlement with the places annexed. Which of all the 
States were settled by the English ? Which by the French ? Who first settled the 
remaining ones ? 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE VII. 

Q,. Which state has the greatest number of inhabitants ? What number has it ? 
Which is the second ? Third ? Fourth 1 Fifth ? Sixth ? Seventh ? Eigth ? Ninth ? 
Tenth ? Eleventh ? Twelfth ? Mention the rest, also the Territories in the order of 
their population ? 

Which state has the greatest number of square miles, that is, which is the largest ? 
The next largest ? The third ? Fourth ? Fifth ? Sixth ? Seventh ? Eighth ? Ninth ? 
Tenth ? Six next ? Three next ? Five smallest ? The smallest one ? 

Which has the greatest number of inhabitants to a square mile, that is, which is 
the most thickly settled ? Which the next ? Third ? Fourth ? Fifth ? Sixth ? Sev- 
enth ? Eighth ? Ninth ? Tenth ? Six next ? Three next ? Five, the thinnest settled ? 

Which has the greatest number of slaves ? The second ? Third ? Fourth ? Fifth ? 
Sixth ? Seventh ? Eighth ? Ninth ? Tenth ? Which have none ? 


QUESTIONS ON TABLE IX. 

Q,. Which is the most numerous denomination of Christians in the United States? 
Which is the next? Third? Fourth? Fifth? Sixth? Seventh? Eighth? Ninth? 
Tenth ? How many denominations in all ? Which has the most ministers ? Which 
the most communicants ? 














I* 

■ a \ 


















■ 























■ 


















* 








. 



































































t t» Jf 

» • 



















- 























! 

h 

' f\ -j: • 

r £ 

i 




tBJt'X 





